WO2019210144A1 - Broadly neutralizing antibodies against hepatitis c virus - Google Patents
Broadly neutralizing antibodies against hepatitis c virus Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2019210144A1 WO2019210144A1 PCT/US2019/029315 US2019029315W WO2019210144A1 WO 2019210144 A1 WO2019210144 A1 WO 2019210144A1 US 2019029315 W US2019029315 W US 2019029315W WO 2019210144 A1 WO2019210144 A1 WO 2019210144A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- antibody
- fragment
- sequences
- clone
- paired
- Prior art date
Links
- 241000711549 Hepacivirus C Species 0.000 title claims abstract description 175
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 title abstract description 43
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 243
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 219
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 153
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 153
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 169
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 148
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 148
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 147
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 78
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 62
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 claims description 53
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 claims description 45
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 claims description 43
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 39
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 claims description 34
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 claims description 33
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 claims description 29
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 29
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 28
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims description 26
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 26
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 claims description 16
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 claims description 16
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 claims description 16
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 15
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000001279 glycosylating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 108010051109 Cell-Penetrating Peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000020313 Cell-Penetrating Peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000010710 hepatitis C virus infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000012575 bio-layer interferometry Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000000416 exudates and transudate Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000035558 fertility Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000003754 fetus Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000000582 semen Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010036790 Productive cough Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 241000710960 Sindbis virus Species 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000003608 fece Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000003802 sputum Anatomy 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000024794 sputum Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 210000004381 amniotic fluid Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000003756 cervix mucus Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000005059 placental tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000007790 scraping Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000001138 tear Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 176
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 136
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 130
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 102
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 99
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 71
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 68
- 206010069754 Acquired gene mutation Diseases 0.000 description 50
- 230000037439 somatic mutation Effects 0.000 description 50
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 48
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 45
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 44
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 44
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 41
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 40
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 37
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 36
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 35
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 31
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 30
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 29
- 230000010056 antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 27
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 27
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 27
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 26
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 25
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 24
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 24
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 22
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 22
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 22
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 22
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 22
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 21
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 20
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 18
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 18
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000004540 complement-dependent cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 16
- 235000018977 lysine Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 16
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 15
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 15
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 15
- 235000009697 arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 14
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 14
- NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylethyl 11-methoxy-3,7,11-trimethyl-2,4-dodecadienoate Chemical compound COC(C)(C)CCCC(C)CC=CC(C)=CC(=O)OC(C)C NFGXHKASABOEEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 102100035360 Cerebellar degeneration-related antigen 1 Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 229940049595 antibody-drug conjugate Drugs 0.000 description 13
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 13
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 13
- 102100026120 IgG receptor FcRn large subunit p51 Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 108010019670 Chimeric Antigen Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 10
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 101710177940 IgG receptor FcRn large subunit p51 Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 210000002472 endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 10
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 9
- 102100038132 Endogenous retrovirus group K member 6 Pro protein Human genes 0.000 description 8
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 208000005176 Hepatitis C Diseases 0.000 description 8
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 101800001554 RNA-directed RNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 8
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000012867 alanine scanning Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 8
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 8
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000003053 immunization Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000002649 immunization Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 8
- -1 ribonucleoside triphosphates Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 8
- 235000004400 serine Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 101710118188 DNA-binding protein HU-alpha Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 7
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 7
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 101710144128 Non-structural protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 101710199667 Nuclear export protein Proteins 0.000 description 7
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 7
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 7
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000008521 threonine Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 6
- 108010073807 IgG Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 108091008874 T cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000001186 cumulative effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000002296 dynamic light scattering Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 6
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 5
- SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-mannomethylose Natural products CC1OC(O)C(O)C(O)C1O SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical group [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-SLPGGIOYSA-N Fucose Natural products C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C=O PNNNRSAQSRJVSB-SLPGGIOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-DHVFOXMCSA-N L-fucopyranose Chemical compound C[C@@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O SHZGCJCMOBCMKK-DHVFOXMCSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108091007491 NSP3 Papain-like protease domains Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 101710144111 Non-structural protein 3 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 101800001014 Non-structural protein 5A Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000016266 T-Cell Antigen Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000013412 genome amplification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 235000013930 proline Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 description 5
- LPMXVESGRSUGHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acolongiflorosid K Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1CC2(O)CCC3C4(O)CCC(C=5COC(=O)C=5)C4(C)CC(O)C3C2(CO)C(O)C1 LPMXVESGRSUGHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000017420 CD3 protein, epsilon/gamma/delta subunit Human genes 0.000 description 4
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101710091045 Envelope protein Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108700008783 Hepatitis C virus E1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000009490 IgG Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- LPMXVESGRSUGHW-GHYGWZAOSA-N Ouabain Natural products O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1)[C@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@@]2(CO)[C@@](O)(C1)CC[C@H]1[C@]3(O)[C@@](C)([C@H](C4=CC(=O)OC4)CC3)C[C@@H](O)[C@H]21 LPMXVESGRSUGHW-GHYGWZAOSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 4
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101710188315 Protein X Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 244000166550 Strophanthus gratus Species 0.000 description 4
- IEDXPSOJFSVCKU-HOKPPMCLSA-N [4-[[(2S)-5-(carbamoylamino)-2-[[(2S)-2-[6-(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl)hexanoylamino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]pentanoyl]amino]phenyl]methyl N-[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(3R,4S,5S)-1-[(2S)-2-[(1R,2R)-3-[[(1S,2R)-1-hydroxy-1-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino]-1-methoxy-2-methyl-3-oxopropyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-3-methoxy-5-methyl-1-oxoheptan-4-yl]-methylamino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]amino]-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-yl]-N-methylcarbamate Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H]([C@@H](CC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)c1ccccc1)OC)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)OCc1ccc(NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CCCCCN2C(=O)CCC2=O)C(C)C)cc1)C(C)C IEDXPSOJFSVCKU-HOKPPMCLSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000611 antibody drug conjugate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000005888 antibody-dependent cellular phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000002983 circular dichroism Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000113 differential scanning calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 4
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000004554 glutamine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 4
- FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypoxanthine Chemical compound O=C1NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 FDGQSTZJBFJUBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000001155 isoelectric focusing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 4
- LPMXVESGRSUGHW-HBYQJFLCSA-N ouabain Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1C[C@@]2(O)CC[C@H]3[C@@]4(O)CC[C@H](C=5COC(=O)C=5)[C@@]4(C)C[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@@]2(CO)[C@H](O)C1 LPMXVESGRSUGHW-HBYQJFLCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960003343 ouabain Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229960003330 pentetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 102000013415 peroxidase activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000005180 public health Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003908 quality control method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009738 saturating Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000006152 selective media Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 4
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000029812 viral genome replication Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- AGNGYMCLFWQVGX-AGFFZDDWSA-N (e)-1-[(2s)-2-amino-2-carboxyethoxy]-2-diazonioethenolate Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO\C([O-])=C\[N+]#N AGNGYMCLFWQVGX-AGFFZDDWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UVBYMVOUBXYSFV-XUTVFYLZSA-N 1-methylpseudouridine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)N(C)C=C1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 UVBYMVOUBXYSFV-XUTVFYLZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 4-aminofolic acid Chemical compound C1=NC2=NC(N)=NC(N)=C2N=C1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 TVZGACDUOSZQKY-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 108091093088 Amplicon Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010087819 Fc receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000009109 Fc receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101000840258 Homo sapiens Immunoglobulin J chain Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101001133056 Homo sapiens Mucin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 102100029571 Immunoglobulin J chain Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020004684 Internal Ribosome Entry Sites Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102100034256 Mucin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 3
- 101800001019 Non-structural protein 4B Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000037581 Persistent Infection Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010057249 Phagocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 3
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 108010022999 Serine Proteases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000012479 Serine Proteases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010058874 Viraemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000035508 accumulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003295 alanine group Chemical group N[C@@H](C)C(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960003896 aminopterin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium sulfate Chemical compound N.N.OS(O)(=O)=O BFNBIHQBYMNNAN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052921 ammonium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000011130 ammonium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102000025171 antigen binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091000831 antigen binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229950011321 azaserine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003593 chromogenic compound Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002619 cytotoxin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229930182830 galactose Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000035800 maturation Effects 0.000 description 3
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- XOJVVFBFDXDTEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N pristane Chemical compound CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C XOJVVFBFDXDTEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001082 somatic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 3
- GKSPIZSKQWTXQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 4-[1-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)ethyl]benzoate Chemical group C=1C=C(C(=O)ON2C(CCC2=O)=O)C=CC=1C(C)SSC1=CC=CC=N1 GKSPIZSKQWTXQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VGIRNWJSIRVFRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2',7'-difluorofluorescein Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(F)C(=O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=C(F)C=C21 VGIRNWJSIRVFRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MIJDSYMOBYNHOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(ethylamino)ethanol Chemical compound CCNCCO MIJDSYMOBYNHOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GANZODCWZFAEGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-mercapto-2-nitro-benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(S)=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O GANZODCWZFAEGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000710929 Alphavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010029697 CD40 Ligand Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100032937 CD40 ligand Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100027221 CD81 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091035707 Consensus sequence Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710112752 Cytotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N D-xylopyranose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1COC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-IOVATXLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000710781 Flaviviridae Species 0.000 description 2
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004366 Glucose oxidase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108010015776 Glucose oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000051366 Glycosyltransferases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700023372 Glycosyltransferases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000711557 Hepacivirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100026122 High affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc receptor I Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101000914479 Homo sapiens CD81 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000914514 Homo sapiens T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000018251 Hypoxanthine Phosphoribosyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010091358 Hypoxanthine Phosphoribosyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hypoxanthine nucleoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1N1C(NC=NC2=O)=C2N=C1 UGQMRVRMYYASKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000006496 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010019476 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000013463 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010065825 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710125507 Integrase/recombinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010076561 Interleukin-23 Subunit p19 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100036705 Interleukin-23 subunit alpha Human genes 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000012515 MabSelect SuRe Substances 0.000 description 2
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007476 Maximum Likelihood Methods 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-RTRLPJTCSA-N N-acetyl-D-glucosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-RTRLPJTCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004988 N-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004989 O-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002123 RNA extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000035415 Reinfection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100027213 T-cell-specific surface glycoprotein CD28 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710120037 Toxin CcdB Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108060008683 Tumor Necrosis Factor Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091023045 Untranslated Region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010046334 Urease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101150117115 V gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000710959 Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007801 affinity label Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012870 ammonium sulfate precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002223 anti-pathogen Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-N-Acetyl-D-neuraminic acid Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)OC1C(O)C(O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010836 blood and blood product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940125691 blood product Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005251 capillar electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 2
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000004662 dithiols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001484 edetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037433 frameshift Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010074605 gamma-Globulins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940116332 glucose oxidase Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019420 glucose oxidase Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000844 hepatocellular carcinoma Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 2
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012216 imaging agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012642 immune effector Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008076 immune mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940121354 immunomodulator Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000012744 immunostaining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-AHCXROLUSA-N indium-111 Chemical compound [111In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-AHCXROLUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011081 inoculation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QWTDNUCVQCZILF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopentane Chemical compound CCC(C)C QWTDNUCVQCZILF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010045069 keyhole-limpet hemocyanin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011005 laboratory method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 108010026228 mRNA guanylyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009456 molecular mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- UXOUKMQIEVGVLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N morin Natural products OC1=CC(O)=CC(C2=C(C(=O)C3=C(O)C=C(O)C=C3O2)O)=C1 UXOUKMQIEVGVLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001459 mortal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010068617 neonatal Fc receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001543 one-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007500 overflow downdraw method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007030 peptide scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- CTRLRINCMYICJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl azide Chemical class [N-]=[N+]=NC1=CC=CC=C1 CTRLRINCMYICJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009597 pregnancy test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001397 quillaja saponaria molina bark Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001850 reproductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182490 saponin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000007949 saponins Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-OQPLDHBCSA-N sialic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@](O)(C(O)=O)OC1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-OQPLDHBCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010076805 snowdrop lectin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium iodide Inorganic materials [Na+].[I-] FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium pyruvate Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)C([O-])=O DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- ABZLKHKQJHEPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylrhodamine Chemical compound C=12C=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[O+]C2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O ABZLKHKQJHEPAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003656 tris buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- KYRUKRFVOACELK-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoate Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1CCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O KYRUKRFVOACELK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFILOTSTFMXQJC-QCFYAKGBSA-N (2r,4r,5s,6s)-2-[3-[(2s,3s,4r,6s)-6-[(2s,3r,4r,5s,6r)-5-[(2s,3r,4r,5r,6r)-3-acetamido-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-2-[(2r,3s,4r,5r,6r)-4,5-dihydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)-6-[(e)-3-hydroxy-2-(octadecanoylamino)octadec-4-enoxy]oxan-3-yl]oxy-3-hy Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](OCC(NC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)C(O)\C=C\CCCCCCCCCCCCC)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@]2(O[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)C2)C(O)C(O)CO[C@]2(O[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)C2)C(O)C(O)CO)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](CO)O1 FFILOTSTFMXQJC-QCFYAKGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KYBXNPIASYUWLN-WUCPZUCCSA-N (2s)-5-hydroxypyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC1CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)N1 KYBXNPIASYUWLN-WUCPZUCCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYEWZWBILJHHCU-OMQUDAQFSA-N (e)-n-[(2s,3r,4r,5r,6r)-2-[(2r,3r,4s,5s,6s)-3-acetamido-5-amino-4-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[2-[(2r,3s,4r,5r)-5-(2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]-2-hydroxyethyl]-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]-5-methylhex-2-enamide Chemical compound N1([C@@H]2O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H]2O)O)C(O)C[C@@H]2[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]([C@@H](O2)O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](N)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)NC(=O)/C=C/CC(C)C)C=CC(=O)NC1=O VYEWZWBILJHHCU-OMQUDAQFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-HVTJNCQCSA-N 10043-66-0 Chemical compound [131I][131I] PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-HVTJNCQCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-NJFSPNSNSA-N 188Re Chemical compound [188Re] WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003923 2,5-pyrrolediones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000979 2-amino-2-oxoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(=O)N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZOOGRGPOEVQQDX-UUOKFMHZSA-N 3',5'-cyclic GMP Chemical compound C([C@H]1O2)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2N1C(N=C(NC2=O)N)=C2N=C1 ZOOGRGPOEVQQDX-UUOKFMHZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-anilino-5-sulfonaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC2=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1N=NC(C1=CC=CC(=C11)S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020003589 5' Untranslated Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940117976 5-hydroxylysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- IDLISIVVYLGCKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxy-4',5'-dichloro-2',7'-dimethoxyfluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C2C21C1=CC(OC)=C(O)C(Cl)=C1OC1=C2C=C(OC)C(O)=C1Cl IDLISIVVYLGCKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZTDTCNHAFUJOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-carboxyfluorescein Chemical compound C12=CC=C(O)C=C2OC2=CC(O)=CC=C2C11OC(=O)C2=CC=C(C(=O)O)C=C21 BZTDTCNHAFUJOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150044980 Akap1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012103 Alexa Fluor 488 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000003291 Armoracia rusticana Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000011330 Armoracia rusticana Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010003445 Ascites Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091008875 B cell receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100024222 B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000010207 Bayesian analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Beta-D-1-Arabinofuranosylthymine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 DWRXFEITVBNRMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124293 CD30 monoclonal antibody Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000053028 CD36 Antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101100220616 Caenorhabditis elegans chk-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000827764 Canine hepacivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000014914 Carrier Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010084457 Cathepsins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005600 Cathepsins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000288673 Chiroptera Species 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100040836 Claudin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000600 Claudin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000195493 Cryptophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu2+ Chemical compound [Cu+2] JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008130 Cyclic AMP-Dependent Protein Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010049894 Cyclic AMP-Dependent Protein Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010037897 DC-specific ICAM-3 grabbing nonintegrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000034423 Delivery Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012310 Dengue fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000725619 Dengue virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000009007 Diagnostic Kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101100072149 Drosophila melanogaster eIF2alpha gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052692 Dysprosium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101710121417 Envelope glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052691 Erbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000233756 Fabriciana elisa Species 0.000 description 1
- CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe2+ Chemical compound [Fe+2] CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000724791 Filamentous phage Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010001515 Galectin 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100039556 Galectin-4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-OIOBTWANSA-N Gallium-67 Chemical compound [67Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-OIOBTWANSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060005986 Granzyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001398 Granzyme Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037357 HIV infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019663 Hepatic failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000122128 Hepatitis C virus genotype 2 Species 0.000 description 1
- GVGLGOZIDCSQPN-PVHGPHFFSA-N Heroin Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](C=C[C@H]23)OC(C)=O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4OC(C)=O GVGLGOZIDCSQPN-PVHGPHFFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000980825 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000917826 Homo sapiens Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor II-a Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000917824 Homo sapiens Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor II-b Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000917858 Homo sapiens Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor III-A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000917839 Homo sapiens Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor III-B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000582320 Homo sapiens Neurogenic differentiation factor 6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000611183 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851434 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 13B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851376 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006877 Insect Bites and Stings Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-AHCXROLUSA-N Iodine-123 Chemical compound [123I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-AHCXROLUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000000853 LDL receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001831 LDL receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038609 Lactoperoxidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010023244 Lactoperoxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001490312 Lithops pseudotruncatella Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100029204 Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor II-a Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100029185 Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor III-B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WAEMQWOKJMHJLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese(2+) Chemical compound [Mn+2] WAEMQWOKJMHJLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229930126263 Maytansine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 108060004795 Methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010006519 Molecular Chaperones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005431 Molecular Chaperones Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000711408 Murine respirovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acelyl-D-glucosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-PFQGKNLYSA-N N-acetyl-beta-neuraminic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@](O)(C(O)=O)O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO SQVRNKJHWKZAKO-PFQGKNLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N N-acetylglucosamine Natural products CC(=O)N[C@@H](C=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXTVQNIVUKXOIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-chlorotoluene-p-sulfonamide Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)NCl)C=C1 NXTVQNIVUKXOIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101710194648 NTPase/helicase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100030589 Neurogenic differentiation factor 6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel(2+) Chemical compound [Ni+2] VEQPNABPJHWNSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000061176 Nicotiana tabacum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002637 Nicotiana tabacum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101800001020 Non-structural protein 4A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AWZJFZMWSUBJAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N OG-514 dye Chemical compound OC(=O)CSC1=C(F)C(F)=C(C(O)=O)C(C2=C3C=C(F)C(=O)C=C3OC3=CC(O)=C(F)C=C32)=C1F AWZJFZMWSUBJAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003940 Occludin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000304 Occludin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010058846 Ovalbumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KHGNFPUMBJSZSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Perforine Natural products COC1=C2CCC(O)C(CCC(C)(C)O)(OC)C2=NC2=C1C=CO2 KHGNFPUMBJSZSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100022587 Peroxisomal multifunctional enzyme type 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710125609 Peroxisomal multifunctional enzyme type 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010089430 Phosphoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007982 Phosphoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004160 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000608 Phosphoric Monoester Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000701370 Plasmavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010076039 Polyproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010026552 Proteome Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000955367 Pseudomonas putida Transcriptional regulatory protein XylR Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006819 RNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101710118046 RNA-directed RNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100030086 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710100968 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710146873 Receptor-binding protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010039491 Ricin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091005487 SCARB1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011579 SCID mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010084592 Saporins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010003723 Single-Domain Antibodies Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005708 Sodium hypochlorite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101710172711 Structural protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010042566 Superinfection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700005078 Synthetic Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000005867 T cell response Effects 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric Acid Chemical class [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-OUBTZVSYSA-N Technetium-99 Chemical compound [99Tc] GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052771 Terbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GYDJEQRTZSCIOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tranexamic acid Chemical compound NCC1CCC(C(O)=O)CC1 GYDJEQRTZSCIOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004243 Tubulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000704 Tubulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100040247 Tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036922 Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 13B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710181056 Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 13B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036857 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- YJQCOFNZVFGCAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tunicamycin II Natural products O1C(CC(O)C2C(C(O)C(O2)N2C(NC(=O)C=C2)=O)O)C(O)C(O)C(NC(=O)C=CCCCCCCCCC(C)C)C1OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1NC(C)=O YJQCOFNZVFGCAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010053614 Type III immune complex mediated reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010062497 VLDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940122803 Vinca alkaloid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010003533 Viral Envelope Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700022715 Viral Proteases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010067390 Viral Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910052769 Ytterbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-XXSWNUTMSA-N [125I][125I] Chemical compound [125I][125I] PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-XXSWNUTMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001467 acupuncture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002534 adenoid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003314 affinity selection Methods 0.000 description 1
- HAXFWIACAGNFHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N aldrithiol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1SSC1=CC=CC=N1 HAXFWIACAGNFHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940037003 alum Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002344 aminooxy group Chemical group [H]N([H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 230000019552 anatomical structure morphogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940044684 anti-microtubule agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125644 antibody drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011091 antibody purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000628 antibody-producing cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940034982 antineoplastic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N arabinose Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001484 arginines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000637 arginyl group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000613 asparagine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002820 assay format Methods 0.000 description 1
- RYXHOMYVWAEKHL-OUBTZVSYSA-N astatine-211 Chemical compound [211At] RYXHOMYVWAEKHL-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- OHDRQQURAXLVGJ-HLVWOLMTSA-N azane;(2e)-3-ethyl-2-[(e)-(3-ethyl-6-sulfo-1,3-benzothiazol-2-ylidene)hydrazinylidene]-1,3-benzothiazole-6-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].S/1C2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C2N(CC)C\1=N/N=C1/SC2=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C2N1CC OHDRQQURAXLVGJ-HLVWOLMTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HFACYLZERDEVSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzidine Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 HFACYLZERDEVSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-Pyranose-Lyxose Natural products OC1COC(O)C(O)C1O SRBFZHDQGSBBOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-L-thymidine Natural products O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1C1OC(CO)C(O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005842 biochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000074 biopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000455 brentuximab vedotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000234 capsid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000005018 casein Substances 0.000 description 1
- BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N casein, tech. Chemical compound NCCCCC(C(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CC(C)C)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(C(C)O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(COP(O)(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021240 caseins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006143 cell culture medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000011712 cell development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002771 cell marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091092328 cellular RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002032 cellular defenses Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000004697 chelate complex Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012412 chemical coupling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044683 chemotherapy drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 1
- BFGKITSFLPAWGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium(3+) Chemical compound [Cr+3] BFGKITSFLPAWGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001142 circular dichroism spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013599 cloning vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003501 co-culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004186 co-expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000701 coagulant Substances 0.000 description 1
- XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(2+) Chemical compound [Co+2] XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGVAZMGAQJOSFJ-WZHZPDAFSA-M cobalt(2+);[(2r,3s,4r,5s)-5-(5,6-dimethylbenzimidazol-1-yl)-4-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] [(2r)-1-[3-[(1r,2r,3r,4z,7s,9z,12s,13s,14z,17s,18s,19r)-2,13,18-tris(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)-7,12,17-tris(3-amino-3-oxopropyl)-3,5,8,8,13,15,18,19-octamethyl-2 Chemical compound [Co+2].N#[C-].[N-]([C@@H]1[C@H](CC(N)=O)[C@@]2(C)CCC(=O)NC[C@@H](C)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]3[C@H]([C@H](O[C@@H]3CO)N3C4=CC(C)=C(C)C=C4N=C3)O)\C2=C(C)/C([C@H](C\2(C)C)CCC(N)=O)=N/C/2=C\C([C@H]([C@@]/2(CC(N)=O)C)CCC(N)=O)=N\C\2=C(C)/C2=N[C@]1(C)[C@@](C)(CC(N)=O)[C@@H]2CCC(N)=O AGVAZMGAQJOSFJ-WZHZPDAFSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000002288 cocrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002016 colloidosmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001447 compensatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004154 complement system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008139 complexing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M coomassie brilliant blue Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C(=C2C=CC(C=C2)=[N+](CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=2C=CC(=CC=2)N(CC)CC=2C=C(C=CC=2)S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 NKLPQNGYXWVELD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-AKLPVKDBSA-N copper-67 Chemical compound [67Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-AKLPVKDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000139 costimulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009260 cross reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012866 crystallographic experiment Methods 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFULAYFCSOUIOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteamine Chemical compound NCCS UFULAYFCSOUIOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 108010057085 cytokine receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003675 cytokine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005220 cytoplasmic tail Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006240 deamidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012350 deep sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- YSMODUONRAFBET-UHFFFAOYSA-N delta-DL-hydroxylysine Natural products NCC(O)CCC(N)C(O)=O YSMODUONRAFBET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000025729 dengue disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002069 diamorphine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002050 diffraction method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- AFABGHUZZDYHJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl butane Natural products CCCC(C)C AFABGHUZZDYHJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003110 dot immunobinding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001493065 dsRNA viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108060002430 dynein heavy chain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013035 dynein heavy chain Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dysprosium atom Chemical compound [Dy] KBQHZAAAGSGFKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000026502 entry into host cell Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009088 enzymatic function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008029 eradication Effects 0.000 description 1
- UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N erbium Chemical compound [Er] UYAHIZSMUZPPFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YSMODUONRAFBET-UHNVWZDZSA-N erythro-5-hydroxy-L-lysine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)CC[C@H](N)C(O)=O YSMODUONRAFBET-UHNVWZDZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJRPTMORGOIMMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-amino-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1,3-thiazole-5-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=1SC(N)=NC=1C(F)(F)F XJRPTMORGOIMMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 210000004265 eukaryotic small ribosome subunit Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-IGMARMGPSA-N europium-152 Chemical compound [152Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002270 exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003722 extracellular fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013861 fat-free Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003811 finger Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000013312 flour Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein-5-isothiocyanate Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC(N=C=S)=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 MHMNJMPURVTYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001917 fluorescence detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000799 fusogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001641 gel filtration chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007614 genetic variation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004392 genitalia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000010362 genome editing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerine monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(CO)CO YQEMORVAKMFKLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycerol monostearate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO SVUQHVRAGMNPLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700014210 glycosyltransferase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000003630 glycyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- CBMIPXHVOVTTTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold(3+) Chemical compound [Au+3] CBMIPXHVOVTTTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001631 haemodialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003505 heat denaturation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940022353 herceptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007417 hierarchical cluster analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000086 high toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000001239 high-resolution electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012145 high-salt buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- SCKNFLZJSOHWIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N holmium(3+) Chemical compound [Ho+3] SCKNFLZJSOHWIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000033519 human immunodeficiency virus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000011167 hydrochloric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002349 hydroxyamino group Chemical group [H]ON([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052588 hydroxylapatite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012872 hydroxylapatite chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000016178 immune complex formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000026278 immune system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010166 immunofluorescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013115 immunohistochemical detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003308 immunostimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009169 immunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003116 impacting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000000509 infertility Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000535 infertility Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000015788 innate immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010468 interferon response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004068 intracellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940057428 lactoperoxidase Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CZMAIROVPAYCMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum(3+) Chemical compound [La+3] CZMAIROVPAYCMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002605 large molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012125 lateral flow test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001909 leucine group Chemical group [H]N(*)C(C(*)=O)C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000007270 liver cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000835 liver failure Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000007903 liver failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014018 liver neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008176 lyophilized powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002101 lytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000004792 malaria Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- WKPWGQKGSOKKOO-RSFHAFMBSA-N maytansine Chemical compound CO[C@@H]([C@@]1(O)C[C@](OC(=O)N1)([C@H]([C@@H]1O[C@@]1(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](C)N(C)C(C)=O)CC(=O)N1C)C)[H])\C=C\C=C(C)\CC2=CC(OC)=C(Cl)C1=C2 WKPWGQKGSOKKOO-RSFHAFMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010297 mechanical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009347 mechanical transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005399 mechanical ventilation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940126601 medicinal product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004779 membrane envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003151 mercaptamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ANZJBCHSOXCCRQ-FKUXLPTCSA-N mertansine Chemical compound CO[C@@H]([C@@]1(O)C[C@H](OC(=O)N1)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]1O[C@@]1(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)[C@H](C)N(C)C(=O)CCS)CC(=O)N1C)\C=C\C=C(C)\CC2=CC(OC)=C(Cl)C1=C2 ANZJBCHSOXCCRQ-FKUXLPTCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001455 metallic ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- DYQNRMCKBFOWKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 4-hydroxybenzenecarboximidate Chemical compound COC(=N)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 DYQNRMCKBFOWKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003470 mitochondria Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000035118 modified proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005573 modified proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002991 molded plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010093470 monomethyl auristatin E Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004660 morphological change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004897 n-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007923 nasal drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100662 nasal drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000026415 nucleotide binding proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091014756 nucleotide binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004145 nucleotide salvage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005868 ontogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940092253 ovalbumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006174 pH buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- VYNDHICBIRRPFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pacific blue Chemical compound FC1=C(O)C(F)=C2OC(=O)C(C(=O)O)=CC2=C1 VYNDHICBIRRPFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000002741 palatine tonsil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940055729 papain Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019834 papain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D pentacalcium;hydroxide;triphosphate Chemical compound [OH-].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O XYJRXVWERLGGKC-UHFFFAOYSA-D 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930192851 perforin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N periodic acid Chemical compound OI(=O)(=O)=O KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003200 peritoneal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006303 photolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000015843 photosynthesis, light reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003720 plasmablast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012123 point-of-care testing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- DTBMTXYWRJNBGK-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium;sodium;phthalate Chemical compound [Na+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O DTBMTXYWRJNBGK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000008476 powdered milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011165 process development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003148 prolines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001902 propagating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940021993 prophylactic vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 108020001580 protein domains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020001775 protein parts Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000006920 protein precipitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002213 purine nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006825 purine synthesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004445 quantitative analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002708 random mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004064 recycling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003362 replicative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004366 reverse phase liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-IGMARMGPSA-N rhenium-186 Chemical compound [186Re] WUAPFZMCVAUBPE-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002342 ribonucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DOSGOCSVHPUUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N samarium(3+) Chemical compound [Sm+3] DOSGOCSVHPUUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003118 sandwich ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012679 serum free medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010040400 serum sickness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005582 sexual transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009450 sialylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009131 signaling function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004513 sizing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000020183 skimmed milk Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PTLRDCMBXHILCL-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium arsenite Chemical compound [Na+].[O-][As]=O PTLRDCMBXHILCL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- SUKJFIGYRHOWBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium hypochlorite Chemical compound [Na+].Cl[O-] SUKJFIGYRHOWBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000009518 sodium iodide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RYYKJJJTJZKILX-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium octadecanoate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O RYYKJJJTJZKILX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940054269 sodium pyruvate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005063 solubilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007928 solubilization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008227 sterile water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002344 surface layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002626 targeted therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052713 technetium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N technetium atom Chemical compound [Tc] GKLVYJBZJHMRIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N terbium atom Chemical compound [Tb] GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N texas red Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S(Cl)(=O)=O)=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 MPLHNVLQVRSVEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000001757 thermogravimetry curve Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CNHYKKNIIGEXAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiolan-2-imine Chemical compound N=C1CCCS1 CNHYKKNIIGEXAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000341 threoninyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 210000003813 thumb Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940104230 thymidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009258 tissue cross reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003104 tissue culture media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000954 titration curve Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003325 tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010474 transient expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091005703 transmembrane proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035160 transmembrane proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000575 trastuzumab Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001612 trastuzumab emtansine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000003390 tumor necrosis factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003298 tumor necrosis factor receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- MEYZYGMYMLNUHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tunicamycin Natural products CC(C)CCCCCCCCCC=CC(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C(CC(O)C2OC(C(O)C2O)N3C=CC(=O)NC3=O)OC1OC4OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C4NC(=O)C MEYZYGMYMLNUHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010087967 type I signal peptidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009677 vaginal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LEONUFNNVUYDNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium atom Chemical compound [V] LEONUFNNVUYDNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000005570 vertical transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001429 visible spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- NAWDYIZEMPQZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ytterbium Chemical compound [Yb] NAWDYIZEMPQZHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N yttrium atom Chemical compound [Y] VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/576—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for hepatitis
- G01N33/5767—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for hepatitis non-A, non-B hepatitis
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/08—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses
- C07K16/10—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses from RNA viruses
- C07K16/1081—Togaviridae, e.g. flavivirus, rubella virus, hog cholera virus
- C07K16/109—Hepatitis C virus; Hepatitis G virus
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
- C07K2317/21—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin from primates, e.g. man
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
- C07K2317/34—Identification of a linear epitope shorter than 20 amino acid residues or of a conformational epitope defined by amino acid residues
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
- G01N2333/005—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from viruses
- G01N2333/08—RNA viruses
- G01N2333/18—Togaviridae; Flaviviridae
- G01N2333/183—Flaviviridae, e.g. pestivirus, mucosal disease virus, bovine viral diarrhoea virus, classical swine fever virus (hog cholera virus) or border disease virus
- G01N2333/186—Hepatitis C; Hepatitis NANB
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates generally to the fields of medicine, infectious disease, and immunology. More particular, the disclosure relates to human antibodies binding to Hepatitis C virus, and methods of use therefor. 2. Background
- HCV Hepatitis C virus
- bNAbs human monoclonal antibodies capable of neutralizing diverse HCV strains have been isolated from HCV-infected individuals, proving that antibodies can target relatively conserved regions of the two HCV envelope glycoproteins (E1 and E2), despite the enormous genetic diversity of HCV (Hadlock et al., 2000; Keck et al., 2008; 2013; Giang et al., 2012; Krey et al., 2013; Johansson et al., 2007; Merat et al., 2016; Keck et al., 2011; 2012; Long et al. 2012; Law et al., 2008).
- bNAbs Infusion of bNAbs is protective against infection in animal models of HCV (Law et al., 2008; Morin et al., 2012), , and a recent study also showed that bNAbs could abrogate established HCV infection in a humanized transgenic mouse model (de Jon et al., 2014). Given the efficacy of these bNAbs in blocking HCV infection, the molecular and genetic features of bNAbs and their epitopes may serve as a useful guide for rational HCV vaccine design.
- mAbs Monoclonal antibodies from individuals with broadly neutralizing serum and clearance of HCV have not been isolated to date, so it is not known whether these mAbs have unique features relative to the mAbs previously isolated from individuals with persistent HCV infection. It is of interest to define the molecular basis for recognition and neutralization of an entire quasispecies of an antigenically diverse virus like HCV, with subsequent immune- mediated clearance.
- a method of detecting a Hepatitis C virus infection in a subject comprising (a) contacting a sample from said subject with an antibody or antibody fragment having clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively; and (b) detecting Hepatitis C virus in said sample by binding of said antibody or antibody fragment to a Hepatitis C virus antigen in said sample.
- the sample may be a body fluid, such as blood, sputum, tears, saliva, mucous or serum, semen, cervical or vaginal secretions, amniotic fluid, placental tissues, urine, exudate, transudate, tissue scrapings or feces.
- Detection may comprise ELISA, RIA, lateral flow assay or Western blot.
- the method may further comprise performing steps (a) and (b) a second time and determining a change in Hepatitis C virus antigen levels as compared to the first assay.
- the antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences as set forth in Table 1.
- the antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone- paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
- the antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ⁇ )2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
- a method of treating a subject infected with Hepatitis C virus or reducing the likelihood of infection of a subject at risk of contracting Hepatitis C virus comprising delivering to said subject an antibody or antibody fragment having clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively.
- the antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences as set forth in Table 1.
- the antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone- paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
- the antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ⁇ )2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
- the antibody may be an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern.
- the antibody may be a chimeric antibody or a bispecific antibody.
- the antibody or antibody fragment may be administered prior to infection or after infection.
- the subject may be a pregnant female, a sexually active female, or a female undergoing fertility treatments.
- Delivering may comprise antibody or antibody fragment administration, or genetic delivery with an RNA or DNA sequence or vector encoding the antibody or antibody fragment.
- a monoclonal antibody wherein the antibody or antibody fragment is characterized by clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively.
- the antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences as set forth in Table 1.
- the antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
- the antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ⁇ ) 2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
- the monoclonal antibody may be a chimeric antibody or is bispecific antibody.
- the antibody may be an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern.
- the antibody or antibody fragment ma further comprise a cell penetrating peptide and/or may be an intrabody.
- hybridoma or engineered cell encoding an antibody or antibody fragment wherein the antibody or antibody fragment is characterized by clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively.
- the hybridoma or engineered cell may be encoded clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone- paired sequences as set forth in Table 1.
- the hybridoma or engineered cell may encoded light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone- paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
- the hybridoma or engineered cell may encode a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ⁇ )2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
- the hybridoma or engineered cell may encode a chimeric antibody or a bispecific antibody.
- the hybridoma or engineered cell may encode an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern.
- the hybridoma or engineered cell may encode an antibody or antibody fragment further comprising a cell penetrating peptide and/or is an intrabody.
- a vaccine formulation comprising one or more antibodies or antibody fragments characterized by clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively.
- the antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences as set forth in Table 1.
- the antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
- the antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ⁇ )2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
- the at least one antibody may be a chimeric antibody or is bispecific antibody.
- the an least one antibody is an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern.
- the at least one antibody or antibody fragments may further comprise a cell penetrating peptide and/or is an intrabody.
- a vaccine formulation comprising one or more expression vectors encoding a first antibody or antibody fragment as described above.
- the expression vector(s) may be Sindbis virus or VEE vector(s).
- the vaccine formulation may be formulated for delivery by needle injection, jet injection, or electroporation.
- the vaccine formulation may further comprise one or more expression vectors encoding for a second antibody or antibody fragment, such as a distinct antibody or antibody fragment as described above.
- a method of protecting the health of a placenta and/or fetus of a pregnant a subject infected with or at risk of infection with Hepatitis C virus comprising delivering to said subject an antibody or antibody fragment having clone- paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively.
- the antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences as set forth in Table 1.
- the antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
- the antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ⁇ )2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
- the antibody may be an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern.
- the antibody may be a chimeric antibody or a bispecific antibody.
- the antibody or antibody fragment may be administered prior to infection or after infection.
- the subject may be a pregnant female, a sexually active female, or a female undergoing fertility treatments.
- Delivering may comprise antibody or antibody fragment administration, or genetic delivery with an RNA or DNA sequence or vector encoding the antibody or antibody fragment.
- the method may increase the size of the placenta as compared to an untreated control.
- the method may reduce viral load and/or pathology of the fetus as compared to an untreated control.
- a method of determining the antigenic integrity, correct conformation and/or correct sequence of a Hepatitis C virus antigen comprising (a) contacting a sample comprising said antigen with a first antibody or antibody fragment having clone- paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively; and (b) determining antigenic integrity, correct conformation and/or correct sequence of said antigen by detectable binding of said first antibody or antibody fragment to said antigen.
- the sample may comprise recombinantly produced antigen.
- the sample may comprise a vaccine formulation or vaccine production batch. Detection may comprise ELISA, RIA, western blot, a biosensor using surface plasmon resonance or biolayer interferometry, or flow cytometric staining.
- the first antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone- paired sequences as set forth in Table 1.
- the first antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
- the first antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ⁇ ) 2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
- the method may further comprise performing steps (a) and (b) a second time to determine the antigenic stability of the antigen over time.
- the method may further comprise (c) contacting a sample comprising said antigen with a second antibody or antibody fragment having clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively; and (d) determining antigenic integrity of said antigen by detectable binding of said second antibody or antibody fragment to said antigen.
- the method may further comprise performing steps (c) and (d) a second time to determine the antigenic stability of the antigen over time.
- the second antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone- paired sequences as set forth in Table 1.
- the second antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
- the second antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ⁇ )2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
- FIGS 1A-B Identification of subjects who spontaneously cleared HCV and possess broadly-neutralizing antibodies in plasma.
- FIG. 1A HCV viral loads of two subjects who spontaneously cleared HCV infection sampled periodically from the time of initial infection through viral clearance. Dashed line indicates limit of detection (LOD) of the viral load assay, which is 50 International Units (IU)/mL. Values below the LOD are set at 25 IU/mL and marked with gray circles.
- LOD limit of detection
- IU International Units
- Values below the LOD are set at 25 IU/mL and marked with gray circles.
- (-) or (+) indicate plasma samples that were HCV antibody-negative or positive by commercial antibody binding assay (EIA).
- White arrow indicates plasma samples tested for neutralizing breadth against the panel of 19 genotype 1 HCVpp. Stipled arrow indicates time points from which anti-HCV mAbs were isolated.
- Black arrow indicates plasma samples from which the viral quasispecies was sequenced by single genome amplification (SGA).
- FIG.1B Neutralizing breadth of plasma from the two subjects tested against a diverse panel of genotype 1a or 1b HCV pseudoparticles (HCVpp). Values shown are percent neutralization achieved by a 1:100 dilution of plasma, tested in duplicate. *For comparison, the median neutralization of each HCVpp by 42 subjects with persistent HCV infection, matched with subjects who cleared for duration of infection (Control plasma), is also shown.
- FIG. 2 Intra-genotypic neutralizing breadth of anti-HCV monoclonal antibodies isolated from two subjects who spontaneously cleared HCV infection. Neutralizing breadth of mAbs against a diverse panel of genotype 1a or 1b HCV pseudoparticles (HCVpp). Neutralization patterns for the 5 most broadly-neutralizing mAbs are shown here; data for the remaining 10 mAbs are shown in FIG. 9. MAbs marked with blue were isolated from Subject 117 and mAbs marked with green were isolated from Subject 110. Values shown are percent neutralization achieved by 50 ⁇ g/mL of mAb. Values are means of two independent experiments, each performed in duplicate.
- FIG. 3 Cross-genotypic neutralizing breadth of anti-HCV monoclonal antibodies. Neutralizing breadth of mAbs against a panel of genotype 1-6 replication competent hepatitis C viruses (HCVcc). The four mAbs with greatest neutralizing breadth in Figure 2 were tested. The name of each HCVcc strain is indicated with the viral subtype in parenthesis. Values shown are the means of two independent experiments, each performed in triplicate, and error bars represent standard deviations between experiments. The half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC50) of each mAb/HCVcc combination is shown. Curves with neutralization exceeding 50% at only the highest mAb concentration (50 ⁇ g/mL) were assigned an IC50 of 50 ⁇ g/mL.
- IC50 half maximal inhibitory concentration
- FIGS. 4A-D Epitope mapping of anti-HCV bNAbs.
- FIG.4A Critical binding residues for bNAbs, based on relative binding to strain H77 E1E2 or alanine scanning mutants spanning the full H77 E1E2 sequence. Binding residues are marked with green spheres superimposed on the H77 E2 core structure (31). For reference, contact residues for mAb AR3C, identified by Kong, et al., are indicated with blue spheres. Additional mAbs are shown in FIG.11. In the table, critical binding or contact residues shared by at least two mAbs are highlighted in red, and those shared by all four mAbs in purple. (FIGS.
- FIGS. 12A-B Competition-binding between mAbs.
- Six most broadly neutralizing mAbs from s117 (blue) and s110 (green) are shown, with additional mAbs shown in FIGS. 12A-B.
- Combinations resulting in relative binding ⁇ 0.7 or ⁇ 0.35 are marked in yellow or red, respectively.
- FIG. 4B Competition-binding between novel mAbs and each other. Values represent the average of two independent experiments performed in duplicate.
- FIG.4D Clustering of the 6 most broadly-neutralizing mAbs (blue or green) with reference bNAbs (red) based upon neutralization profiling. For each mAb, neutralization of each of 19 HCVpp was measured, generating a neutralization profile, and pairwise spearman correlations were measured between these neutralization profiles. Circles at each intersection were scaled by the magnitude of the correlation between the indicated mAbs. Hierarchical clustering analysis using these pairwise correlations is depicted as a tree.
- FIGS. 5A-B Role of somatic mutations in neutralization and binding of heterologous E1E2 proteins.
- FIG. 5A Neutralization of a heterologous genotype 1 HCVpp panel by HEPC3, HEPC3 with reversion of all somatic mutations in the light chain variable region to the germline encoded amino acids (L-RUA), HEPC3 with reversion of all somatic mutations in the heavy chain variable region (H-RUA), or HEPC3 with reversion of all somatic mutations in both light and heavy chain variable regions (H,L-RUA) at 50 ⁇ g/mL concentration of mAb, measured in duplicate.
- FIG. 5B Binding of serial dilutions of the indicated mAbs to genotype 1 E1E2 proteins, measured by ELISA. The individual reversion or combination of reversions introduced into HEPC3 are indicated on the vertical axis. The heatmap was generated using log10(Area Under the Curve) of binding of each mAb/E1E2 dilution series, which were measured in duplicate. Asterisks indicate significant differences between binding of each mAb to all E1E2 variants relative to binding of HEPC3 to the same E1E2 variants, measured by one-way ANOVA with adjustment for multiple comparisons (* p ⁇ 0.05, ** p ⁇ 0.005, **** p ⁇ .0001).
- FIGS. 6A-B HCV strain-specific effects of bNAb somatic mutations.
- FIG. 6A Binding of serial dilutions of HEPC3 or the indicated HEPC3 mAb variants to 4 different genotype 1 E1E2 protein variants, measured by ELISA. Values are means of duplicate wells, and error bars indicate standard deviations.
- FIG.6B Kinetic binding analysis of HEPC3 and HEPC3 mAb variants and soluble J6 strain (genotype 2a) E2 protein. Dissociation constants (KD) for each mAb are shown. Error bars represent the standard errors, which were calculated using a global fit mode that includes several analyte concentrations. Single amino acid reversions in HEPC3 are grouped by their location in HCDR1, 2, 3, or framework regions (Frm).
- FIG.7 Longitudinal evolution of autologous E1E2 genes.
- Outgroup is composed of genotype 1a sequences from the heterologous E1E2 panel. Bootstrap values greater than 80 are indicated.
- FIG. 8 Role of somatic mutations in binding of autologous E1E2 proteins. Binding of serial dilutions of HEPC3, HEPC3 with all heavy chain somatic mutations reverted to the germline-encoded amino acid (HEPC3 H-RUA), or HEPC3 with all somatic mutations reverted to the germline-encoded amino acid (HEPC3 H,L-RUA) to 21 unique autologous E1E2 proteins. Proteins are color-coded by date of sampling. Values are means of duplicate wells, and error bars indicate standard deviations. Median binding of an isotype control antibody to all E1E2 variants is shown as a control for nonspecific binding.
- FIG.9 Neutralizing breadth of the 10 mAbs not shown in Figure 2 against a diverse panel of genotype 1a or 1b HCV pseudoparticles (HCVpp). Neutralization patterns for the 5 most broadly-neutralizing mAbs are shown in FIG. 2; data for the remaining 10 mAbs are shown here. MAbs marked with blue were isolated from Subject 117 and mAbs marked with green were isolated from Subject 110. Values shown are percent neutralization achieved by 50 ⁇ g/mL of mAb. Values are means of two replicate tests.
- FIG.10 Binding of mAbs to native and denatured E1E2. Binding of 2 ⁇ g/mL of each mAb to native E1E2 (clone 1a53) or to the same E1E2 protein after boiling of E1E2 in detergent. Reference mAbs AR3C (conformational epitope) and HC33.8 (linear epitope) are included as controls. Values are the means of two replicate tests, and error bars indicate standard deviations.
- FIG.11 Binding epitopes of 3 mAbs not shown in Figure 4. Binding residues were identified by measuring relative binding of mAbs to strain H77 E1E2 or alanine scanning mutants spanning the full H77 E1E2 sequence. Critical binding residues are marked with green spheres superimposed on the H77 E2 core structure (31). MAbs not shown here or in FIGS.4A-D did not have adequate affinity for strain H77 E1E2 to be mapped by this method.
- FIGS.12A-B Competition-binding between mAbs.
- Names of mAbs isolated from Subject 117 or Subject 110 are marked in blue or green, respectively.
- Binding of 2 ⁇ g/mL of the mAbs on the Y-axis (“Biotinylated mAbs”) to strain 1a53 E1E2 was measured in the presence or absence of the mAbs on the X-axis (“Blocking mAbs”) at a concentration of 20 ⁇ g/mL. Values shown are binding of the biotinylated mAb in the presence of blocking mAb, relative to binding in the absence of blocking mAb. Combinations resulting in relative binding ⁇ 0.7 or ⁇ 0.3 are marked in yellow or red, respectively.
- FIG. 12A Competition-binding between novel mAbs and each other.
- FIG. 12B Competition-binding between novel mAbs and a panel of previously published anti-HCV bNAbs.
- HEPC3, HEPC74, and HEPC43 show strong, statistically significant correlations with each other and with AR3C, but no correlation with HC33.4.
- FIGS.14A-D Octet association/dissociation curves with HEPC3 mAb variants and J6 (genotype 2a) soluble E2. KD values generated from these curves are summarized in FIGS.6A-B.
- FIG. 15 Ratio of nonsynonymous/synonymous mutations across all longitudinal E1E2 variants sequenced from subject 117. Analysis was performed with 20 codon windows and 1 codon steps. Hypervariable region 1 (HVR1) is shaded in gray, and the region spanning HEPC3 binding residues is shaded in blue.
- HVR1 Hypervariable region 1
- FIG. 16 Highlighter plot indicating positions of amino acid differences in longitudinal E1E2 variants isolated from subject 117. Autologous variant transmitted/founder #3 (T/F#3) is used as the reference sequence, and sequences are arranged by their date of isolation. The locations of E1, E2, HVR1, and the region spanning HEPC3 binding residues are indicated.
- Hepatitis C virus is a small (55–65 nm in size), enveloped, positive-sense single- stranded RNA virus of the family Flaviviridae.
- Hepatitis C virus is the cause of hepatitis C and some cancers such as liver cancer (hepatocellular carcinoma, abbreviated HCC) and lymphomas in humans.
- the hepatitis C virus belongs to the genus Hepacivirus, a member of the family Flaviviridae. Until recently it was considered to be the only member of this genus. However, a member of this genus has been discovered in dogs: canine hepacivirus. There is also at least one virus in this genus that infects horses. Several additional viruses in the genus have been described in bats and rodents.
- the hepatitis C virus particle consists of a core of genetic material (RNA), surrounded by an icosahedral protective shell of protein, and further encased in a lipid (fatty) envelope of cellular origin.
- RNA genetic material
- lipid fatty envelope of cellular origin.
- E1 and E2 Two viral envelope glycoproteins, E1 and E2, are embedded in the lipid envelope.
- Hepatitis C virus has a positive sense single-stranded RNA genome.
- the genome consists of a single open reading frame that is 9600 nucleotide bases long. This single open reading frame is translated to produce a single protein product, which is then further processed to produce smaller active proteins. This is why on publicly available databases, such as the European Bioinformatic Institute, the viral proteome only consists of 2 proteins.
- the 5' UTR has a ribosome binding site or internal ribosome entry site (IRES) that initiates the translation of a very long protein containing about 3,000 amino acids.
- IRES internal ribosome entry site
- the core domain of the HCV IRES contains a four-way helical junction that is integrated within a predicted pseudoknot. The conformation of this core domain constrains the open reading frame's orientation for positioning on the 40S ribosomal subunit.
- the large pre-protein is later cleaved by cellular and viral proteases into the 10 smaller proteins that allow viral replication within the host cell, or assemble into the mature viral particles.
- Structural proteins made by the hepatitis C virus include Core protein, E1 and E2; nonstructural proteins include NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B.
- the proteins of this virus are arranged along the genome in the following order: N terminal-core-envelope (E1)–E2–p7-nonstructural protein 2 (NS2)–NS3–NS4A–NS4B– NS5A–NS5B–C terminal.
- the mature nonstructural proteins (NS2 to NS5B) generation relies on the activity of viral proteinases.
- the NS2/NS3 junction is cleaved by a metal dependent autocatalytic proteinase encoded within NS2 and the N-terminus of NS3. The remaining cleavages downstream from this site are catalysed by a serine proteinase also contained within the N-terminal region of NS3.
- the core protein has 191 amino acids and can be divided into three domains on the basis of hydrophobicity: domain 1 (residues 1–117) contains mainly basic residues with two short hydrophobic regions; domain 2 (residues 118–174) is less basic and more hydrophobic and its C-terminus is at the end of p21; domain 3 (residues 175–191) is highly hydrophobic and acts as a signal sequence for E1 envelope protein.
- E1 and E2 Both envelope proteins (E1 and E2) are highly glycosylated and important in cell entry.
- E1 serves as the fusogenic subunit and E2 acts as the receptor binding protein.
- E1 has 4–5 N- linked glycans and E2 has 11 N-glycosylation sites.
- the p7 protein is dispensable for viral genome replication but plays a critical role in virus morphogenesis.
- This protein is a 63 amino acid membrane spanning protein which locates itself in the endoplasmic reticulum. Cleavage of p7 is mediated by the endoplasmic reticulum's signal peptidases.
- Two transmembrane domains of p7 are connected by a cytoplasmic loop and are oriented towards the endoplasmic reticulum's lumen.
- NS2 protein is a 21–23 kilodalton (kDa) transmembrane protein with protease activity.
- NS3 is 67 kDa protein whose N-terminal has serine protease activity and whose C- terminal has NTPase/helicase activity. It is located within the endoplasmic reticulum and forms a heterodimeric complex with NS4A—a 54 amino acid membrane protein that acts as a cofactor of the proteinase.
- NS4B is a small (27 kDa) hydrophobic integral membrane protein with 4 transmembrane domains. It is located within the endoplasmic reticulum and plays an important role for recruitment of other viral proteins. It induces morphological changes to the endoplasmic reticulum forming a structure termed the membranous web.
- NS5A is a hydrophilic phosphoprotein which plays an important role in viral replication, modulation of cell signaling pathways and the interferon response. It is known to bind to endoplasmic reticulum anchored human VAP proteins.
- the NS5B protein (65 kDa) is the viral RNA dependent RNA polymerase.
- NS5B has the key function of replicating the HCV’s viral RNA by using the viral positive RNA strand as its template and catalyzes the polymerization of ribonucleoside triphosphates (rNTP) during RNA replication.
- rNTP ribonucleoside triphosphates
- HCV Replication of HCV involves several steps.
- the virus replicates mainly in the hepatocytes of the liver, where it is estimated that daily each infected cell produces approximately fifty virions (virus particles) with a calculated total of one trillion virions generated.
- the virus may also replicate in peripheral blood mononuclear cells, potentially accounting for the high levels of immunological disorders found in chronically infected HCV patients.
- HCV has a wide variety of genotypes and mutates rapidly due to a high error rate on the part of the virus' RNA-dependent RNA polymerase. The mutation rate produces so many variants of the virus it is considered a quasispecies rather than a conventional virus species. Entry into host cells occur through complex interactions between virions and cell-surface molecules CD81, LDL receptor, SR-BI, DC-SIGN, Claudin-1, and Occludin.
- HCV takes over portions of the intracellular machinery to replicate.
- the HCV genome is translated to produce a single protein of around 3011 amino acids.
- the polyprotein is then proteolytically processed by viral and cellular proteases to produce three structural (virion-associated) and seven nonstructural (NS) proteins.
- NS nonstructural
- NS proteins Alternatively, a frameshift may occur in the Core region to produce an Alternate Reading Frame Protein (ARFP).
- ARFP Alternate Reading Frame Protein
- HCV encodes two proteases, the NS2 cysteine autoprotease and the NS3-4A serine protease.
- the NS proteins then recruit the viral genome into an RNA replication complex, which is associated with rearranged cytoplasmic membranes.
- RNA replication takes places via the viral RNA-dependent RNA polymerase NS5B, which produces a negative strand RNA intermediate.
- the negative strand RNA then serves as a template for the production of new positive strand viral genomes.
- Nascent genomes can then be translated, further replicated or packaged within new virus particles. New virus particles are thought to bud into the secretory pathway and are released at the cell surface.
- the virus replicates on intracellular lipid membranes.
- the endoplasmic reticulum in particular are deformed into uniquely shaped membrane structures termed‘membranous webs.’ These structures can be induced by sole expression of the viral protein NS4B.
- the core protein associates with lipid droplets and utilises microtubules and dyneins to alter their location to a perinuclear distribution. Release from the hepatocyte may involve the very low-density lipoprotein secretory pathway.
- the hepatitis C virus species is classified into seven genotypes (1–7) with several subtypes within each genotype (represented by lower-cased letters). Subtypes are further broken down into quasispecies based on their genetic diversity. Genotypes differ by 30–35% of the nucleotide sites over the complete genome. The difference in genomic composition of subtypes of a genotype is usually 20–25%. Subtypes 1a and 1b are found worldwide and cause 60% of all cases.
- Hepatitis C virus is predominantly a blood-borne virus, with very low risk of sexual or vertical transmission. Because of this mode of spread the key groups at risk are injecting drug users (IDUs), recipients of blood products and sometimes patients on haemodialysis.
- IDUs drug users
- Common setting for transmission of HCV is also intra-hospital (nosocomial) transmission, when practices of hygiene and sterilization are not correctly followed in the clinic.
- a number of cultural or ritual practices have been proposed as a potential historical mode of spread for hepatitis C virus, including circumcision, genital mutilation, ritual scarification, traditional tattooing and acupuncture. It has also been argued that given the extremely prolonged periods of persistence of HCV in humans, even very low and undetectable rates of mechanical transmission via biting insects may be sufficient to maintain endemic infection in the tropic, where people receive large number of insect bites.
- genotypes 1 and 4 appear to share a common origin.
- a Bayesian analysis suggests that the major genotypes diverged about 300–400 years ago from the ancestor virus. The minor genotypes diverged about 200 years ago from their major genotypes. All of the extant genotypes appear to have evolved from genotype 1 subtype 1b.
- genotype 6 strains suggests an earlier date of evolution: ⁇ 1,100 to 1,350 years before the present (95% credible region, 600 to >2,500 years ago). The estimated rate of mutation was 1.8 ⁇ 10 -4 (95% credible region This genotype may be
- the genotype 2 strains from Africa can be divided into four clades that correlate with their country of origin: (1) Cameroon and Central African Republic (2) Benin, Ghana and Burkina Faso (3) Gambia, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau and Senegal (4) Madagascar. There is also strong evidence now for the dissemination of hepatitis C virus genotype 2 from West Africa to the Caribbean by the Trans-Atlantic slave trade.
- Genotype 3 is thought to have its origin in South East Asia.
- an "isolated antibody” is one that has been separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials that would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the antibody, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous solutes.
- the antibody is purified: (1) to greater than 95% by weight of antibody as determined by the Lowry method, and most particularly more than 99% by weight; (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator; or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or non-reducing conditions using Coomassie blue or silver stain.
- Isolated antibody includes the antibody in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the antibody's natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated antibody will be prepared by at least one purification step.
- the basic four-chain antibody unit is a heterotetrameric glycoprotein composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains.
- An IgM antibody consists of 5 basic heterotetramer units along with an additional polypeptide called J chain, and therefore contain 10 antigen binding sites, while secreted IgA antibodies can polymerize to form polyvalent assemblages comprising 2-5 of the basic 4-chain units along with J chain.
- the 4-chain unit is generally about 150,000 daltons.
- Each L chain is linked to an H chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the two H chains are linked to each other by one or more disulfide bonds depending on the H chain isotype.
- Each H and L chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges.
- Each H chain has at the N-terminus, a variable region (V H ) followed by three constant domains (C H ) for each of the alpha and gamma chains and four CH domains for mu and isotypes.
- Each L chain has at the N-terminus, a variable region (V L ) followed by a constant domain (C L ) at its other end.
- the V L is aligned with the V H and the CL is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain (CH1). Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light chain and heavy chain variable regions.
- the pairing of a VH and VL together forms a single antigen-binding site.
- immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes or isotypes. There are five classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, having heavy chains designated alpha, delta, epsilon, gamma and mu, respectively.
- gamma and alpha classes are further divided into subclasses on the basis of relatively minor differences in CH sequence and function, humans express the following subclasses: IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1, and IgA2.
- variable refers to the fact that certain segments of the V domains differ extensively in sequence among antibodies.
- the V domain mediates antigen binding and defines specificity of a particular antibody for its particular antigen.
- variability is not evenly distributed across the 110-amino acid span of the variable regions.
- the V regions consist of relatively invariant stretches called framework regions (FRs) of 15-30 amino acids separated by shorter regions of extreme variability called “hypervariable regions” that are each 9-12 amino acids long.
- FRs framework regions
- hypervariable regions that are each 9-12 amino acids long.
- the variable regions of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FRs, largely adopting a beta-sheet configuration, connected by three hypervariable regions, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the beta-sheet structure.
- the hypervariable regions in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRs and, with the hypervariable regions from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)).
- the constant domains are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC), antibody-dependent cellular phagocytosis (ADCP), antibody-dependent neutrophil phagocytosis (ADNP), and antibody-dependent complement deposition (ADCD).
- hypervariable region when used herein refers to the amino acid residues of an antibody that are responsible for antigen binding.
- the hypervariable region generally comprises amino acid residues from a "complementarity determining region” or "CDR" (e.g., around about residues 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2) and 89-97 (L3) in the VL, and around about 31- 35 (H1), 50-65 (H2) and 95-102 (H3) in the V H when numbered in accordance with the Kabat numbering system; Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.
- CDR complementarity determining region
- residues from a "hypervariable loop” e.g., residues 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2) and 89-97 (L3) in the VL, and 26-32 (H1), 52-56 (H2) and 95-101 (H3) in the VH when numbered in accordance with the Chothia numbering system; Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol.
- residues from a "hypervariable loop"/CDR e.g., residues 27-38 (L1), 56-65 (L2) and 105-120 (L3) in the V L , and 27-38 (H1), 56-65 (H2) and 105-120 (H3) in the V H when numbered in accordance with the IMGT numbering system; Lefranc, M. P. et al. Nucl. Acids Res.27:209-212 (1999), Ruiz, M. et al. Nucl. Acids Res.28:219-221 (2000)).
- the antibody has symmetrical insertions at one or more of the following points 28, 36 (L1), 63, 74- 75 (L2) and 123 (L3) in the V L , and 28, 36 (H1), 63, 74-75 (H2) and 123 (H3) in the V.sub.H when numbered in accordance with AHo; Honneger, A. and Plunkthun, A. J. Mol. Biol. 309:657-670 (2001)).
- germline nucleic acid residue is meant the nucleic acid residue that naturally occurs in a germline gene encoding a constant or variable region.
- Germline gene is the DNA found in a germ cell (i.e., a cell destined to become an egg or in the sperm).
- a “germline mutation” refers to a heritable change in a particular DNA that has occurred in a germ cell or the zygote at the single-cell stage, and when transmitted to offspring, such a mutation is incorporated in every cell of the body.
- a germline mutation is in contrast to a somatic mutation which is acquired in a single body cell.
- nucleotides in a germline DNA sequence encoding for a variable region are mutated (i.e., a somatic mutation) and replaced with a different nucleotide.
- the term "monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations that include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. In addition to their specificity, the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they may be synthesized uncontaminated by other antibodies. The modifier "monoclonal" is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
- the monoclonal antibodies useful in the present disclosure may be prepared by the hybridoma methodology first described by Kohler et al., Nature, 256:495 (1975), or may be made using recombinant DNA methods in bacterial, eukaryotic animal or plant cells (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.4,816,567) after single cell sorting of an antigen specific B cell, an antigen specific plasmablast responding to an infection or immunization, or capture of linked heavy and light chains from single cells in a bulk sorted antigen specific collection.
- the "monoclonal antibodies” may also be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et al., Nature, 352:624-628 (1991) and Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597 (1991), for example.
- monoclonal antibodies binding to Hepatitis C virus will have several applications. These include the production of diagnostic kits for use in detecting and diagnosing Hepatitis C virus infection, as well as for treating the same. In these contexts, one may link such antibodies to diagnostic or therapeutic agents, use them as capture agents or competitors in competitive assays, or use them individually without additional agents being attached thereto. The antibodies may be mutated or modified, as discussed further below. Methods for preparing and characterizing antibodies are well known in the art (see, e.g., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988; U.S. Patent 4,196,265).
- the methods for generating monoclonal antibodies generally begin along the same lines as those for preparing polyclonal antibodies.
- the first step for both these methods is immunization of an appropriate host or identification of subjects who are immune due to prior natural infection or vaccination with a licensed or experimental vaccine.
- a given composition for immunization may vary in its immunogenicity. It is often necessary therefore to boost the host immune system, as may be achieved by coupling a peptide or polypeptide immunogen to a carrier.
- exemplary and preferred carriers are keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH) and bovine serum albumin (BSA).
- KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- Other albumins such as ovalbumin, mouse serum albumin or rabbit serum albumin can also be used as carriers.
- Means for conjugating a polypeptide to a carrier protein are well known in the art and include glutaraldehyde, m-maleimidobencoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, carbodiimyde and bis- biazotized benzidine.
- the immunogenicity of a particular immunogen composition can be enhanced by the use of non-specific stimulators of the immune response, known as adjuvants.
- Exemplary and preferred adjuvants in animals include complete Freund’s adjuvant (a non-specific stimulator of the immune response containing killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis), incomplete Freund’s adjuvants and aluminum hydroxide adjuvant and in humans include alum, CpG, MFP59 and combinations of immunostimulatory molecules (“Adjuvant Systems”, such as AS01 or AS03).
- Additional experimental forms of inoculation to induce Hepatitis C virus -specific B cells is possible, including nanoparticle vaccines, or gene-encoded antigens delivered as DNA or RNA genes in a physical delivery system (such as lipid nanoparticle or on a gold biolistic bead), and delivered with needle, gene gun, transcutaneous electroporation device.
- the antigen gene also can be carried as encoded by a replication competent or defective viral vector such as adenovirus, adeno-associated virus, poxvirus, herpesvirus, or alphavirus replicon, or alternatively a virus like particle.
- a suitable approach is to identify subjects that have been exposed to the pathogens, such as those who have been diagnosed as having contracted the disease, or those who have been vaccinated to generate protective immunity against the pathogen or to test the safety or efficacy of an experimental vaccine. Circulating anti-pathogen antibodies can be detected, and antibody encoding or producing B cells from the antibody-positive subject may then be obtained.
- the amount of immunogen composition used in the production of polyclonal antibodies varies upon the nature of the immunogen as well as the animal used for immunization.
- a variety of routes can be used to administer the immunogen (subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intravenous and intraperitoneal).
- the production of polyclonal antibodies may be monitored by sampling blood of the immunized animal at various points following immunization. A second, booster injection, also may be given. The process of boosting and titering is repeated until a suitable titer is achieved.
- the immunized animal can be bled and the serum isolated and stored, and/or the animal can be used to generate MAbs.
- somatic cells with the potential for producing antibodies, specifically B lymphocytes (B cells), are selected for use in the MAb generating protocol. These cells may be obtained from biopsied spleens, lymph nodes, tonsils or adenoids, bone marrow aspirates or biopsies, tissue biopsies from mucosal organs like lung or GI tract, or from circulating blood.
- the antibody-producing B lymphocytes from the immunized animal or immune human are then fused with cells of an immortal myeloma cell, generally one of the same species as the animal that was immunized or human or human/mouse chimeric cells.
- Myeloma cell lines suited for use in hybridoma-producing fusion procedures preferably are non-antibody-producing, have high fusion efficiency, and enzyme deficiencies that render then incapable of growing in certain selective media which support the growth of only the desired fused cells (hybridomas). Any one of a number of myeloma cells may be used, as are known to those of skill in the art (Goding, pp.65-66, 1986; Campbell, pp. 75-83, 1984). HMMA2.5 cells or MFP-2 cells are particularly useful examples of such cells.
- Methods for generating hybrids of antibody-producing spleen or lymph node cells and myeloma cells usually comprise mixing somatic cells with myeloma cells in a 2:1 proportion, though the proportion may vary from about 20:1 to about 1:1, respectively, in the presence of an agent or agents (chemical or electrical) that promote the fusion of cell membranes.
- transformation of human B cells with Epstein Barr virus (EBV) as an initial step increases the size of the B cells, enhancing fusion with the relatively large-sized myeloma cells. Transformation efficiency by EBV is enhanced by using CpG and a Chk2 inhibitor drug in the transforming medium.
- EBV Epstein Barr virus
- human B cells can be activated by co-culture with transfected cell lines expressing CD40 Ligand (CD154) in medium containing additional soluble factors, such as IL-21 and human B cell Activating Factor (BAFF), a Type II member of the TNF superfamily.
- CD40 Ligand CD40 Ligand
- BAFF human B cell Activating Factor
- Fusion methods using Sendai virus have been described by Kohler and Milstein (1975; 1976), and those using polyethylene glycol (PEG), such as 37% (v/v) PEG, by Gefter et al. (1977).
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- the use of electrically induced fusion methods also is appropriate (Goding, pp.71-74, 1986) and there are processes for better efficiency (Yu et al., 2008).
- Fusion procedures usually produce viable hybrids at low frequencies, about 1 x 10 -6 to 1 x 10 -8 , but with optimized procedures one can achieve fusion efficiencies close to 1 in 200 (Yu et al., 2008).
- relatively low efficiency of fusion does not pose a problem, as the viable, fused hybrids are differentiated from the parental, infused cells (particularly the infused myeloma cells that would normally continue to divide indefinitely) by culturing in a selective medium.
- the selective medium is generally one that contains an agent that blocks the de novo synthesis of nucleotides in the tissue culture medium.
- Exemplary and preferred agents are aminopterin, methotrexate, and azaserine.
- Aminopterin and methotrexate block de novo synthesis of both purines and pyrimidines, whereas azaserine blocks only purine synthesis.
- the medium is supplemented with hypoxanthine and thymidine as a source of nucleotides (HAT medium).
- HAT medium Hypoxanthine
- azaserine the medium is supplemented with hypoxanthine.
- Ouabain is added if the B cell source is an EBV- transformed human B cell line, in order to eliminate EBV-transformed lines that have not fused to the myeloma.
- the preferred selection medium is HAT or HAT with ouabain. Only cells capable of operating nucleotide salvage pathways are able to survive in HAT medium.
- the myeloma cells are defective in key enzymes of the salvage pathway, e.g., hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferase (HPRT), and they cannot survive.
- HPRT hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferase
- the B cells can operate this pathway, but they have a limited life span in culture and generally die within about two weeks. Therefore, the only cells that can survive in the selective media are those hybrids formed from myeloma and B cells.
- ouabain may also be used for drug selection of hybrids as EBV-transformed B cells are susceptible to drug killing, whereas the myeloma partner used is chosen to be ouabain resistant.
- Culturing provides a population of hybridomas from which specific hybridomas are selected. Typically, selection of hybridomas is performed by culturing the cells by single-clone dilution in microtiter plates, followed by testing the individual clonal supernatants (after about two to three weeks) for the desired reactivity.
- the assay should be sensitive, simple and rapid, such as radioimmunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, cytotoxicity assays, plaque assays dot immunobinding assays, and the like.
- the selected hybridomas are then serially diluted or single-cell sorted by flow cytometric sorting and cloned into individual antibody-producing cell lines, which clones can then be propagated indefinitely to provide mAbs.
- the cell lines may be exploited for MAb production in two basic ways.
- a sample of the hybridoma can be injected (often into the peritoneal cavity) into an animal (e.g., a mouse).
- the animals are primed with a hydrocarbon, especially oils such as pristane (tetramethylpentadecane) prior to injection.
- pristane tetramethylpentadecane
- the injected animal develops tumors secreting the specific monoclonal antibody produced by the fused cell hybrid.
- the body fluids of the animal such as serum or ascites fluid, can then be tapped to provide MAbs in high concentration.
- the individual cell lines could also be cultured in vitro, where the MAbs are naturally secreted into the culture medium from which they can be readily obtained in high concentrations.
- human hybridoma cells lines can be used in vitro to produce immunoglobulins in cell supernatant.
- the cell lines can be adapted for growth in serum-free medium to optimize the ability to recover human monoclonal immunoglobulins of high purity.
- MAbs produced by either means may be further purified, if desired, using filtration, centrifugation and various chromatographic methods such as FPLC or affinity chromatography.
- Fragments of the monoclonal antibodies of the disclosure can be obtained from the purified monoclonal antibodies by methods which include digestion with enzymes, such as pepsin or papain, and/or by cleavage of disulfide bonds by chemical reduction.
- monoclonal antibody fragments encompassed by the present disclosure can be synthesized using an automated peptide synthesizer.
- RNA can be isolated from the single cells and antibody genes amplified by RT-PCR.
- antigen-specific bulk sorted populations of cells can be segregated into microvesicles and the matched heavy and light chain variable genes recovered from single cells using physical linkage of heavy and light chain amplicons, or common barcoding of heavy and light chain genes from a vesicle.
- Matched heavy and light chain genes form single cells also can be obtained from populations of antigen specific B cells by treating cells with cell-penetrating nanoparticles bearing RT-PCR primers and barcodes for marking transcripts with one barcode per cell.
- the antibody variable genes also can be isolated by RNA extraction of a hybridoma line and the antibody genes obtained by RT-PCR and cloned into an immunoglobulin expression vector.
- combinatorial immunoglobulin phagemid libraries are prepared from RNA isolated from the cell lines and phagemids expressing appropriate antibodies are selected by panning using viral antigens.
- Antibodies according to the present disclosure may be defined, in the first instance, by their binding specificity. Those of skill in the art, by assessing the binding specificity/affinity of a given antibody using techniques well known to those of skill in the art, can determine whether such antibodies fall within the scope of the instant claims.
- the epitope to which a given antibody bind may consist of a single contiguous sequence of 3 or more (e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20) amino acids located within the antigen molecule (e.g., a linear epitope in a domain).
- the epitope may consist of a plurality of non-contiguous amino acids (or amino acid sequences) located within the antigen molecule (e.g., a conformational epitope).
- Various techniques known to persons of ordinary skill in the art can be used to determine whether an antibody“interacts with one or more amino acids” within a polypeptide or protein.
- Exemplary techniques include, for example, routine cross-blocking assays, such as that described in Antibodies, Harlow and Lane (Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.). Cross-blocking can be measured in various binding assays such as ELISA, biolayer interferometry, or surface plasmon resonance. Other methods include alanine scanning mutational analysis, peptide blot analysis (Reineke (2004) Methods Mol. Biol.
- peptide cleavage analysis high-resolution electron microscopy techniques using single particle reconstruction, cryoEM, or tomography, crystallographic studies and NMR analysis.
- methods such as epitope excision, epitope extraction and chemical modification of antigens can be employed (Tomer (2000) Prot. Sci. 9: 487-496).
- Another method that can be used to identify the amino acids within a polypeptide with which an antibody interacts is hydrogen/deuterium exchange detected by mass spectrometry.
- the hydrogen/deuterium exchange method involves deuterium-labeling the protein of interest, followed by binding the antibody to the deuterium-labeled protein.
- the protein/antibody complex is transferred to water and exchangeable protons within amino acids that are protected by the antibody complex undergo deuterium-to-hydrogen back-exchange at a slower rate than exchangeable protons within amino acids that are not part of the interface.
- amino acids that form part of the protein/antibody interface may retain deuterium and therefore exhibit relatively higher mass compared to amino acids not included in the interface.
- the target protein is subjected to protease cleavage and mass spectrometry analysis, thereby revealing the deuterium-labeled residues which correspond to the specific amino acids with which the antibody interacts.
- antibody escape mutant variant organisms can be isolated by propagating Hepatitis C virus in vitro or in animal models in the presence of high concentrations of the antibody. Sequence analysis of the Hepatitis C virus gene encoding the antigen targeted by the antibody reveals the mutation(s) conferring antibody escape, indicating residues in the epitope or that affect the structure of the epitope allosterically.
- epitope refers to a site on an antigen to which B and/or T cells respond.
- B- cell epitopes can be formed both from contiguous amino acids or noncontiguous amino acids juxtaposed by tertiary folding of a protein. Epitopes formed from contiguous amino acids are typically retained on exposure to denaturing solvents, whereas epitopes formed by tertiary folding are typically lost on treatment with denaturing solvents.
- An epitope typically includes at least 3, and more usually, at least 5 or 8-10 amino acids in a unique spatial conformation.
- MAP Modification-Assisted Profiling
- SAP Antigen Structure-based Antibody Profiling
- mAbs monoclonal antibodies
- Each category may reflect a unique epitope either distinctly different from or partially overlapping with epitope represented by another category. This technology allows rapid filtering of genetically identical antibodies, such that characterization can be focused on genetically distinct antibodies.
- MAP may facilitate identification of rare hybridoma clones that produce mAbs having the desired characteristics.
- MAP may be used to sort the antibodies of the disclosure into groups of antibodies binding different epitopes.
- the present disclosure includes antibodies that may bind to the same epitope, or a portion of the epitope. Likewise, the present disclosure also includes antibodies that compete for binding to a target or a fragment thereof with any of the specific exemplary antibodies described herein.
- test antibody If the test antibody is able to bind to the target molecule following saturation binding with the reference antibody, it can be concluded that the test antibody binds to a different epitope than the reference antibody. On the other hand, if the test antibody is not able to bind to the target molecule following saturation binding with the reference antibody, then the test antibody may bind to the same epitope as the epitope bound by the reference antibody.
- the above-described binding methodology is performed in two orientations: In a first orientation, the reference antibody is allowed to bind to the Hepatitis C virus antigen under saturating conditions followed by assessment of binding of the test antibody to the Hepatitis C virus antigen. In a second orientation, the test antibody is allowed to bind to the Hepatitis C virus antigen under saturating conditions followed by assessment of binding of the reference antibody to the Hepatitis C virus antigen.
- an antibody that competes for binding with a reference antibody may not necessarily bind to the identical epitope as the reference antibody but may sterically block binding of the reference antibody by binding an overlapping or adjacent epitope.
- Two antibodies bind to the same or overlapping epitope if each competitively inhibits (blocks) binding of the other to the antigen. That is, a 1-, 5-, 10-, 20- or 100-fold excess of one antibody inhibits binding of the other by at least 50% but preferably 75%, 90% or even 99% as measured in a competitive binding assay (see, e.g., Junghans et al., Cancer Res. 1990 50:1495-1502).
- two antibodies have the same epitope if essentially all amino acid mutations in the antigen that reduce or eliminate binding of one antibody reduce or eliminate binding of the other.
- Two antibodies have overlapping epitopes if some amino acid mutations that reduce or eliminate binding of one antibody reduce or eliminate binding of the other.
- Additional routine experimentation e.g., peptide mutation and binding analyses
- peptide mutation and binding analyses can then be carried out to confirm whether the observed lack of binding of the test antibody is in fact due to binding to the same epitope as the reference antibody or if steric blocking (or another phenomenon) is responsible for the lack of observed binding.
- steric blocking or another phenomenon
- Structural studies with EM or crystallography also can demonstrate whether or not two antibodies that compete for binding recognize the same epitope.
- monoclonal antibodies having clone-paired CDRs from the heavy and light chains as illustrated in Tables 3 and 4, respectively.
- Such antibodies may be produced by the clones discussed below in the Examples section using methods described herein.
- the antibodies may be defined by their variable sequence, which include additional“framework” regions. These are provided in Tables 1 and 2 that encode or represent full variable regions.
- the antibodies sequences may vary from these sequences, optionally using methods discussed in greater detail below.
- nucleic acid sequences may vary from those set out above in that (a) the variable regions may be segregated away from the constant domains of the light and heavy chains, (b) the nucleic acids may vary from those set out above while not affecting the residues encoded thereby, (c) the nucleic acids may vary from those set out above by a given percentage, e.g., 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% homology, (d) the nucleic acids may vary from those set out above by virtue of the ability to hybridize under high stringency conditions, as exemplified by low salt and/or high temperature conditions, such as provided by about 0.02 M to
- two sequences are said to be “identical” if the sequence of nucleotides or amino acids in the two sequences is the same when aligned for maximum correspondence, as described below. Comparisons between two sequences are typically performed by comparing the sequences over a comparison window to identify and compare local regions of sequence similarity.
- a “comparison window” as used herein refers to a segment of at least about 20 contiguous positions, usually 30 to about 75, 40 to about 50, in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned.
- Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted using the Megalign program in the Lasergene suite of bioinformatics software (DNASTAR, Inc., Madison, Wis.), using default parameters.
- This program embodies several alignment schemes described in the following references: Dayhoff, M. O. (1978) A model of evolutionary change in proteins-- Matrices for detecting distant relationships. In Dayhoff, M. O. (ed.) Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure, National Biomedical Research Foundation, Washington D.C. Vol.5, Suppl.3, pp. 345-358; Hein J. (1990) Unified Approach to Alignment and Phylogenes pp.
- optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted by the local identity algorithm of Smith and Waterman (1981) Add. APL. Math 2:482, by the identity alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch (1970) J. Mol. Biol.48:443, by the search for similarity methods of Pearson and Lipman (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 2444, by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, BLAST, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group (GCG), 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis.), or by inspection.
- BLAST and BLAST 2.0 are described in Altschul et al. (1977) Nucl. Acids Res.25:3389-3402 and Altschul et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol.215:403-410, respectively.
- BLAST and BLAST 2.0 can be used, for example with the parameters described herein, to determine percent sequence identity for the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the disclosure.
- Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information. The rearranged nature of an antibody sequence and the variable length of each gene requires multiple rounds of BLAST searches for a single antibody sequence.
- IgBLAST (world-wide-web at ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/igblast/) identifies matches to the germline V, D and J genes, details at rearrangement junctions, the delineation of Ig V domain framework regions and complementarity determining regions.
- IgBLAST can analyze nucleotide or protein sequences and can process sequences in batches and allows searches against the germline gene databases and other sequence databases simultaneously to minimize the chance of missing possibly the best matching germline V gene.
- cumulative scores can be calculated using, for nucleotide sequences, the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always >0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always ⁇ 0). Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached.
- the BLAST algorithm parameters W, T and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment.
- a scoring matrix can be used to calculate the cumulative score. Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached.
- the BLAST algorithm parameters W, T and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment.
- the "percentage of sequence identity” is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a window of comparison of at least 20 positions, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) of 20 percent or less, usually 5 to 15 percent, or 10 to 12 percent, as compared to the reference sequences (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences.
- the percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid bases or amino acid residues occur in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the reference sequence (i.e., the window size) and multiplying the results by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
- an antibody is as a“derivative” of any of the below- described antibodies and their antigen-binding fragments.
- the term“derivative” refers to an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof that immunospecifically binds to an antigen but which comprises, one, two, three, four, five or more amino acid substitutions, additions, deletions or modifications relative to a“parental” (or wild-type) molecule.
- Such amino acid substitutions or additions may introduce naturally occurring (i.e., DNA-encoded) or non- naturally occurring amino acid residues.
- the term“derivative” encompasses, for example, as variants having altered CH1, hinge, CH2, CH3 or CH4 regions, so as to form, for example antibodies, etc., having variant Fc regions that exhibit enhanced or impaired effector or binding characteristics.
- the term“derivative” additionally encompasses non-amino acid modifications, for example, amino acids that may be glycosylated (e.g., have altered mannose, 2-N- acetylglucosamine, galactose, fucose, glucose, sialic acid, 5-N-acetylneuraminic acid, 5- glycolneuraminic acid, etc.
- the altered carbohydrate modifications modulate one or more of the following: solubilization of the antibody, facilitation of subcellular transport and secretion of the antibody, promotion of antibody assembly, conformational integrity, and antibody-mediated effector function.
- the altered carbohydrate modifications enhance antibody mediated effector function relative to the antibody lacking the carbohydrate modification.
- Carbohydrate modifications that lead to altered antibody mediated effector function are well known in the art (for example, see Shields, R. L. et al. (2002) J.
- a derivative antibody or antibody fragment can be generated with an engineered sequence or glycosylation state to confer preferred levels of activity in antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC), antibody-dependent cellular phagocytosis (ADCP), antibody-dependent neutrophil phagocytosis (ADNP), or antibody-dependent complement deposition (ADCD) functions as measured by bead-based or cell-based assays or in vivo studies in animal models.
- ADCC antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity
- ADCP antibody-dependent cellular phagocytosis
- ADNP antibody-dependent neutrophil phagocytosis
- ADCD antibody-dependent complement deposition
- a derivative antibody or antibody fragment may be modified by chemical modifications using techniques known to those of skill in the art, including, but not limited to, specific chemical cleavage, acetylation, formulation, metabolic synthesis of tunicamycin, etc.
- an antibody derivative will possess a similar or identical function as the parental antibody.
- an antibody derivative will exhibit an altered activity relative to the parental antibody.
- a derivative antibody (or fragment thereof) can bind to its epitope more tightly or be more resistant to proteolysis than the parental antibody.
- Modified antibodies may be made by any technique known to those of skill in the art, including expression through standard molecular biological techniques, or the chemical synthesis of polypeptides. Methods for recombinant expression are addressed elsewhere in this document. The following is a general discussion of relevant goals techniques for antibody engineering.
- Hybridomas may be cultured, then cells lysed, and total RNA extracted. Random hexamers may be used with RT to generate cDNA copies of RNA, and then PCR performed using a multiplex mixture of PCR primers expected to amplify all human variable gene sequences. PCR product can be cloned into pGEM-T Easy vector, then sequenced by automated DNA sequencing using standard vector primers. Assay of binding and neutralization may be performed using antibodies collected from hybridoma supernatants and purified by FPLC, using Protein G columns.
- Recombinant full-length IgG antibodies can be generated by subcloning heavy and light chain Fv DNAs from the cloning vector into an IgG plasmid vector, transfected into 293 (e.g., Freestyle) cells or CHO cells, and antibodies can be collected and purified from the 293 or CHO cell supernatant.
- 293 e.g., Freestyle
- Other appropriate host cells systems include bacteria, such as E. coli, insect cells (S2, Sf9, Sf29, High Five), plant cells (e.g., tobacco, with or without engineering for human-like glycans), algae, or in a variety of non-human transgenic contexts, such as mice, rats, goats or cows.
- Antibody coding sequences can be RNA, such as native RNA or modified RNA.
- Modified RNA contemplates certain chemical modifications that confer increased stability and low immunogenicity to mRNAs, thereby facilitating expression of therapeutically important proteins. For instance, N1-methyl-pseudouridine (N1mY) outperforms several other nucleoside modifications and their combinations in terms of translation capacity.
- RNA may be delivered as naked RNA or in a delivery vehicle, such as a lipid nanoparticle.
- DNA encoding the antibody may be employed for the same purposes.
- the DNA is included in an expression cassette comprising a promoter active in the host cell for which it is designed.
- the expression cassette is advantageously included in a replicable vector, such as a conventional plasmid or minivector.
- Vectors include viral vectors, such as poxviruses, adenoviruses, herpesviruses, adeno-associated viruses, and lentiviruses are contemplated.
- Replicons encoding antibody genes such as alphavirus replicons based on VEE virus or Sindbis virus are also contemplated. Delivery of such vectors can be performed by needle through intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intradermal routes, or by transcutaneous electroporation when in vivo expression is desired.
- Lonza has developed a generic method using pooled transfectants grown in CDACF medium, for the rapid production of small quantities (up to 50 g) of antibodies in CHO cells. Although slightly slower than a true transient system, the advantages include a higher product concentration and use of the same host and process as the production cell line.
- Antibody molecules will comprise fragments (such as F(ab ⁇ ), F(ab ⁇ )2) that are produced, for example, by the proteolytic cleavage of the mAbs, or single-chain immunoglobulins producible, for example, via recombinant means.
- F(ab ⁇ ) antibody derivatives are monovalent, while F(ab ⁇ )2 antibody derivatives are bivalent.
- fragments can be combined with one another, or with other antibody fragments or receptor ligands to form “chimeric” binding molecules.
- such chimeric molecules may contain substituents capable of binding to different epitopes of the same molecule.
- the antibody is a derivative of the disclosed antibodies, e.g., an antibody comprising the CDR sequences identical to those in the disclosed antibodies (e.g., a chimeric, or CDR-grafted antibody).
- an antibody comprising the CDR sequences identical to those in the disclosed antibodies (e.g., a chimeric, or CDR-grafted antibody).
- modifications such as introducing conservative changes into an antibody molecule.
- the hydropathic index of amino acids may be considered.
- the importance of the hydropathic amino acid index in conferring interactive biologic function on a protein is generally understood in the art (Kyte and Doolittle, 1982). It is accepted that the relative hydropathic character of the amino acid contributes to the secondary structure of the resultant protein, which in turn defines the interaction of the protein with other molecules, for example, enzymes, substrates, receptors, DNA, antibodies, antigens, and the like.
- Patent 4,554,101 the following hydrophilicity values have been assigned to amino acid residues: basic amino acids: arginine (+3.0), lysine (+3.0), and histidine (-0.5); acidic amino acids: aspartate (+3.0 ⁇ 1), glutamate (+3.0 ⁇ 1), asparagine (+0.2), and glutamine (+0.2); hydrophilic, nonionic amino acids: serine (+0.3), asparagine (+0.2), glutamine (+0.2), and threonine (-0.4), sulfur containing amino acids: cysteine (-1.0) and methionine (-1.3); hydrophobic, nonaromatic amino acids: valine (-1.5), leucine (-1.8), isoleucine (-1.8), proline (-0.5 ⁇ 1), alanine (-0.5), and glycine (0); hydrophobic, aromatic amino acids: tryptophan (- 3.4), phenylalanine (-2.5), and tyrosine (-2.3).
- an amino acid can be substituted for another having a similar hydrophilicity and produce a biologically or immunologically modified protein.
- substitution of amino acids whose hydrophilicity values are within ⁇ 2 is preferred, those that are within ⁇ 1 are particularly preferred, and those within ⁇ 0.5 are even more particularly preferred.
- amino acid substitutions generally are based on the relative similarity of the amino acid side-chain substituents, for example, their hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, charge, size, and the like.
- Exemplary substitutions that take into consideration the various foregoing characteristics are well known to those of skill in the art and include: arginine and lysine; glutamate and aspartate; serine and threonine; glutamine and asparagine; and valine, leucine and isoleucine.
- the present disclosure also contemplates isotype modification.
- isotype modification By modifying the Fc region to have a different isotype, different functionalities can be achieved. For example, changing to IgG 1 can increase antibody dependent cell cytotoxicity, switching to class A can improve tissue distribution, and switching to class M can improve valency.
- binding polypeptide of particular interest may be one that binds to C1q and displays complement dependent cytotoxicity.
- Polypeptides with pre-existing C1q binding activity, optionally further having the ability to mediate CDC may be modified such that one or both of these activities are enhanced.
- Amino acid modifications that alter C1q and/or modify its complement dependent cytotoxicity function are described, for example, in WO/0042072, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
- effector functions are responsible for activating or diminishing a biological activity (e.g., in a subject). Examples of effector functions include, but are not limited to: C1q binding; complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC); Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell- mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; down regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g., B cell receptor; BCR), etc.
- Such effector functions may require the Fc region to be combined with a binding domain (e.g., an antibody variable domain) and can be assessed using various assays (e.g., Fc binding assays, ADCC assays, CDC assays, etc.).
- a binding domain e.g., an antibody variable domain
- assays e.g., Fc binding assays, ADCC assays, CDC assays, etc.
- Fc binding assays e.g., ADCC assays, CDC assays, etc.
- Fc binding assays e.g., ADCC assays, CDC assays, etc.
- a variant Fc region can be engineered with reduced CDC activity and/or reduced ADCC activity. In other embodiments, only one of these activities may be increased, and, optionally, also the other activity reduced (e.g., to generate an Fc region variant with improved ADCC activity, but reduced CDC activity and vice versa).
- FcRn binding Fc mutations can also be introduced and engineered to alter their interaction with the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) and improve their pharmacokinetic properties.
- FcRn neonatal Fc receptor
- a collection of human Fc variants with improved binding to the FcRn have been described. High resolution mapping of the binding site on human IgG1 for FcgRI, FcgRII, FcgRIII, and FcRn and design of IgG1 variants with improved binding to the FcgR (Shields et al., 2001, J. Biol. Chem.276:6591-6604).
- amino acid modifications may be generated through techniques including alanine scanning mutagenesis, random mutagenesis and screening to assess the binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) and/or the in vivo behavior.
- Computational strategies followed by mutagenesis may also be used to select one of amino acid mutations to mutate.
- the present disclosure therefore provides a variant of an antigen binding protein with optimized binding to FcRn.
- the said variant of an antigen binding protein comprises at least one amino acid modification in the Fc region of said antigen binding protein, wherein said modification is selected from the group consisting of 226, 227, 228, 230, 231, 233, 234, 239, 241, 243, 246, 250, 252, 256, 259, 264, 265, 267, 269, 270, 276, 284, 285, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 294, 297, 298, 299, 301, 302, 303, 305, 307, 308, 309, 311, 315, 317, 320, 322, 325, 327, 330, 332, 334, 335, 338, 340, 342, 343, 345, 347, 350, 352, 354, 355, 356, 359, 360, 361, 362, 369, 370, 371, 375, 378, 380, 382, 384, 3
- Derivatized antibodies may be used to alter the half-lives (e.g., serum half-lives) of parental antibodies in a mammal, particularly a human. Such alterations may result in a half- life of greater than 15 days, preferably greater than 20 days, greater than 25 days, greater than 30 days, greater than 35 days, greater than 40 days, greater than 45 days, greater than 2 months, greater than 3 months, greater than 4 months, or greater than 5 months.
- half-lives e.g., serum half-lives
- Antibodies or fragments thereof having increased in vivo half-lives can be generated by techniques known to those of skill in the art. For example, antibodies or fragments thereof with increased in vivo half-lives can be generated by modifying (e.g., substituting, deleting or adding) amino acid residues identified as involved in the interaction between the Fc domain and the FcRn receptor.
- a particular embodiment of the present disclosure is an isolated monoclonal antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, containing a substantially homogeneous glycan without sialic acid, galactose, or fucose.
- the monoclonal antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region and a light chain variable region, both of which may be attached to heavy chain or light chain constant regions respectively.
- the aforementioned substantially homogeneous glycan may be covalently attached to the heavy chain constant region.
- Another embodiment of the present disclosure comprises a mAb with a novel Fc glycosylation pattern.
- the isolated monoclonal antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof is present in a substantially homogenous composition represented by the GNGN or G1/G2 glycoform.
- Fc glycosylation plays a significant role in anti-viral and anti-cancer properties of therapeutic mAbs.
- the disclosure is in line with a recent study that shows increased anti- lentivirus cell-mediated viral inhibition of a fucose free anti-HIV mAb in vitro.
- This embodiment of the present disclosure with homogenous glycans lacking a core fucose showed increased protection against specific viruses by a factor greater than two-fold. Elimination of core fucose dramatically improves the ADCC activity of mAbs mediated by natural killer (NK) cells but appears to have the opposite effect on the ADCC activity of polymorphonuclear cells (PMNs).
- NK natural killer
- the isolated monoclonal antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, comprising a substantially homogenous composition represented by the GNGN or G1/G2 glycoform exhibits increased binding affinity for Fc gamma RI and Fc gamma RIII compared to the same antibody without the substantially homogeneous GNGN glycoform and with G0, G1F, G2F, GNF, GNGNF or GNGNFX containing glycoforms.
- the antibody dissociates from Fc gamma RI with a Kd of 1 x 10 -8 M or less and from Fc gamma RIII with a Kd of 1 x 10 -7 M or less.
- N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue.
- O- linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-aceylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5- hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used.
- the recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain peptide sequences are asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline.
- the glycosylation pattern may be altered, for example, by deleting one or more glycosylation site(s) found in the polypeptide, and/or adding one or more glycosylation site(s) that are not present in the polypeptide.
- Addition of glycosylation sites to the Fc region of an antibody is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites).
- An exemplary glycosylation variant has an amino acid substitution of residue Asn 297 of the heavy chain.
- the alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine or threonine residues to the sequence of the original polypeptide (for O-linked glycosylation sites). Additionally, a change of Asn 297 to Ala can remove one of the glycosylation sites.
- the antibody is expressed in cells that express beta (1,4)-N- acetylglucosaminyltransferase III (GnT III), such that GnT III adds GlcNAc to the IL-23p19 antibody.
- GnT III beta (1,4)-N- acetylglucosaminyltransferase III
- Methods for producing antibodies in such a fashion are provided in WO/9954342, WO/03011878, patent publication 20030003097A1, and Umana et al., Nature Biotechnology, 17:176-180, February 1999.
- Cell lines can be altered to enhance or reduce or eliminate certain post-translational modifications. such as glycosylation, using genome editing technology such as Clustered Regularly Interspaced Short Palindromic Repeats (CRISPR).
- CRISPR technology can be used to eliminate genes encoding glycosylating enzymes in 293 or CHO cells used to express recombinant monoclonal antibodies.
- Such motifs can be eliminated by altering the synthetic gene for the cDNA encoding recombinant antibodies.
- Antibodies can be engineered for enhanced biophysical properties.
- Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) measures the heat capacity, C p , of a molecule (the heat required to warm it, per degree) as a function of temperature.
- DSC Differential Scanning Calorimetry
- C p the heat capacity of a molecule (the heat required to warm it, per degree) as a function of temperature.
- DSC data for mAbs is particularly interesting because it sometimes resolves the unfolding of individual domains within the mAb structure, producing up to three peaks in the thermogram (from unfolding of the Fab, C H 2, and C H 3 domains). Typically unfolding of the Fab domain produces the strongest peak.
- the DSC profiles and relative stability of the Fc portion show characteristic differences for the human IgG 1 , IgG 2 , IgG 3 , and IgG 4 subclasses (Garber and Demarest, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.355, 751-757, 2007).
- CD circular dichroism
- Far-UV CD spectra will be measured for antibodies in the range of 200 to 260 nm at increments of 0.5 nm. The final spectra can be determined as averages of 20 accumulations. Residue ellipticity values can be calculated after background subtraction.
- DLS dynamic light scattering
- DLS measurements of a sample can show whether the particles aggregate over time or with temperature variation by determining whether the hydrodynamic radius of the particle increases. If particles aggregate, one can see a larger population of particles with a larger radius. Stability depending on temperature can be analyzed by controlling the temperature in situ.
- Capillary electrophoresis (CE) techniques include proven methodologies for determining features of antibody stability. One can use an iCE approach to resolve antibody protein charge variants due to deamidation, C-terminal lysines, sialylation, oxidation, glycosylation, and any other change to the protein that can result in a change in pI of the protein.
- Each of the expressed antibody proteins can be evaluated by high throughput, free solution isoelectric focusing (IEF) in a capillary column (cIEF), using a Protein Simple Maurice instrument.
- IEF free solution isoelectric focusing
- cIEF capillary column
- Whole-column UV absorption detection can be performed every 30 seconds for real time monitoring of molecules focusing at the isoelectric points (pIs).
- This approach combines the high resolution of traditional gel IEF with the advantages of quantitation and automation found in column-based separations while eliminating the need for a mobilization step.
- the technique yields reproducible, quantitative analysis of identity, purity, and heterogeneity profiles for the expressed antibodies.
- the results identify charge heterogeneity and molecular sizing on the antibodies, with both absorbance and native fluorescence detection modes and with sensitivity of detection down to 0.7 ⁇ g/mL.
- Solubility One can determine the intrinsic solubility score of antibody sequences.
- the intrinsic solubility scores can be calculated using CamSol Intrinsic (Sormanni et al., J Mol Biol 427, 478-490).
- the amino acid sequences for residues 95-102 (Kabat numbering) in HCDR3 of each antibody fragment such as a scFv can be evaluated via the online program to calculate the solubility scores.
- autoreactivity Generally, it is thought that autoreactive clones should be eliminated during ontogeny by negative selection, however it has become clear that many human naturally occurring antibodies with autoreactive properties persist in adult mature repertoires, and the autoreactivity may enhance the antiviral function of many antibodies to pathogens. It has been noted that HCDR3 loops in antibodies during early B cell development are often rich in positive charge and exhibit autoreactive patterns (Wardemann et al., Science 301, 1374-1377, 2003).
- autoreactivity also can be surveyed using assessment of binding to tissues in tissue arrays.
- Human Likeness B cell repertoire deep sequencing of human B cells from blood donors is being performed on a wide scale in many recent studies. Sequence information about a significant portion of the human antibody repertoire facilitates statistical assessment of antibody sequence features common in healthy humans. With knowledge about the antibody sequence features in a human recombined antibody variable gene reference database, the position specific degree of“Human Likeness” (HL) of an antibody sequence can be estimated. HL has been shown to be useful for the development of antibodies in clinical use, like therapeutic antibodies or antibodies as vaccines. The goal is to increase the human likeness of antibodies to reduce potential adverse effects and anti-antibody immune responses that will lead to significantly decreased efficacy of the antibody drug or can induce serious health implications.
- HL Human Likeness
- rHL Relative Human Likeness
- a single chain variable fragment is a fusion of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains of immunoglobulins, linked together with a short (usually serine, glycine) linker.
- This chimeric molecule retains the specificity of the original immunoglobulin, despite removal of the constant regions and the introduction of a linker peptide. This modification usually leaves the specificity unaltered.
- These molecules were created historically to facilitate phage display where it is highly convenient to express the antigen binding domain as a single peptide.
- scFv can be created directly from subcloned heavy and light chains derived from a hybridoma or B cell.
- Single chain variable fragments lack the constant Fc region found in complete antibody molecules, and thus, the common binding sites (e.g., protein A/G) used to purify antibodies. These fragments can often be purified/immobilized using Protein L since Protein L interacts with the variable region of kappa light chains.
- Flexible linkers generally are comprised of helix- and turn-promoting amino acid residues such as alanine, serine and glycine. However, other residues can function as well.
- Tang et al. (1996) used phage display as a means of rapidly selecting tailored linkers for single- chain antibodies (scFvs) from protein linker libraries.
- scFvs single- chain antibodies
- a random linker library was constructed in which the genes for the heavy and light chain variable domains were linked by a segment encoding an 18-amino acid polypeptide of variable composition.
- the scFv repertoire (approx. 5 ⁇ 10 6 different members) was displayed on filamentous phage and subjected to affinity selection with hapten. The population of selected variants exhibited significant increases in binding activity but retained considerable sequence diversity.
- the recombinant antibodies of the present disclosure may also involve sequences or moieties that permit dimerization or multimerization of the receptors.
- sequences include those derived from IgA, which permit formation of multimers in conjunction with the J-chain.
- Another multimerization domain is the Gal4 dimerization domain.
- the chains may be modified with agents such as biotin/avidin, which permit the combination of two antibodies.
- a single-chain antibody can be created by joining receptor light and heavy chains using a non-peptide linker or chemical unit.
- the light and heavy chains will be produced in distinct cells, purified, and subsequently linked together in an appropriate fashion (i.e., the N-terminus of the heavy chain being attached to the C-terminus of the light chain via an appropriate chemical bridge).
- Cross-linking reagents are used to form molecular bridges that tie functional groups of two different molecules, e.g., a stabilizing and coagulating agent.
- a stabilizing and coagulating agent e.g., a stabilizing and coagulating agent.
- dimers or multimers of the same analog or heteromeric complexes comprised of different analogs can be created.
- hetero- bifunctional cross-linkers can be used that eliminate unwanted homopolymer formation.
- An exemplary hetero-bifunctional cross-linker contains two reactive groups: one reacting with primary amine group (e.g., N-hydroxy succinimide) and the other reacting with a thiol group (e.g., pyridyl disulfide, maleimides, halogens, etc.).
- primary amine group e.g., N-hydroxy succinimide
- a thiol group e.g., pyridyl disulfide, maleimides, halogens, etc.
- the cross-linker may react with the lysine residue(s) of one protein (e.g., the selected antibody or fragment) and through the thiol reactive group, the cross-linker, already tied up to the first protein, reacts with the cysteine residue (free sulfhydryl group) of the other protein (e.g., the selective agent).
- cross-linker having reasonable stability in blood will be employed.
- Numerous types of disulfide-bond containing linkers are known that can be successfully employed to conjugate targeting and therapeutic/preventative agents. Linkers that contain a disulfide bond that is sterically hindered may prove to give greater stability in vivo, preventing release of the targeting peptide prior to reaching the site of action. These linkers are thus one group of linking agents.
- SMPT cross-linking reagent
- Another cross-linking reagent is SMPT, which is a bifunctional cross-linker containing a disulfide bond that is“sterically hindered” by an adjacent benzene ring and methyl groups. It is believed that steric hindrance of the disulfide bond serves a function of protecting the bond from attack by thiolate anions such as glutathione which can be present in tissues and blood, and thereby help in preventing decoupling of the conjugate prior to the delivery of the attached agent to the target site.
- thiolate anions such as glutathione which can be present in tissues and blood
- the SMPT cross-linking reagent lends the ability to cross-link functional groups such as the SH of cysteine or primary amines (e.g., the epsilon amino group of lysine).
- Another possible type of cross-linker includes the hetero-bifunctional photoreactive phenylazides containing a cleavable disulfide bond such as sulfosuccinimidyl-2-(p-azido salicylamido) ethyl-1,3 ⁇ -dithiopropionate.
- the N-hydroxy- succinimidyl group reacts with primary amino groups and the phenylazide (upon photolysis) reacts non-selectively with any amino acid residue.
- non-hindered linkers also can be employed in accordance herewith.
- Other useful cross-linkers include SATA, SPDP and 2-iminothiolane (Wawrzynczak & Thorpe, 1987). The use of such cross-linkers is well understood in the art. Another embodiment involves the use of flexible linkers.
- U.S. Patent 4,680,338 describes bifunctional linkers useful for producing conjugates of ligands with amine-containing polymers and/or proteins, especially for forming antibody conjugates with chelators, drugs, enzymes, detectable labels and the like.
- U.S. Patents 5,141,648 and 5,563,250 disclose cleavable conjugates containing a labile bond that is cleavable under a variety of mild conditions. This linker is particularly useful in that the agent of interest may be bonded directly to the linker, with cleavage resulting in release of the active agent. Particular uses include adding a free amino or free sulfhydryl group to a protein, such as an antibody, or a drug.
- Patent 5,856,456 provides peptide linkers for use in connecting polypeptide constituents to make fusion proteins, e.g., single chain antibodies.
- the linker is up to about 50 amino acids in length, contains at least one occurrence of a charged amino acid (preferably arginine or lysine) followed by a proline, and is characterized by greater stability and reduced aggregation.
- U.S. Patent 5,880,270 discloses aminooxy-containing linkers useful in a variety of immunodiagnostic and separative techniques.
- antibodies of the present disclosure are bispecific or multispecific.
- Bispecific antibodies are antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different epitopes.
- Exemplary bispecific antibodies may bind to two different epitopes of a single antigen.
- Other such antibodies may combine a first antigen binding site with a binding site for a second antigen.
- an anti-pathogen arm may be combined with an arm that binds to a triggering molecule on a leukocyte, such as a T-cell receptor molecule (e.g., CD3), or Fc receptors for IgG (FcgR), such as FcgRI (CD64), FcgRII (CD32) and Fc gamma RIII (CD16), so as to focus and localize cellular defense mechanisms to the infected cell.
- a triggering molecule on a leukocyte such as a T-cell receptor molecule (e.g., CD3), or Fc receptors for IgG (FcgR), such as FcgRI (CD64), FcgRII (CD32) and Fc gamma RIII (CD16), so as to focus and localize cellular defense mechanisms to the infected cell.
- Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to infected cells.
- bispecific antibodies possess a pathogen-binding arm and an arm that binds the cytotoxic agent (e.g., saporin, anti-interferon-a, vinca alkaloid, ricin A chain, methotrexate or radioactive isotope hapten).
- Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments (e.g., F(ab ⁇ ).sub.2 bispecific antibodies).
- WO 96/16673 describes a bispecific anti-ErbB2/anti- Fc gamma RIII antibody and U.S. Pat. No.5,837,234 discloses a bispecific anti-ErbB2/anti-Fc gamma RI antibody.
- a bispecific anti-ErbB2/Fc alpha antibody is shown in WO98/02463.
- U.S. Pat. No.5,821,337 teaches a bispecific anti-ErbB2/anti-CD3 antibody.
- bispecific antibodies are known in the art. Traditional production of full length bispecific antibodies is based on the co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs, where the two chains have different specificities (Millstein et al., Nature, 305:537-539 (1983)). Because of the random assortment of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains, these hybridomas (quadromas) produce a potential mixture of ten different antibody molecules, of which only one has the correct bispecific structure. Purification of the correct molecule, which is usually done by affinity chromatography steps, is rather cumbersome, and the product yields are low. Similar procedures are disclosed in WO 93/08829, and in Traunecker et al., EMBO J., 10:3655-3659 (1991).
- antibody variable regions with the desired binding specificities are fused to immunoglobulin constant domain sequences.
- the fusion is with an Ig heavy chain constant domain, comprising at least part of the hinge, C H2 , and C H3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy-chain constant region (CH1) containing the site necessary for light chain bonding, present in at least one of the fusions.
- DNAs encoding the immunoglobulin heavy chain fusions and, if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain are inserted into separate expression vectors, and are co- transfected into a suitable host cell.
- the bispecific antibodies are composed of a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain with a first binding specificity in one arm, and a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pair (providing a second binding specificity) in the other arm. It was found that this asymmetric structure facilitates the separation of the desired bispecific compound from unwanted immunoglobulin chain combinations, as the presence of an immunoglobulin light chain in only one half of the bispecific molecule provides for a facile way of separation. This approach is disclosed in WO 94/04690. For further details of generating bispecific antibodies see, for example, Suresh et al., Methods in Enzymology, 121:210 (1986).
- the interface between a pair of antibody molecules can be engineered to maximize the percentage of heterodimers that are recovered from recombinant cell culture.
- the preferred interface comprises at least a part of the CH3 domain.
- one or more small amino acid side chains from the interface of the first antibody molecule are replaced with larger side chains (e.g., tyrosine or tryptophan).
- Compensatory "cavities" of identical or similar size to the large side chain(s) are created on the interface of the second antibody molecule by replacing large amino acid side chains with smaller ones (e.g., alanine or threonine). This provides a mechanism for increasing the yield of the heterodimer over other unwanted end-products such as homodimers.
- Bispecific antibodies include cross-linked or "heteroconjugate" antibodies.
- one of the antibodies in the heteroconjugate can be coupled to avidin, the other to biotin.
- Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Pat. No.4,676,980), and for treatment of HIV infection (WO 91/00360, WO 92/200373, and EP 03089).
- Heteroconjugate antibodies may be made using any convenient cross-linking methods. Suitable cross-linking agents are well known in the art, and are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.4,676,980, along with a number of cross-linking techniques.
- bispecific antibodies can be prepared using chemical linkage.
- Brennan et al., Science, 229: 81 (1985) describe a procedure wherein intact antibodies are proteolytically cleaved to generate F(ab')2 fragments. These fragments are reduced in the presence of the dithiol complexing agent, sodium arsenite, to stabilize vicinal dithiols and prevent intermolecular disulfide formation.
- the Fab' fragments generated are then converted to thionitrobenzoate (TNB) derivatives.
- One of the Fab'-TNB derivatives is then reconverted to the Fab'-thiol by reduction with mercaptoethylamine and is mixed with an equimolar amount of the other Fab'-TNB derivative to form the bispecific antibody.
- the bispecific antibodies produced can be used as agents for the selective immobilization of enzymes.
- bispecific antibodies have been produced using leucine zippers (Kostelny et al., J. Immunol., 148(5):1547-1553, 1992).
- leucine zipper peptides from the Fos and Jun proteins were linked to the Fab' portions of two different antibodies by gene fusion.
- the antibody homodimers were reduced at the hinge region to form monomers and then re-oxidized to form the antibody heterodimers.
- This method can also be utilized for the production of antibody homodimers.
- the "diabody” technology described by Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993) has provided an alternative mechanism for making bispecific antibody fragments.
- the fragments comprise a V H connected to a V L by a linker that is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain. Accordingly, the VH and V L domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary V L and V H domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites.
- Another strategy for making bispecific antibody fragments by the use of single-chain Fv (sFv) dimers has also been reported. See Gruber et al., J. Immunol., 152:5368 (1994).
- a bispecific or multispecific antibody may be formed as a DOCK-AND-LOCKTM (DNLTM) complex
- DOCK-AND-LOCKTM DOCK-AND-LOCKTM
- DDD dimerization and docking domain
- R regulatory
- AD anchor domain
- the DDD and AD peptides may be attached to any protein, peptide or other molecule. Because the DDD sequences spontaneously dimerize and bind to the AD sequence, the technique allows the formation of complexes between any selected molecules that may be attached to DDD or AD sequences.
- Antibodies with more than two valencies are contemplated.
- trispecific antibodies can be prepared (Tutt et al., J. Immunol. 147: 60, 1991; Xu et al., Science, 358(6359):85-90, 2017).
- a multivalent antibody may be internalized (and/or catabolized) faster than a bivalent antibody by a cell expressing an antigen to which the antibodies bind.
- the antibodies of the present disclosure can be multivalent antibodies with three or more antigen binding sites (e.g., tetravalent antibodies), which can be readily produced by recombinant expression of nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide chains of the antibody.
- the multivalent antibody can comprise a dimerization domain and three or more antigen binding sites.
- the preferred dimerization domain comprises (or consists of) an Fc region or a hinge region. In this scenario, the antibody will comprise an Fc region and three or more antigen binding sites amino-terminal to the Fc region.
- the preferred multivalent antibody herein comprises (or consists of) three to about eight, but preferably four, antigen binding sites.
- the multivalent antibody comprises at least one polypeptide chain (and preferably two polypeptide chains), wherein the polypeptide chain(s) comprise two or more variable regions.
- the polypeptide chain(s) may comprise VD1-(X1) n -VD2-(X2) n -Fc, wherein VD1 is a first variable region, VD2 is a second variable region, Fc is one polypeptide chain of an Fc region, X1 and X2 represent an amino acid or polypeptide, and n is 0 or 1.
- the polypeptide chain(s) may comprise: VH-CH1-flexible linker-VH-CH1-Fc region chain; or VH-CH1-VH- CH1-Fc region chain.
- the multivalent antibody herein preferably further comprises at least two (and preferably four) light chain variable region polypeptides.
- the multivalent antibody herein may, for instance, comprise from about two to about eight light chain variable region polypeptides.
- the light chain variable region polypeptides contemplated here comprise a light chain variable region and, optionally, further comprise a C L domain.
- Charge modifications are particularly useful in the context of a multispecific antibody, where amino acid substitutions in Fab molecules result in reducing the mispairing of light chains with non-matching heavy chains (Bence-Jones-type side products), which can occur in the production of Fab-based bi-/multispecific antigen binding molecules with a VH/VL exchange in one (or more, in case of molecules comprising more than two antigen-binding Fab molecules) of their binding arms (see also PCT publication no. WO 2015/150447, particularly the examples therein, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
- an antibody comprised in the therapeutic agent comprises
- the first antigen is an activating T cell antigen and the second antigen is a target cell antigen, or the first antigen is a target cell antigen and the second antigen is an activating T cell antigen;
- the amino acid at position 124 is substituted by a positively charged amino acid (numbering according to Kabat), and wherein in the constant domain CH1 of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 147 or the amino acid at position 213 is substituted by a negatively charged amino acid (numbering according to Kabat EU index); or ii) in the constant domain CL of the second Fab molecule under b) the amino acid at position 124 is substituted by a positively charged amino acid (numbering according to Kabat), and wherein in the constant domain CH1 of the second Fab molecule under b) the amino acid at position 147 or the amino acid at position 213 is substituted by a negatively charged amino acid (numbering according to Kabat EU index).
- the antibody may not comprise both modifications mentioned under i) and ii).
- the constant domains CL and CH1 of the second Fab molecule are not replaced by each other (i.e., remain unexchanged).
- the amino acid at position 124 is substituted independently by lysine (K), arginine (R) or histidine (H) (numbering according to Kabat) (in one preferred embodiment independently by lysine (K) or arginine (R)), and in the constant domain CH1 of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 147 or the amino acid at position 213 is substituted independently by glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D) (numbering according to Kabat EU index).
- the amino acid at position 124 is substituted independently by lysine (K), arginine (R) or histidine (H) (numbering according to Kabat), and in the constant domain CH1 of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 147 is substituted independently by glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D) (numbering according to Kabat EU index).
- the amino acid at position 124 is substituted independently by lysine (K), arginine (R) or histidine (H) (numbering according to Kabat) (in one preferred embodiment independently by lysine (K) or arginine (R)) and the amino acid at position 123 is substituted independently by lysine (K), arginine (R) or histidine (H) (numbering according to Kabat) (in one preferred embodiment independently by lysine (K) or arginine (R)), and in the constant domain CH1 of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 147 is substituted independently by glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D) (numbering according to Kabat EU index) and the amino acid at position 213 is substituted independently by glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D) (numbering according to Kabat EU index).
- the amino acid at position 124 is substituted by lysine (K) (numbering according to Kabat) and the amino acid at position 123 is substituted by lysine (K) or arginine (R) (numbering according to Kabat)
- the amino acid at position 147 is substituted by glutamic acid (E) (numbering according to Kabat EU index) and the amino acid at position 213 is substituted by glutamic acid (E) (numbering according to Kabat EU index).
- the amino acid at position 124 is substituted by lysine (K) (numbering according to Kabat) and the amino acid at position 123 is substituted by arginine (R) (numbering according to Kabat), and in the constant domain CH1 of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 147 is substituted by glutamic acid (E) (numbering according to Kabat EU index) and the amino acid at position 213 is substituted by glutamic acid (E) (numbering according to Kabat EU index).
- K numbering according to Kabat
- R arginine
- the amino acid at position 147 is substituted by glutamic acid (E) (numbering according to Kabat EU index)
- the amino acid at position 213 is substituted by glutamic acid (E) (numbering according to Kabat EU index).
- T cell receptors also known as chimeric T cell receptors, chimeric immunoreceptors, chimeric antigen receptors (CARs)
- CARs chimeric antigen receptors
- these receptors are used to graft the specificity of a monoclonal antibody onto a T cell, with transfer of their coding sequence facilitated by retroviral vectors. In this way, a large number of target-specific T cells can be generated for adoptive cell transfer. Phase I clinical studies of this approach show efficacy.
- scFv single-chain variable fragments
- scFv single-chain variable fragments
- An example of such a construct is 14g2a-Zeta, which is a fusion of a scFv derived from hybridoma 14g2a (which recognizes disialoganglioside GD2).
- T cells express this molecule (usually achieved by oncoretroviral vector transduction), they recognize and kill target cells that express GD2 (e.g., neuroblastoma cells).
- GD2 e.g., neuroblastoma cells
- investigators have redirected the specificity of T cells using a chimeric immunoreceptor specific for the B-lineage molecule, CD19.
- variable portions of an immunoglobulin heavy and light chain are fused by a flexible linker to form a scFv.
- This scFv is preceded by a signal peptide to direct the nascent protein to the endoplasmic reticulum and subsequent surface expression (this is cleaved).
- a flexible spacer allows to the scFv to orient in different directions to enable antigen binding.
- the transmembrane domain is a typical hydrophobic alpha helix usually derived from the original molecule of the signaling endodomain which protrudes into the cell and transmits the desired signal.
- Type I proteins are in fact two protein domains linked by a transmembrane alpha helix in between.
- Ectodomain A signal peptide directs the nascent protein into the endoplasmic reticulum. This is essential if the receptor is to be glycosylated and anchored in the cell membrane. Any eukaryotic signal peptide sequence usually works fine. Generally, the signal peptide natively attached to the amino-terminal most component is used (e.g., in a scFv with orientation light chain - linker - heavy chain, the native signal of the light-chain is used
- the antigen recognition domain is usually an scFv.
- An antigen recognition domain from native T-cell receptor (TCR) alpha and beta single chains have been described, as have simple ectodomains (e.g., CD4 ectodomain to recognize HIV infected cells) and more exotic recognition components such as a linked cytokine (which leads to recognition of cells bearing the cytokine receptor).
- TCR T-cell receptor
- a spacer region links the antigen binding domain to the transmembrane domain. It should be flexible enough to allow the antigen binding domain to orient in different directions to facilitate antigen recognition.
- the simplest form is the hinge region from IgG1. Alternatives include the CH2CH3 region of immunoglobulin and portions of CD3. For most scFv based constructs, the IgG1 hinge suffices. However, the best spacer often has to be determined empirically.
- the transmembrane domain is a hydrophobic alpha helix that spans the membrane. Generally, the transmembrane domain from the most membrane proximal component of the endodomain is used. Interestingly, using the CD3-zeta transmembrane domain may result in incorporation of the artificial TCR into the native TCR a factor that is dependent on the presence of the native CD3-zeta transmembrane charged aspartic acid residue. Different transmembrane domains result in different receptor stability. The CD28 transmembrane domain results in a brightly expressed, stable receptor. Endodomain. This is the "business-end" of the receptor. After antigen recognition, receptors cluster and a signal is transmitted to the cell.
- CD3-zeta which contains 3 ITAMs. This transmits an activation signal to the T cell after antigen is bound. CD3-zeta may not provide a fully competent activation signal and additional co-stimulatory signaling is needed.
- First-generation CARs typically had the intracellular domain from the CD3 x- chain, which is the primary transmitter of signals from endogenous TCRs.
- “Second-generation” CARs add intracellular signaling domains from various costimulatory protein receptors (e.g., CD28, 41BB, ICOS) to the cytoplasmic tail of the CAR to provide additional signals to the T cell.
- costimulatory protein receptors e.g., CD28, 41BB, ICOS
- Preclinical studies have indicated that the second generation of CAR designs improves the antitumor activity of T cells.
- “third-generation” CARs combine multiple signaling domains, such as CD3z-CD28-41BB or CD3z-CD28-OX40, to further augment potency.
- Antibody Drug Conjugates or ADCs are a new class of highly potent biopharmaceutical drugs designed as a targeted therapy for the treatment of people with infectious disease.
- ADCs are complex molecules composed of an antibody (a whole mAb or an antibody fragment such as a single-chain variable fragment, or scFv) linked, via a stable chemical linker with labile bonds, to a biological active cytotoxic/anti-viral payload or drug.
- Antibody Drug Conjugates are examples of bioconjugates and immunoconjugates.
- antibody-drug conjugates allow sensitive discrimination between healthy and diseased tissue. This means that, in contrast to traditional systemic approaches, antibody-drug conjugates target and attack the infected cell so that healthy cells are less severely affected.
- an anticancer drug e.g., a cell toxin or cytotoxin
- an antibody that specifically targets a certain cell marker e.g., a protein that, ideally, is only to be found in or on infected cells.
- a certain cell marker e.g., a protein that, ideally, is only to be found in or on infected cells.
- Antibodies track these proteins down in the body and attach themselves to the surface of cancer cells.
- the biochemical reaction between the antibody and the target protein (antigen) triggers a signal in the tumor cell, which then absorbs or internalizes the antibody together with the cytotoxin.
- the cytotoxic drug is released and kills the cell or impairs viral replication.
- Linkers are based on chemical motifs including disulfides, hydrazones or peptides (cleavable), or thioethers (noncleavable) and control the distribution and delivery of the cytotoxic agent to the target cell. Cleavable and noncleavable types of linkers have been proven to be safe in preclinical and clinical trials.
- Brentuximab vedotin includes an enzyme-sensitive cleavable linker that delivers the potent and highly toxic antimicrotubule agent Monomethyl auristatin E or MMAE, a synthetic antineoplastic agent, to human specific CD30-positive malignant cells. Because of its high toxicity MMAE, which inhibits cell division by blocking the polymerization of tubulin, cannot be used as a single-agent chemotherapeutic drug. However, the combination of MMAE linked to an anti-CD30 monoclonal antibody (cAC10, a cell membrane protein of the tumor necrosis factor or TNF receptor) proved to be stable in extracellular fluid, cleavable by cathepsin and safe for therapy.
- cAC10 an anti-CD30 monoclonal antibody
- Trastuzumab emtansine is a combination of the microtubule-formation inhibitor mertansine (DM- 1), a derivative of the Maytansine, and antibody trastuzumab (Herceptin®/Genentech/Roche) attached by a stable, non-cleavable linker.
- DM-1 microtubule-formation inhibitor mertansine
- a derivative of the Maytansine a derivative of the Maytansine
- antibody trastuzumab Herceptin®/Genentech/Roche
- linker cleavable or noncleavable
- cleavable linker lends specific properties to the cytotoxic (anti-cancer) drug.
- a non-cleavable linker keeps the drug within the cell.
- the entire antibody, linker and cytotoxic agent enter the targeted cancer cell where the antibody is degraded to the level of an amino acid.
- the resulting complex– amino acid, linker and cytotoxic agent now becomes the active drug.
- cleavable linkers are catalyzed by enzymes in the host cell where it releases the cytotoxic agent.
- cleavable linker Another type of cleavable linker, currently in development, adds an extra molecule between the cytotoxic/anti-viral drug and the cleavage site. This linker technology allows researchers to create ADCs with more flexibility without worrying about changing cleavage kinetics. researchers are also developing a new method of peptide cleavage based on Edman degradation, a method of sequencing amino acids in a peptide. Future direction in the development of ADCs also include the development of site-specific conjugation (TDCs) to further improve stability and therapeutic index and a emitting immunoconjugates and antibody-conjugated nanoparticles. H. BiTES
- Bi-specific T-cell engagers are a class of artificial bispecific monoclonal antibodies that are investigated for the use as anti-cancer drugs. They direct a host's immune system, more specifically the T cells' cytotoxic activity, against infected cells. BiTE is a registered trademark of Micromet AG.
- BiTEs are fusion proteins consisting of two single-chain variable fragments (scFvs) of different antibodies, or amino acid sequences from four different genes, on a single peptide chain of about 55 kilodaltons.
- scFvs single-chain variable fragments
- One of the scFvs binds to T cells via the CD3 receptor, and the other to an infected cell via a specific molecule.
- BiTEs form a link between T cells and target cells. This causes T cells to exert cytotoxic/anti-viral activity on infected cells by producing proteins like perforin and granzymes, independently of the presence of MHC I or co-stimulatory molecules. These proteins enter infected cells and initiate the cell's apoptosis. This action mimics physiological processes observed during T cell attacks against infected cells.
- the antibody is a recombinant antibody that is suitable for action inside of a cell— such antibodies are known as“intrabodies.”
- These antibodies may interfere with target function by a variety of mechanism, such as by altering intracellular protein trafficking, interfering with enzymatic function, and blocking protein-protein or protein-DNA interactions.
- their structures mimic or parallel those of single chain and single domain antibodies, discussed above. Indeed, single-transcript/single-chain is an important feature that permits intracellular expression in a target cell, and also makes protein transit across cell membranes more feasible. However, additional features are required.
- the two major issues impacting the implementation of intrabody therapeutic are delivery, including cell/tissue targeting, and stability.
- delivery a variety of approaches have been employed, such as tissue-directed delivery, use of cell-type specific promoters, viral-based delivery and use of cell-permeability/membrane translocating peptides.
- the approach is generally to either screen by brute force, including methods that involve phage display and may include sequence maturation or development of consensus sequences, or more directed modifications such as insertion stabilizing sequences (e.g., Fc regions, chaperone protein sequences, leucine zippers) and disulfide replacement/modification.
- insertion stabilizing sequences e.g., Fc regions, chaperone protein sequences, leucine zippers
- intrabodies may require is a signal for intracellular targeting.
- Vectors that can target intrabodies (or other proteins) to subcellular regions such as the cytoplasm, nucleus, mitochondria and ER have been designed and are commercially available (Invitrogen Corp.; Persic et al., 1997).
- the antibodies of the present disclosure may be purified.
- the term“purified,” as used herein, is intended to refer to a composition, isolatable from other components, wherein the protein is purified to any degree relative to its naturally-obtainable state.
- a purified protein therefore also refers to a protein, free from the environment in which it may naturally occur.
- this designation will refer to a composition in which the protein or peptide forms the major component of the composition, such as constituting about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95% or more of the proteins in the composition.
- Protein purification techniques are well known to those of skill in the art. These techniques involve, at one level, the crude fractionation of the cellular milieu to polypeptide and non-polypeptide fractions. Having separated the polypeptide from other proteins, the polypeptide of interest may be further purified using chromatographic and electrophoretic techniques to achieve partial or complete purification (or purification to homogeneity). Analytical methods particularly suited to the preparation of a pure peptide are ion-exchange chromatography, exclusion chromatography; polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; isoelectric focusing.
- protein purification include, precipitation with ammonium sulfate, PEG, antibodies and the like or by heat denaturation, followed by centrifugation; gel filtration, reverse phase, hydroxylapatite and affinity chromatography; and combinations of such and other techniques.
- polypeptide In purifying an antibody of the present disclosure, it may be desirable to express the polypeptide in a prokaryotic or eukaryotic expression system and extract the protein using denaturing conditions.
- the polypeptide may be purified from other cellular components using an affinity column, which binds to a tagged portion of the polypeptide.
- affinity column which binds to a tagged portion of the polypeptide.
- antibodies are fractionated utilizing agents (i.e., protein A) that bind the Fc portion of the antibody.
- agents i.e., protein A
- antigens may be used to simultaneously purify and select appropriate antibodies.
- Such methods often utilize the selection agent bound to a support, such as a column, filter or bead.
- the antibodies is bound to a support, contaminants removed (e.g., washed away), and the antibodies released by applying conditions (salt, heat, etc.).
- compositions comprising anti- Hepatitis C virus antibodies and antigens for generating the same.
- Such compositions comprise a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or a fragment thereof, or a peptide immunogen, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- pharmaceutically acceptable means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans.
- carrier refers to a diluent, excipient, or vehicle with which the therapeutic is administered.
- Such pharmaceutical carriers can be sterile liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. Water is a particular carrier when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions.
- suitable pharmaceutical excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like.
- compositions can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
- These compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained-release formulations and the like.
- Oral formulations can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Examples of suitable pharmaceutical agents are described in“Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences.” Such compositions will contain a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of the antibody or fragment thereof, preferably in purified form, together with a suitable amount of carrier so as to provide the form for proper administration to the patient.
- the formulation should suit the mode of administration, which can be oral, intravenous, intraarterial, intrabuccal, intranasal, nebulized, bronchial inhalation, intra-rectal, vaginal, topical or delivered by mechanical ventilation.
- Active vaccines are also envisioned where antibodies like those disclosed are produced in vivo in a subject at risk of Hepatitis C virus infection.
- Such vaccines can be formulated for parenteral administration, e.g., formulated for injection via the intradermal, intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, or even intraperitoneal routes. Administration by intradermal and intramuscular routes are contemplated.
- the vaccine could alternatively be administered by a topical route directly to the mucosa, for example by nasal drops, inhalation, by nebulizer, or via intrarectal or vaginal delivery.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the acid salts and those which are formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric or phosphoric acids, or such organic acids as acetic, oxalic, tartaric, mandelic, and the like. Salts formed with the free carboxyl groups may also be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, and the like.
- inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric or phosphoric acids, or such organic acids as acetic, oxalic, tartaric, mandelic, and the like.
- Salts formed with the free carboxyl groups may also be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine, trimethylamine,
- Passive transfer of antibodies generally will involve the use of intravenous or intramuscular injections.
- the forms of antibody can be human or animal blood plasma or serum, as pooled human immunoglobulin for intravenous (IVIG) or intramuscular (IG) use, as high-titer human IVIG or IG from immunized or from donors recovering from disease, and as monoclonal antibodies (MAb).
- IVIG intravenous
- IG intramuscular
- MAb monoclonal antibodies
- Such immunity generally lasts for only a short period of time, and there is also a potential risk for hypersensitivity reactions, and serum sickness, especially from gamma globulin of non-human origin.
- passive immunity provides immediate protection.
- the antibodies will be formulated in a carrier suitable for injection, i.e., sterile and syringeable.
- compositions of the disclosure are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water-free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
- a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
- the composition is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline.
- an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
- compositions of the disclosure can be formulated as neutral or salt forms.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those formed with anions such as those derived from hydrochloric, phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc., and those formed with cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc.
- anions such as those derived from hydrochloric, phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc.
- cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc.
- Antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity is an immune mechanism leading to the lysis of antibody-coated target cells by immune effector cells.
- the target cells are cells to which antibodies or fragments thereof comprising an Fc region specifically bind, generally via the protein part that is N-terminal to the Fc region.
- antibody having increased/reduced antibody dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity is meant an antibody having increased/reduced ADCC as determined by any suitable method known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- the term“increased/reduced ADCC” is defined as either an increase/reduction in the number of target cells that are lysed in a given time, at a given concentration of antibody in the medium surrounding the target cells, by the mechanism of ADCC defined above, and/or a reduction/increase in the concentration of antibody, in the medium surrounding the target cells, required to achieve the lysis of a given number of target cells in a given time, by the mechanism of ADCC.
- the increase/reduction in ADCC is relative to the ADCC mediated by the same antibody produced by the same type of host cells, using the same standard production, purification, formulation and storage methods (which are known to those skilled in the art), but that has not been engineered.
- ADCC mediated by an antibody produced by host cells engineered to have an altered pattern of glycosylation e.g., to express the glycosyltransferase, GnTIII, or other glycosyltransferases
- GnTIII glycosyltransferase
- other glycosyltransferases e.g., to express the glycosyltransferase, GnTIII, or other glycosyltransferases
- CDC Complement-dependent cytotoxicity
- MAC membrane attack complexes
- Antibodies of the present disclosure may be linked to at least one agent to form an antibody conjugate.
- it is conventional to link or covalently bind or complex at least one desired molecule or moiety.
- a molecule or moiety may be, but is not limited to, at least one effector or reporter molecule.
- Effector molecules comprise molecules having a desired activity, e.g., cytotoxic activity.
- Non-limiting examples of effector molecules which have been attached to antibodies include toxins, anti-tumor agents, therapeutic enzymes, radionuclides, antiviral agents, chelating agents, cytokines, growth factors, and oligo- or polynucleotides.
- reporter molecule is defined as any moiety which may be detected using an assay.
- reporter molecules which have been conjugated to antibodies include enzymes, radiolabels, haptens, fluorescent labels, phosphorescent molecules, chemiluminescent molecules, chromophores, photoaffinity molecules, colored particles or ligands, such as biotin.
- Antibody conjugates are generally preferred for use as diagnostic agents.
- Antibody diagnostics generally fall within two classes, those for use in in vitro diagnostics, such as in a variety of immunoassays, and those for use in vivo diagnostic protocols, generally known as "antibody-directed imaging.”
- Many appropriate imaging agents are known in the art, as are methods for their attachment to antibodies (see, for e.g., U.S. Patents 5,021,236, 4,938,948, and 4,472,509).
- the imaging moieties used can be paramagnetic ions, radioactive isotopes, fluorochromes, NMR-detectable substances, and X-ray imaging agents.
- paramagnetic ions such as chromium (III), manganese (II), iron (III), iron (II), cobalt (II), nickel (II), copper (II), neodymium (III), samarium (III), ytterbium (III), gadolinium (III), vanadium (II), terbium (III), dysprosium (III), holmium (III) and/or erbium (III), with gadolinium being particularly preferred.
- Ions useful in other contexts, such as X-ray imaging include but are not limited to lanthanum (III), gold (III), lead (II), and especially bismuth (III).
- radioactive isotopes for therapeutic and/or diagnostic application, one might mention astatine 211 , 14 carbon, 51 chromium, 36 chlorine, 57 cobalt, 58 cobalt, copper 67 , 152 Eu, gallium 67 , 3 hydrogen, iodine 123 , iodine 125 , iodine 131 , indium 111 , 59 iron, 32 phosphorus, rhenium 186 , rhenium 188 , 75 selenium, 35 sulphur, technicium 99m and/or yttrium 90 .
- Radioactively labeled monoclonal antibodies of the present disclosure may be produced according to well-known methods in the art. For instance, monoclonal antibodies can be iodinated by contact with sodium and/or potassium iodide and a chemical oxidizing agent such as sodium hypochlorite, or an enzymatic oxidizing agent, such as lactoperoxidase.
- Monoclonal antibodies according to the disclosure may be labeled with technetium 99m by ligand exchange process, for example, by reducing pertechnate with stannous solution, chelating the reduced technetium onto a Sephadex column and applying the antibody to this column.
- direct labeling techniques may be used, e.g., by incubating pertechnate, a reducing agent such as SNCl2, a buffer solution such as sodium-potassium phthalate solution, and the antibody.
- Intermediary functional groups which are often used to bind radioisotopes which exist as metallic ions to antibody are diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA) or ethylene diaminetetracetic acid (EDTA).
- fluorescent labels contemplated for use as conjugates include Alexa 350, Alexa 430, AMCA, BODIPY 630/650, BODIPY 650/665, BODIPY-FL, BODIPY-R6G, BODIPY-TMR, BODIPY-TRX, Cascade Blue, Cy3, Cy5,6-FAM, Fluorescein Isothiocyanate, HEX, 6-JOE, Oregon Green 488, Oregon Green 500, Oregon Green 514, Pacific Blue, REG, Rhodamine Green, Rhodamine Red, Renographin, ROX, TAMRA, TET, Tetramethylrhodamine, and/or Texas Red.
- Another type of antibody conjugate contemplated in the present disclosure are those intended primarily for use in vitro, where the antibody is linked to a secondary binding ligand and/or to an enzyme (an enzyme tag) that will generate a colored product upon contact with a chromogenic substrate.
- suitable enzymes include urease, alkaline phosphatase, (horseradish) hydrogen peroxidase or glucose oxidase.
- Preferred secondary binding ligands are biotin and avidin and streptavidin compounds. The use of such labels is well known to those of skill in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Patents 3,817,837, 3,850,752, 3,939,350, 3,996,345, 4,277,437, 4,275,149 and 4,366,241.
- hapten-based affinity labels react with amino acids in the antigen binding site, thereby destroying this site and blocking specific antigen reaction.
- this may not be advantageous since it results in loss of antigen binding by the antibody conjugate.
- Molecules containing azido groups may also be used to form covalent bonds to proteins through reactive nitrene intermediates that are generated by low intensity ultraviolet light (Potter and Haley, 1983).
- 2- and 8-azido analogues of purine nucleotides have been used as site-directed photoprobes to identify nucleotide binding proteins in crude cell extracts (Owens & Haley, 1987; Atherton et al., 1985).
- the 2- and 8-azido nucleotides have also been used to map nucleotide binding domains of purified proteins (Khatoon et al., 1989; King et al., 1989; Dholakia et al., 1989) and may be used as antibody binding agents.
- Some attachment methods involve the use of a metal chelate complex employing, for example, an organic chelating agent such as diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid anhydride (DTPA); ethylenetriaminetetraacetic acid; N-chloro-p-toluenesulfonamide; and/or tetrachloro-3 ⁇ -6 ⁇ -diphenylglycouril-3 attached to the antibody (U.S. Patents 4,472,509 and 4,938,948).
- DTPA diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid anhydride
- ethylenetriaminetetraacetic acid N-chloro-p-toluenesulfonamide
- tetrachloro-3 ⁇ -6 ⁇ -diphenylglycouril-3 attached to the antibody
- Monoclonal antibodies may also be reacted with an enzyme in the presence of a coupling agent such as glutaraldehyde or periodate.
- Conjugates with fluorescein markers are prepared in the presence of these coupling agents or by reaction with an isothiocyanate.
- imaging of breast tumors is achieved using monoclonal antibodies and the detectable imaging moieties are bound to the antibody using linkers such as methyl-p- hydroxybenzimidate or N-succinimidyl-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate.
- derivatization of immunoglobulins by selectively introducing sulfhydryl groups in the Fc region of an immunoglobulin, using reaction conditions that do not alter the antibody combining site are contemplated.
- Antibody conjugates produced according to this methodology are disclosed to exhibit improved longevity, specificity and sensitivity (U.S. Patent 5,196,066, incorporated herein by reference).
- Site-specific attachment of effector or reporter molecules, wherein the reporter or effector molecule is conjugated to a carbohydrate residue in the Fc region have also been disclosed in the literature (O’Shannessy et al., 1987). This approach has been reported to produce diagnostically and therapeutically promising antibodies which are currently in clinical evaluation. V. Immunodetection Methods
- the present disclosure concerns immunodetection methods for binding, purifying, removing, quantifying and otherwise generally detecting Hepatitis C virus and its associated antigens. While such methods can be applied in a traditional sense, another use will be in quality control and monitoring of vaccine and other virus stocks, where antibodies according to the present disclosure can be used to assess the amount or integrity (i.e., long term stability) of antigens in viruses. Alternatively, the methods may be used to screen various antibodies for appropriate/desired reactivity profiles.
- immunodetection methods include specific assays for determining the presence of Hepatitis C virus in a subject.
- a wide variety of assay formats are contemplated, but specifically those that would be used to detect Hepatitis C virus in a fluid obtained from a subject, such as saliva, blood, plasma, sputum, semen or urine.
- semen has been demonstrated as a viable sample for detecting Hepatitis C virus (Purpura et al., 2016; Mansuy et al., 2016; Barzon et al., 2016; Gornet et al., 2016; Duffy et al., 2009; CDC, 2016; Halfon et al., 2010; Elder et al.2005).
- the assays may be advantageously formatted for non-healthcare (home) use, including lateral flow assays (see below) analogous to home pregnancy tests.
- These assays may be packaged in the form of a kit with appropriate reagents and instructions to permit use by the subject of a family member.
- Some immunodetection methods include enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), immunoradiometric assay, fluoroimmunoassay, chemiluminescent assay, bioluminescent assay, and Western blot to mention a few.
- ELISA enzyme linked immunosorbent assay
- RIA radioimmunoassay
- immunoradiometric assay fluoroimmunoassay
- fluoroimmunoassay chemiluminescent assay
- bioluminescent assay bioluminescent assay
- Western blot Western blot to mention a few.
- a competitive assay for the detection and quantitation of Hepatitis C virus antibodies directed to specific parasite epitopes in samples also is provided.
- the steps of various useful immunodetection methods have been described in the scientific literature, such as, e.g., Doolittle and Ben-Zeev (1999), Gulbis and Galand (19
- the immunobinding methods include obtaining a sample suspected of containing Hepatitis C virus and contacting the sample with a first antibody in accordance with the present disclosure, as the case may be, under conditions effective to allow the formation of immunocomplexes.
- These methods include methods for purifying Hepatitis C virus or related antigens from a sample.
- the antibody will preferably be linked to a solid support, such as in the form of a column matrix, and the sample suspected of containing the Hepatitis C virus or antigenic component will be applied to the immobilized antibody. The unwanted components will be washed from the column, leaving the Hepatitis C virus antigen immunocomplexed to the immobilized antibody, which is then collected by removing the organism or antigen from the column.
- the immunobinding methods also include methods for detecting and quantifying the amount of Hepatitis C virus or related components in a sample and the detection and quantification of any immune complexes formed during the binding process.
- detecting and quantifying the amount of Hepatitis C virus or related components in a sample and the detection and quantification of any immune complexes formed during the binding process.
- the biological sample analyzed may be any sample that is suspected of containing Hepatitis C virus or Hepatitis C virus antigen, such as a tissue section or specimen, a homogenized tissue extract, a biological fluid, including blood and serum, or a secretion, such as feces or urine.
- the chosen biological sample with the antibody under effective conditions and for a period of time sufficient to allow the formation of immune complexes is generally a matter of simply adding the antibody composition to the sample and incubating the mixture for a period of time long enough for the antibodies to form immune complexes with, i.e., to bind to Hepatitis C virus or antigens present.
- the sample-antibody composition such as a tissue section, ELISA plate, dot blot or Western blot, will generally be washed to remove any non-specifically bound antibody species, allowing only those antibodies specifically bound within the primary immune complexes to be detected.
- the antibody employed in the detection may itself be linked to a detectable label, wherein one would then simply detect this label, thereby allowing the amount of the primary immune complexes in the composition to be determined.
- the first antibody that becomes bound within the primary immune complexes may be detected by means of a second binding ligand that has binding affinity for the antibody.
- the second binding ligand may be linked to a detectable label.
- the second binding ligand is itself often an antibody, which may thus be termed a“secondary” antibody.
- the primary immune complexes are contacted with the labeled, secondary binding ligand, or antibody, under effective conditions and for a period of time sufficient to allow the formation of secondary immune complexes.
- the secondary immune complexes are then generally washed to remove any non-specifically bound labeled secondary antibodies or ligands, and the remaining label in the secondary immune complexes is then detected.
- Further methods include the detection of primary immune complexes by a two-step approach.
- a second binding ligand such as an antibody that has binding affinity for the antibody, is used to form secondary immune complexes, as described above.
- the secondary immune complexes are contacted with a third binding ligand or antibody that has binding affinity for the second antibody, again under effective conditions and for a period of time sufficient to allow the formation of immune complexes (tertiary immune complexes).
- the third ligand or antibody is linked to a detectable label, allowing detection of the tertiary immune complexes thus formed. This system may provide for signal amplification if this is desired.
- One method of immunodetection uses two different antibodies.
- a first biotinylated antibody is used to detect the target antigen, and a second antibody is then used to detect the biotin attached to the complexed biotin.
- the sample to be tested is first incubated in a solution containing the first step antibody. If the target antigen is present, some of the antibody binds to the antigen to form a biotinylated antibody/antigen complex.
- the antibody/antigen complex is then amplified by incubation in successive solutions of streptavidin (or avidin), biotinylated DNA, and/or complementary biotinylated DNA, with each step adding additional biotin sites to the antibody/antigen complex.
- the amplification steps are repeated until a suitable level of amplification is achieved, at which point the sample is incubated in a solution containing the second step antibody against biotin.
- This second step antibody is labeled, as for example with an enzyme that can be used to detect the presence of the antibody/antigen complex by histoenzymology using a chromogen substrate.
- a conjugate can be produced which is macroscopically visible.
- PCR Polymerase Chain Reaction
- the PCR method is similar to the Cantor method up to the incubation with biotinylated DNA, however, instead of using multiple rounds of streptavidin and biotinylated DNA incubation, the DNA/biotin/streptavidin/antibody complex is washed out with a low pH or high salt buffer that releases the antibody. The resulting wash solution is then used to carry out a PCR reaction with suitable primers with appropriate controls. At least in theory, the enormous amplification capability and specificity of PCR can be utilized to detect a single antigen molecule.
- A. ELISAs Polymerase Chain Reaction
- Immunoassays in their most simple and direct sense, are binding assays. Certain preferred immunoassays are the various types of enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs) and radioimmunoassays (RIA) known in the art. Immunohistochemical detection using tissue sections is also particularly useful. However, it will be readily appreciated that detection is not limited to such techniques, and western blotting, dot blotting, FACS analyses, and the like may also be used.
- the antibodies of the disclosure are immobilized onto a selected surface exhibiting protein affinity, such as a well in a polystyrene microtiter plate. Then, a test composition suspected of containing the Hepatitis C virus or Hepatitis C virus antigen is added to the wells. After binding and washing to remove non-specifically bound immune complexes, the bound antigen may be detected. Detection may be achieved by the addition of another anti-Hepatitis C virus antibody that is linked to a detectable label.
- ELISA is a simple“sandwich ELISA.” Detection may also be achieved by the addition of a second anti-Hepatitis C virus antibody, followed by the addition of a third antibody that has binding affinity for the second antibody, with the third antibody being linked to a detectable label.
- the samples suspected of containing the Hepatitis C virus or Hepatitis C virus antigen are immobilized onto the well surface and then contacted with the anti- Hepatitis C virus antibodies of the disclosure. After binding and washing to remove non- specifically bound immune complexes, the bound anti-Hepatitis C virus antibodies are detected. Where the initial anti-Hepatitis C virus antibodies are linked to a detectable label, the immune complexes may be detected directly. Again, the immune complexes may be detected using a second antibody that has binding affinity for the first anti-Hepatitis C virus antibody, with the second antibody being linked to a detectable label. Irrespective of the format employed, ELISAs have certain features in common, such as coating, incubating and binding, washing to remove non-specifically bound species, and detecting the bound immune complexes. These are described below.
- a plate with either antigen or antibody In coating a plate with either antigen or antibody, one will generally incubate the wells of the plate with a solution of the antigen or antibody, either overnight or for a specified period of hours. The wells of the plate will then be washed to remove incompletely adsorbed material. Any remaining available surfaces of the wells are then“coated” with a nonspecific protein that is antigenically neutral with regard to the test antisera. These include bovine serum albumin (BSA), casein or solutions of milk powder.
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- the coating allows for blocking of nonspecific adsorption sites on the immobilizing surface and thus reduces the background caused by nonspecific binding of antisera onto the surface.
- a secondary or tertiary detection means rather than a direct procedure.
- the immobilizing surface is contacted with the biological sample to be tested under conditions effective to allow immune complex (antigen/antibody) formation. Detection of the immune complex then requires a labeled secondary binding ligand or antibody, and a secondary binding ligand or antibody in conjunction with a labeled tertiary antibody or a third binding ligand.
- Under conditions effective to allow immune complex (antigen/antibody) formation means that the conditions preferably include diluting the antigens and/or antibodies with solutions such as BSA, bovine gamma globulin (BGG) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS)/Tween. These added agents also tend to assist in the reduction of nonspecific background.
- The“suitable” conditions also mean that the incubation is at a temperature or for a period of time sufficient to allow effective binding. Incubation steps are typically from about 1 to 2 to 4 hours or so, at temperatures preferably on the order of 25°C to 27°C or may be overnight at about 4°C or so.
- the contacted surface is washed so as to remove non-complexed material.
- a preferred washing procedure includes washing with a solution such as PBS/Tween, or borate buffer. Following the formation of specific immune complexes between the test sample and the originally bound material, and subsequent washing, the occurrence of even minute amounts of immune complexes may be determined.
- the second or third antibody will have an associated label to allow detection.
- this will be an enzyme that will generate color development upon incubating with an appropriate chromogenic substrate.
- a urease, glucose oxidase, alkaline phosphatase or hydrogen peroxidase-conjugated antibody for a period of time and under conditions that favor the development of further immune complex formation (e.g., incubation for 2 hours at room temperature in a PBS-containing solution such as PBS-Tween).
- the amount of label is quantified, e.g., by incubation with a chromogenic substrate such as urea, or bromocresol purple, or 2,2'-azino-di-(3-ethyl-benzthiazoline-6- sulfonic acid (ABTS), or H2O2, in the case of peroxidase as the enzyme label. Quantification is then achieved by measuring the degree of color generated, e.g., using a visible spectra spectrophotometer.
- a chromogenic substrate such as urea, or bromocresol purple, or 2,2'-azino-di-(3-ethyl-benzthiazoline-6- sulfonic acid (ABTS), or H2O2
- Quantification is then achieved by measuring the degree of color generated, e.g., using a visible spectra spectrophotometer.
- the present disclosure contemplates the use of competitive formats. This is particularly useful in the detection of Hepatitis C virus antibodies in sample.
- competition-based assays an unknown amount of analyte or antibody is determined by its ability to displace a known amount of labeled antibody or analyte.
- the quantifiable loss of a signal is an indication of the amount of unknown antibody or analyte in a sample.
- the inventor proposes the use of labeled Hepatitis C virus monoclonal antibodies to determine the amount of Hepatitis C virus antibodies in a sample.
- the basic format would include contacting a known amount of Hepatitis C virus monoclonal antibody (linked to a detectable label) with Hepatitis C virus antigen or particle.
- the Hepatitis C virus antigen or organism is preferably attached to a support. After binding of the labeled monoclonal antibody to the support, the sample is added and incubated under conditions permitting any unlabeled antibody in the sample to compete with, and hence displace, the labeled monoclonal antibody. By measuring either the lost label or the label remaining (and subtracting that from the original amount of bound label), one can determine how much non-labeled antibody is bound to the support, and thus how much antibody was present in the sample.
- the Western blot is an analytical technique used to detect specific proteins in a given sample of tissue homogenate or extract. It uses gel electrophoresis to separate native or denatured proteins by the length of the polypeptide (denaturing conditions) or by the 3-D structure of the protein (native/ non-denaturing conditions). The proteins are then transferred to a membrane (typically nitrocellulose or PVDF), where they are probed (detected) using antibodies specific to the target protein.
- a membrane typically nitrocellulose or PVDF
- Samples may be taken from whole tissue or from cell culture. In most cases, solid tissues are first broken down mechanically using a blender (for larger sample volumes), using a homogenizer (smaller volumes), or by sonication. Cells may also be broken open by one of the above mechanical methods. However, it should be noted that bacteria, virus or environmental samples can be the source of protein and thus Western blotting is not restricted to cellular studies only. Assorted detergents, salts, and buffers may be employed to encourage lysis of cells and to solubilize proteins. Protease and phosphatase inhibitors are often added to prevent the digestion of the sample by its own enzymes. Tissue preparation is often done at cold temperatures to avoid protein denaturing.
- the proteins of the sample are separated using gel electrophoresis. Separation of proteins may be by isoelectric point (pI), molecular weight, electric charge, or a combination of these factors. The nature of the separation depends on the treatment of the sample and the nature of the gel. This is a very useful way to determine a protein. It is also possible to use a two-dimensional (2-D) gel which spreads the proteins from a single sample out in two dimensions. Proteins are separated according to isoelectric point (pH at which they have neutral net charge) in the first dimension, and according to their molecular weight in the second dimension.
- isoelectric point pH at which they have neutral net charge
- the proteins In order to make the proteins accessible to antibody detection, they are moved from within the gel onto a membrane made of nitrocellulose or polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF).
- PVDF polyvinylidene difluoride
- the membrane is placed on top of the gel, and a stack of filter papers placed on top of that. The entire stack is placed in a buffer solution which moves up the paper by capillary action, bringing the proteins with it.
- Another method for transferring the proteins is called electroblotting and uses an electric current to pull proteins from the gel into the PVDF or nitrocellulose membrane.
- the proteins move from within the gel onto the membrane while maintaining the organization they had within the gel. As a result of this blotting process, the proteins are exposed on a thin surface layer for detection (see below).
- Lateral flow assays also known as lateral flow immunochromatographic assays, are simple devices intended to detect the presence (or absence) of a target analyte in sample (matrix) without the need for specialized and costly equipment, though many laboratory-based applications exist that are supported by reading equipment. Typically, these tests are used as low resources medical diagnostics, either for home testing, point of care testing, or laboratory use. A widely spread and well-known application is the home pregnancy test.
- the technology is based on a series of capillary beds, such as pieces of porous paper or sintered polymer.
- Each of these elements has the capacity to transport fluid (e.g., urine) spontaneously.
- the first element acts as a sponge and holds an excess of sample fluid. Once soaked, the fluid migrates to the second element (conjugate pad) in which the manufacturer has stored the so-called conjugate, a dried format of bio-active particles (see below) in a salt-sugar matrix that contains everything to guarantee an optimized chemical reaction between the target molecule (e.g., an antigen) and its chemical partner (e.g., antibody) that has been immobilized on the particle's surface.
- the target molecule e.g., an antigen
- its chemical partner e.g., antibody
- the sample fluid dissolves the salt- sugar matrix, it also dissolves the particles and in one combined transport action the sample and conjugate mix while flowing through the porous structure.
- the analyte binds to the particles while migrating further through the third capillary bed.
- This material has one or more areas (often called stripes) where a third molecule has been immobilized by the manufacturer. By the time the sample-conjugate mix reaches these strips, analyte has been bound on the particle and the third 'capture' molecule binds the complex. After a while, when more and more fluid has passed the stripes, particles accumulate and the stripe-area changes color.
- the antibodies of the present disclosure may also be used in conjunction with both fresh-frozen and/or formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded tissue blocks prepared for study by immunohistochemistry (IHC).
- IHC immunohistochemistry
- the method of preparing tissue blocks from these particulate specimens has been successfully used in previous IHC studies of various prognostic factors and is well known to those of skill in the art (Brown et al., 1990; Abbondanzo et al., 1990; Allred et al., 1990).
- frozen-sections may be prepared by rehydrating 50 ng of frozen“pulverized” tissue at room temperature in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) in small plastic capsules; pelleting the particles by centrifugation; resuspending them in a viscous embedding medium (OCT); inverting the capsule and/or pelleting again by centrifugation; snap-freezing in -70°C isopentane; cutting the plastic capsule and/or removing the frozen cylinder of tissue; securing the tissue cylinder on a cryostat microtome chuck; and/or cutting 25-50 serial sections from the capsule.
- whole frozen tissue samples may be used for serial section cuttings.
- Permanent-sections may be prepared by a similar method involving rehydration of the 50 mg sample in a plastic microfuge tube; pelleting; resuspending in 10% formalin for 4 hours fixation; washing/pelleting; resuspending in warm 2.5% agar; pelleting; cooling in ice water to harden the agar; removing the tissue/agar block from the tube; infiltrating and/or embedding the block in paraffin; and/or cutting up to 50 serial permanent sections. Again, whole tissue samples may be substituted.
- whole tissue samples may be substituted.
- the present disclosure concerns immunodetection kits for use with the immunodetection methods described above.
- the antibodies may be used to detect Hepatitis C virus or Hepatitis C virus antigens, the antibodies may be included in the kit.
- the immunodetection kits will thus comprise, in suitable container means, a first antibody that binds to Hepatitis C virus or Hepatitis C virus antigen, and optionally an immunodetection reagent.
- the Hepatitis C virus antibody may be pre-bound to a solid support, such as a column matrix and/or well of a microtiter plate.
- the immunodetection reagents of the kit may take any one of a variety of forms, including those detectable labels that are associated with or linked to the given antibody. Detectable labels that are associated with or attached to a secondary binding ligand are also contemplated. Exemplary secondary ligands are those secondary antibodies that have binding affinity for the first antibody.
- suitable immunodetection reagents for use in the present kits include the two- component reagent that comprises a secondary antibody that has binding affinity for the first antibody, along with a third antibody that has binding affinity for the second antibody, the third antibody being linked to a detectable label.
- a number of exemplary labels are known in the art and all such labels may be employed in connection with the present disclosure.
- kits may further comprise a suitably aliquoted composition of the Hepatitis C virus or Hepatitis C virus antigens, whether labeled or unlabeled, as may be used to prepare a standard curve for a detection assay.
- the kits may contain antibody-label conjugates either in fully conjugated form, in the form of intermediates, or as separate moieties to be conjugated by the user of the kit.
- the components of the kits may be packaged either in aqueous media or in lyophilized form.
- the container means of the kits will generally include at least one vial, test tube, flask, bottle, syringe or other container means, into which the antibody may be placed, or preferably, suitably aliquoted.
- the kits of the present disclosure will also typically include a means for containing the antibody, antigen, and any other reagent containers in close confinement for commercial sale. Such containers may include injection or blow-molded plastic containers into which the desired vials are retained.
- the present disclosure also contemplates the use of antibodies and antibody fragments as described herein for use in assessing the antigenic integrity of a viral antigen in a sample.
- Biological medicinal products like vaccines differ from chemical drugs in that they cannot normally be characterized molecularly; antibodies are large molecules of significant complexity, and have the capacity to vary widely from preparation to preparation. They are also administered to healthy individuals, including children at the start of their lives, and thus a strong emphasis must be placed on their quality to ensure, to the greatest extent possible, that they are efficacious in preventing or treating life-threatening disease, without themselves causing harm.
- an antigen or vaccine from any source or at any point during a manufacturing process.
- the quality control processes may therefore begin with preparing a sample for an immunoassay that identifies binding of an antibody or fragment disclosed herein to a viral antigen.
- immunoassays are disclosed elsewhere in this document, and any of these may be used to assess the structural/antigenic integrity of the antigen. Standards for finding the sample to contain acceptable amounts of antigenically correct and intact antigen may be established by regulatory agencies.
- antigen integrity is assessed is in determining shelf-life and storage stability. Most medicines, including vaccines, can deteriorate over time. Therefore, it is critical to determine whether, over time, the degree to which an antigen, such as in a vaccine, degrades or destabilizes such that is it no longer antigenic and/or capable of generating an immune response when administered to a subject. Again, standards for finding the sample to contain acceptable amounts of antigenically intact antigen may be established by regulatory agencies.
- viral antigens may contain more than one protective epitope.
- assays that look at the binding of more than one antibody, such as 2, 3, 4, 5 or even more antibodies.
- These antibodies bind to closely related epitopes, such that they are adjacent or even overlap each other.
- they may represent distinct epitopes from disparate parts of the antigen.
- Antibodies and fragments thereof as described in the present disclosure may also be used in a kit for monitoring the efficacy of vaccination procedures by detecting the presence of protective Hepatitis C virus antibodies.
- Antibodies, antibody fragment, or variants and derivatives thereof, as described in the present disclosure may also be used in a kit for monitoring vaccine manufacture with the desired immunogenicity.
- Plasma samples and PBMC were obtained from subjects in the BBAASH cohort (Cox et al., 2005).
- HCV viral load and serology testing HCV viral loads (International Unit (IU)/mL) were quantified using a process of RNA extraction and utilization of commercial real time reagents (Abbot HCV Real Time Assay) migrated onto a research based real time PCR platform (Roche 480 Lightcycler). HCV seropositivity was determined using the Ortho HCV Version 3.0 ELISA Test System (Ortho Clinical Diagnostics, Raritan, New Jersey).
- Human hybridomas secreting monoclonal antibodies Human hybridomas were generated as described previously (Flyak et al., 2015). In brief, cryopreserved PBMC samples from Subjects 117 and 110 were transformed with Epstein-Barr virus, CpG and additional supplements. After 7 days, cells from each well of the 384-well culture plates were expanded into four 96-well culture plates using cell culture medium containing irradiated heterologous human PBMCs and incubated for an additional four days. B cell culture supernatants were screened in enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs) with E1E2 cell lysates and in neutralization assays against autologous or heterologous HCV variants.
- ELISAs enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays
- Cells from wells with supernatants reacting with HCV antigens were fused with HMMA2.5 myeloma cells using an electrofusion technique (Yu et al., 2008). After fusion, hybridoma cell lines were cloned by limited dilutions and single-cell fluorescence- activated cell sorting and expanded in post-fusion medium as previously described (Flyak et al., 2015).
- HiTrap Protein G or HiTrap MabSelectSure columns were used to purify HCV- specific antibodies from filtered cell culture supernatants.
- HCVpp production and neutralization assays The panel of 19 heterologous genotype 1 HCVpp has been described previously (Osburn et al., 2014; Bailey et al., 2015).
- the HCVpp panels used to measure neutralizing breadth of plasma samples and mAbs were identical, except that two E1E2 clones used to screen plasma, 1b20 and 1a114, were replaced in mAb experiments by related clones 1b21 and 1a116, which gave more consistent HCVpp infectivity results.
- HCVpp were produced by lipofectamine-mediated transfection of HCV E1E2 and pNL4-3.Luc.R-E- plasmids into HEK293T cells as previously described (Hsu et al., 2003; Logvinoff et al., 2004). Neutralization assays were performed as described previously (Dowd et al., 2009). HCVpp were incubated for one hour with plasma at a 1:100 dilution or mAb at a final concentration of 50 or 10 ⁇ g/mL, then added in duplicate to Hep3B target cells for 5-6 hours before medium was changed. Infection was determined after 3 days by measurement of luciferase activity of cell lysates in relative light units (RLU).
- RLU relative light units
- HCVpp used in neutralization assays produced RLU>2E6, or more than 100-fold above background produced by mock pseudoparticles lacking any E1E2. All HCVpp used in neutralization assays produced RLU of at least 200,000, which is at least 10-fold above background. Percent neutralization was calculated as (1-RLU test mAb /RLU control IgG )*100. Neutralization of MLV-pseudotyped particles was measured as a negative control.
- HCVcc neutralization assays Chimeric genotype 1-6 HCVcc constructs (Gottwein et al., 2009; Scheel et al., 2008) were a gift of Jens Bukh, (Copenhagen University Hospital, Copenhagen, Denmark). HCVcc neutralization assays were performed as described elsewhere (Wasilewski et al., 2016).
- human hepatoma Huh7.5.1 cells (a gift of Jake Liang, NIH, Bethesda, Maryland, USA) were maintained in DMEM supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, 1% sodium pyruvate, and 1% l-glutamate.10,000 Huh7.5.1 cells per well were plated in flat bottom 96 well tissue culture plates and incubated overnight at 37°C. The following day, HCVcc were mixed with mAb (2.5-fold dilutions started at 50 mg/mL) then incubated at 37°C for 1 hour. Medium was removed from the cells and replaced with 50 ⁇ L of HCVcc/antibody mixture.
- the plates were placed in a CO2 incubator at 37°C overnight, after which the HCVcc were removed and replaced with 100 ⁇ L of Huh7.5.1 medium and incubated for 48 hours at 37°C. After 48 hours, medium was removed and cells were fixed and stained. Images were acquired and spot forming units were counted in the presence of mAb (HCVccSFUtest) or nonspecific IgG (HCV cc SFU control ) using an AID iSpot Reader Spectrum operating AID ELISpot Reader version 7.0. Percent neutralization was calculated as 100% x [1-(HCVccSFUtest /HCV cc SFU control )].
- HCV NS5A immunostaining was conducted as described elsewhere (Wasilewski et al., 2016). Briefly, cells were fixed with 4% formaldehyde then stained for HCV NS5A using primary anti-NS5A antibody 9E10 (a gift of Charles Rice, The Rockefeller University, New York City, New York, USA) at a 1:10,000 dilution for 1 hour at room temperature. Cells were washed twice with PBS and stained using secondary antibody Alexa Daylight 488–conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG (Life Technologies) at a 1:500 dilution for 1 hour at room temperature. Cells were washed twice in PBS and then stored covered in 100 mL PBS at 4°C.
- the cells were incubated with anti-HCV antibody for 1 hour at 20 o C, followed by a 30-minute incubation with Alexa Fluor 488-conjugated secondary antibody (Jackson ImmunoResearch Laboratories, Westgrove, PA) in 10% NGS.
- Cells were washed twice with PBS without calcium or magnesium and resuspended in Cellstripper (Cellgro, Manassas, VA) plus 0.1% BSA (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, MO).
- Cellular fluorescence was detected using the Intellicyt high throughput flow cytometer (HTFC, Intellicyt, Albuquerque, NM). Background fluorescence was determined by fluorescence measurement of vector-transfected control cells.
- MAb reactivities against each mutant HCV E1/E2 clone were calculated relative to wild-type E1/E2 reactivity by subtracting the signal from mock-transfected controls and normalizing to the signal from wild-type HCV E1/E2 -transfected controls. Mutated residues within critical clones were identified as critical to the MAb epitope if they did not support reactivity of the test MAb but did support reactivity of other control anti- HCV MAbs. This counter-screen strategy facilitates the exclusion of E1/E2 mutants that are locally misfolded or that have an expression defect (Paes et al., 2009; Davidson and Doranz, 2014).
- Hierarchical clustering of mAbs based on correlations between neutralization profiles Neutralization of each of 19 HCVpp by each mAb were compared pairwise for all mAbs using spearman correlation. Spearman rho and p values then were used as input for hierarchical clustering as implemented in the “pvclust” package for R (cran.r- project.org/web/packages/pvclust/index.html) (Suzuki et al., 2006). Approximately unbiased values greater than 95 are considered strongly supported by the data.
- This clustering depicted as a tree, was also used to order a matrix of correlation values produced using the“corrplot” package for R (cran.r-project.org/web/packages/corrplot/index.html) (Friendly et al., 2002).
- HCV E1E2 ELISA HCV E1E2 ELISA.
- MAb binding to E1E2 was quantitated using an ELISA as previously described (Keck et al., 2009). Briefly, 293T cells were transfected with E1E2 expression constructs. Cell lysates were harvested at 48 h. Plates were coated with 500 ng of Galanthus nivalis lectin (Sigma) and blocked with PBS containing 0.5% Tween 20, 1% nonfat drymilk, 1% goat serum and E1E2–containing cell lysates were added.
- MAbs were assayed in duplicate at 5-fold serial dilutions, starting at 100 ⁇ g/mL and binding detected with HRP- conjugated anti-human IgG secondary antibody (BD-Pharmingen #555788).
- ELISA used for hybridoma screening followed the same protocol with the following modifications: 384-well ELISA plates were coated with Galanthus nivalis lectin (Sigma) at 5 ⁇ g/mL in Dulbecco’s PBS (DPBS). Plates were blocked with a blocking solution consisted of 10 g powdered milk, 10 mL of goat serum, 100 mL of 10 ⁇ DPBS, and 0.5 mL of Tween-20 mixed to a 1 L final volume with distilled water.
- E1E2 cell lysates were diluted in DPBS with 0.05% Tween-20 and added to plates. B cell culture supernatants from tissue- culture plates were transferred to ELISA plates coated with E1E2 lysates.
- E1E2 protein-coated ELISA wells were pre-incubated with 20 ⁇ g/mL of blocking bNAbs, followed by biotinylated mAbs at 2 ⁇ g/mL, with binding of the biotinylated bNAb detected using streptavidin-horseradish peroxidase.
- a ratio of binding of each biotinylated bNAb in the presence of blocking bNAb divided by binding in the absence of blocking bNAb was calculated.
- E1E2 was boiled for 5 min in Tris-buffered saline (TBS)-10% FCS containing 1.0% sodium dodecyl sulfate and 50 mM dithiothreitol.prior to addition to GNA-lectin-coated plates.
- Sequence analysis of antibody variable region genes Total cellular RNA was extracted from clonal hybridomas that produced HCV antibodies, and RT-PCR reaction was performed using mixtures of primers designed to amplify all heavy-chain or light-chain antibody variable regions.
- Antibody variable gene sequence analysis was performed as previously described (Flyak et al., 2015). Heavy and light chain antibody variable region sequences were analyzed using the IMGT/V-Quest program (Brochet et al., 2008; Guidicelli et al., 2011).
- HEPC3 mutagenesis and antibody expression The genes encoding HEPC3 heavy- or light-chain variable regions were synthesized and cloned into a mammalian expression plasmid vector for full length IgG1 by GenScript. Site-directed mutagenesis to revert individual somatic mutations was performed using QuikChange Lightning Site-Directed Mutagenesis kit (Agilent). Transient expression of HEPC3 variants was done in Freestyle TM 293-F cells (Thermo Fisher Scientific). Briefly, equal amounts of heavy and light chain DNA were mixed with polyethylenimine, PEI, (Polysciences, Inc.) at 2:1 ratio of PEI to DNA and the DNA-PEI complexes were added to Freestyle cells. 200 mL or 300 mL of culture was used for each variant, and supernatants were collected on day 6 after transfection. MAbs were harvested from the supernatant using HiTrap MabSelectSure columns (Life Technologies).
- HEPC3 variants binding affinities were determined using an Octet RED biosensor (ForteBio Menlo Park, CA).
- HEPC3 variants were diluted in 1x kinetic buffer to 10 ⁇ g/mL and immobilized onto anti-human IgG Fc Capture sensors (ForteBio).
- the kinetic experiments included five steps: (i) baseline (60 s); (ii) HEPC3 variants loading onto sensors (60 s); (iii) second baseline (60 s); (iv) association of J6 E2 (300 s); and (v) dissociation of J6 E2 (300 s). Fitting curves were constructed using ForteBio Data Analysis 7.0 software using 1:1 binding model and background subtraction was used for correction.
- HCV hemigenomes from plasma virus were amplified by RT-PCR after limiting dilution to ensure single genome amplification, using previously described methods (Li et al., 2012). PCR products were gel-extracted and directly Sanger-sequenced. E1E2 was PCR amplified from hemigenomic SGA amplicons of interest and cloned as previously described (Osburn et al., 2014). All E1E2 clones were Sanger sequenced to confirm that errors had not been introduced by the additional PCR step. Sequences have been submitted to GenBank, accession numbers (pending).
- E1E2 variants named 1a49-1a53 were amplified previously for another study (Dowd et al., 2009).
- E1E2 sequence analysis Nucleotide sequences spanning E1E2 were trimmed and aligned using MUSCLE, with the alignment manually adjusted in BioEdit.
- the phylogenetic tree was inferred from nucleotide sequences using the Maximum Likelihood method based on the Tamura 3-parameter model (Tamura et al., 2002), gamma distributed. The tree with highest log likelihood is shown with branches drawn to scale.
- Initial tree(s) for the heuristic search were obtained automatically by applying Neighbor-Joining and BioNJ algorithms to a matrix of pairwise distances estimated using the Maximum Composite Likelihood (MCL) approach, and then selecting the topology with superior log likelihood value. 500 bootstrap tests were performed. Analyses were implemented in the Mega6 program (world-wide-web megasoftware.net). Sliding window nonsynonymous/synonymous analysis was performed by the Nei-Gojobori method implemented in VarPlot (sray.med.som.jhmi.edu), with 20 codon windows and one codon steps. T/F genomes were inferred as previously described (Li et al., 2012; 2016). Highlighter plots were generated using aligned E1E2 amino acid sequences and the Highlighter tool at the Los Alamos HIV database (world-wide-web at LANL.gov).
- HCVpp HCV pseudoparticles
- Subject 117 was HCV plasma antibody-negative and HCV RNA negative on study enrollment before becoming infected with genotype 1a HCV.
- Subject 110 was initially viremic, also with genotype 1a virus, but was HCV serum antibody negative, indicating recent infection. Both subjects exhibited typical high viral loads during acute infection, followed by a subsequent viral load decline and eventual clearance of the infection (FIG.1A).
- Subject 117 was infected for a total of about 1 year prior to clearance.
- Subject 110 had a more unusual disease course with high viral loads for about 1 year followed by a drop in viral load, years of extremely low- level, intermittent viremia, and eventual viral clearance.
- the plasma of Subject 117 neutralized 14 of 19 HCVpp variants (74%), and the plasma of Subject 110 neutralized 17 of 19 variants (89%) (FIG. 1B).
- the median percent neutralization by time-matched plasma samples from 42 subjects with persistent infection did not exceed 50% for any of the 19 HCVpp tested.
- PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
- EBV Epstein-Barr virus
- the inventors isolated 15 anti- E1E2 mAbs from the two subjects. Purified mAbs were tested for intra-genotypic neutralizing breadth against the panel of 19 genotype 1 HCVpp, using a threshold of 3 50% reduction as the definition of neutralization. The most broadly-neutralizing mAbs are shown in FIG.2, with the remaining mAbs shown in FIG. 9. For comparison, two previously described bNAbs, AR4A and AR3C (9, 17) were tested against the same viral panel. The most broadly- neutralizing mAbs isolated from subject 117, designated HEPC3 and HEPC84, neutralized 16 of 19 (84%) or 11 of 19 (58%) of variants, respectively.
- HEPC43 and HEPC74 the most broadly-neutralizing mAbs isolated from subject 110, each neutralized 17 of 19 (90%) variants.
- AR3C and AR4A neutralized 16 of 19 (84%) and 12 of 19 (63%) variants, respectively.
- HCVcc genotype 1-6 replication competent cell culture viruses
- HEPC3, HEPC43, HEPC74, and HEPC84 each bound native E1E2 protein in an ELISA, but did not bind to denatured protein, indicating that they bind conformational epitopes on E1E2 (FIG.10).
- HEPC3, HEPC43, and HEPC74 showed reciprocal competition for binding with each other, and HEPC82 reduced binding of HEPC84 and HEPC98.
- reference mAb AR3C reduced binding of HEPC3, HEPC43, and HEPC74, suggesting that the mAbs compete for overlapping binding sites.
- Reference mAb AR4A which binds only to complexed E1 and E2, reduced binding of the new mAbs HEPC82 and HEPC84.
- HEPC3, HEPC43, and HEPC74 clustered most closely with each other and, of the 18 reference bNAbs tested, they clustered most closely with mAb AR3C, in agreement with the alanine scanning and competition-binding data. Consistent with the competition-binding results, HEPC84 clustered most closely with mAb AR4A, and HEPC98 clustered near mAbs HC33.4 and HC33.8.
- HEPC3, HEPC43, and HEPC74 are each encoded by the same antibody heavy chain variable gene segment, VH1-69 (Table A).
- VH1-69 antibody heavy chain variable gene segment
- mAb AR3C which was isolated from a subject with chronic HCV infection, also uses V H 1-69 (17), as do some other anti-HCV bNAbs (Merat et al., 2016; Chan et al., 2001).
- V H 1-69 encodes antibodies with capacity to form a public B cell clonotype that favors binding to an immunodominant broadly-neutralizing HEPC3/AR3C epitope.
- these bNAbs were encoded by antibody genes with sparse somatic mutations.
- HEPC3 has 95% identity to its germline heavy chain VH-gene sequence, while HEPC43 has 95% and HEPC74 has 92% identity to germline.
- the light chains encoding these mAbs have 96-98% identity to their germline VL-genes.
- mAb AR3C isolated previously from a subject with chronic HCV infection, has only 86% identity to its VH-gene (17), meaning that the bNAbs isolated from subjects who spontaneously cleared infection have substantially fewer V H -gene somatic mutations than AR3C.
- these mAbs have significantly fewer somatic mutations than most previously described anti-HIV bNAbs, including VRC01 (22), which has only 68% identity with germline.
- somatic mutations critical for bNAb breadth the inventors mutated all 13 somatic mutations in the HEPC3 heavy chain, all 7 somatic mutations in the light chain, or both, to match the inferred germline sequence, generating HEPC3 reverted unmutated ancestor (RUA) variants designated H-RUA, L-RUA, and H,L-RUA, respectively. They measured the ability of mature HEPC3, H-RUA, L-RUA, and H,L-RUA antibodies to neutralize a diverse panel of genotype 1 E1E2 variants (FIG.5A). As in prior tests, mature HEPC3 neutralized the majority of variants in the panel.
- RUA reverted unmutated ancestor
- HEPC3 L-RUA showed nearly identical neutralization results, indicating that somatic mutations in the light chain are not critical for neutralizing breadth.
- Neutralizing breadth of both HEPC3 H-RUA and H,L-RUA was greatly attenuated, indicating that somatic mutations in the heavy chain are critical for HEPC3 neutralizing breadth.
- mature HEPC3 bound all heterologous E1E2 variant proteins in an ELISA (FIG. 5B).
- the inventors To identify individual somatic mutations that are important for breadth of HEPC3, the inventors also performed site-directed mutagenesis to revert each heavy chain somatic mutation individually to the germline-encoded amino acid, without altering the other 12 somatic mutations in the sequence. They expressed the mAbs, and measured binding to the panel of heterologous E1E2 variants proteins (FIG. 5B). The inventors also measured the effect of simultaneous reversion of all somatic mutations in the sequence encoding HCDR1, HCDR2, or HCDR3. Reversion of all mutations in HCDR1 or HCDR3 significantly reduced binding across the E1E2 panel, suggesting that these somatic mutations are important for binding to most heterologous E1E2 variants.
- Reversion of all somatic mutations in HCDR2 reduced binding to a subset of E1E2 variants.
- reversion of glutamic acid (E) 38 to alanine (A) in HCDR1 significantly decreased binding of HEPC3 across the genotype 1 E1E2 panel.
- reversion of threonine (T) 65 to A in HCDR2 also significantly reduced binding across the panel, as did reversion of arginine (R) 112 to S in HCDR3.
- reversion of other individual somatic mutations had no detectable effect on binding to some E1E2 variants, but profoundly reduced binding to others.
- reversion of leucine (L) 30 to phenylalanine (F) in HCDR1 or re-insertion of the germline-encoded glycine (G) at the site of a deletion in HCDR2 (Del63G) had no effect on antibody binding to genotype 1a variants 1a09 or 1a157, but these reversions profoundly reduced binding to 1b variants 1b09 and 1b52.
- reversion of each somatic mutation reduced binding to one or more variants in the heterologous panel, and each single amino acid reversion, except framework mutation threonine (T) 87 to alanine (A), reduced median binding across the E1E2 panel relative to mature HEPC3.
- the inventors also performed quantitative kinetic binding analysis with the panel of HEPC3 mAb variants and purified soluble J6 (genotype 2a) E2 protein (sE2) (FIG. 6B and FIG. 14). Individual reversion of 11 of 13 heavy chain somatic mutations slightly reduced HEPC3 binding affinity for E2, as did reversion of all mutations simultaneously in HCDR1, HCDR2, or HCDR3. Interestingly, the inventors observed large reductions in binding affinity with reversion of E38 to A and T66 to N, two reversions that also consistently reduced binding across the heterologous genotype 1 panel.
- Plasma samples collected over time from Subject 117 Plasma was isolated at seven longitudinal time points, the first when HCV viremia initially was detected approximately 17 days after infection, and the last immediately prior to HCV clearance.
- T/F transmitted/founder
- This estimate of three T/F genomes responsible for productive clinical infection is a minimum estimate whose accuracy and precision are based on the numbers of sequences determined at the earliest sampling time points.
- the inventors determined 65 sequences in the initial 46 days of infection; previously described statistical power calculations (35) indicate that this provides a >95% probability of detecting minor variant sequences present at a frequency of at least 5%.
- T/F#1 and T/F#2 Two of these viral lineages, T/F#1 and T/F#2, persisted and diversified over the next two sampling time points before they were apparently extinguished.
- the T/F#3 lineage persisted and evolved throughout the course of infection but exhibited a series of stringent population bottlenecks such that only a single sublineage of day 194 sequences, exemplified by clone D194-FD13, gave rise to the last detectable virus population at day 388.
- day 388 sequences were comprised of a homogeneous expansion from a single genome present at day 285, again indicative of a stringent population bottleneck.
- E1E2 variants representative of all viral clades observed throughout the course of infection were cloned and expressed for binding studies. Somatic mutations and recognition of autologous E1E2.
- the inventors measured binding with an ELISA of mature HEPC3, HEPC3 H-RUA, and HEPC3 H,L-RUA to each of the 21 longitudinal autologous E1E2 variants (FIG. 8).
- mature HEPC3 showed binding above background to all autologous variants, including the variants circulating immediately prior to viral clearance, suggesting that this mAb may have contributed to clearance of infection.
- HEPC3 H,L-RUA with all somatic mutations in both heavy and light chain reverted to the germline-encoded sequence, lost detectable binding to 18 of 21 autologous variants, but retained binding to two of three T/F E1E2 variants and to a third variant also present at day 17 post-infection.
- HEPC3 H-RUA showed a very similar pattern of binding to HEPC3 H,L-RUA, consistent with testing against heterologous E1E2 showing that somatic mutations in the heavy chain are more important than light chain somatic mutations for the neutralizing breadth of this bNAb.
- the binding epitopes of three mAbs isolated from two different subjects were remarkably similar to each other and to the binding epitope of the well- characterized bNAb AR3C (from a third subject), suggesting that the V H 1-69 antibody gene segment commonly encodes a public B cell clonotype that favors early recognition of this AR3C/HEPC3 epitope.
- the antibody genes encoding these bNAbs were not extensively somatically mutated, but the few somatic mutations present were critical in combination for facilitating the neutralizing breadth of one of the most potent bNAbs, HEPC3, as well as recognition of autologous viral variants circulating prior to viral clearance.
- the inventors identified early T/F autologous envelopes that likely were responsible for selection of B cells expressing the HEPC3 unmutated ancestor antibody.
- VH1-69 commonly encodes a public B cell clonotype that can lead to bNAb development after a relatively brief period of infection, producing an antibody with recognition of an entire autologous viral quasispecies, thus providing the first potential mechanistic link between this B cell clonotype and spontaneous clearance of HCV.
- the degree of somatic mutation necessary to generate HEPC3, HEPC43, or HEPC74 (which exhibit 92-95% identity to inferred germline genes) is generally achievable with traditional vaccination strategies (Scherer et al., 2014; Wang et al., 2015), whereas the more extensive level of somatic mutation found in anti-HIV bNAbs or even the anti-HCV mAb AR3C is less likely to be achievable.
- HCV E1E2 of the most divergent E1E2 variant isolated from Subject 117 differed by only 7 out of 546 amino acids ( ⁇ 1 percent) from the T/F viruses that initially infected Subject 117.
- bNAbs may be a critical factor in their ability to contain infection and restrict the emergence of additional viral diversity.
- concentration of HEPC3-like mAbs present in plasma of these subjects at the time of clearance is not known, so further studies are needed to confirm a direct contribution of these mAbs to clearance of infection.
- phylogenetic bottlenecks in the virus of subject 117 with selection of mutations in E1E2 conferring partial HEPC3 resistance, provides intriguing evidence that HEPC3-like mAbs were present at sufficient concentrations during infection to exert physiologically relevant pressure on the virus.
- the inventors observed some recognition of all autologous variants by HEPC3, but the other distinct bNAbs isolated from this donor likely also contributed to clearance. The mechanisms by which these bNAbs may contribute in combination to clearance of HCV infection warrants further investigation.
- the inventors have isolated the first bNAbs from subjects with broadly neutralizing serum who spontaneously cleared HCV infection. Multiple bNAbs bind to the same epitope and use the same heavy chain V-gene allele, identifying a public B cell clonotype that favors early binding to a conserved neutralizing epitope. Remarkably, these bNAbs were encoded by antibody genes with few somatic mutations. These somatic mutations were critical for antibody neutralizing breadth and binding to autologous envelope variants circulating late in infection, but they were not required for binding of the HEPC3 unmutated ancestor to envelope proteins of early autologous T/F viruses.
- HEPC ⁇ 43 caggtgcagctggtgcagtctggggctgaggtgaagaagcctgggtcctcggtgaaggtctcctgcaa 3 heavy ggcttctggaggcaccttcagcagctttggtatcagctgggtgcgacaggcccctggacaagggcttga
- HEPC ⁇ 46 caggttcagctggtgcagtctggagctgaggtgaagaagcctggggcctcagtgaaggtctcctgcaa 5 heavy ggcttctggttacatctttacgagccacggtatcagctgggtgcgacaggcccctggacaagggcttga
- HEPC ⁇ 46 cagtctgtgctgactcagccaccctcagcgtctgggacccccgggcagagggtcaccatctcttgttctg 6 light gaagcagctccaacatcggaagtaattatgtatactggtaccaacagttcccaggaacggcccccaag
- compositions and methods disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods of this disclosure have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may be applied to the compositions and methods and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the method described herein without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the disclosure. More specifically, it will be apparent that certain agents which are both chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while the same or similar results would be achieved. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the disclosure as defined by the appended claims.
- Pestka et al. ProcNatlAcadSciUSA.2007;104:6025-30.
Abstract
The present disclosure is directed to antibodies or antibody fragment binding to and neutralizing Hepatitis C virus and methods for use thereof.
Description
DESCRIPTION
BROADLY NEUTRALIZING ANTIBODIES AGAINST HEPATITIS C VIRUS
This application claims benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 62/663,853, filed April 27, 2018, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. BACKGROUND
This invention was made with government support under K08 AI102761, U19 AI088791, and 1P30AI094189 and contracts HHSN272200900055C and HHSN272201400058C from the National Institutes of Health. The government has certain rights in the invention. 1. Field of the Disclosure
The present disclosure relates generally to the fields of medicine, infectious disease, and immunology. More particular, the disclosure relates to human antibodies binding to Hepatitis C virus, and methods of use therefor. 2. Background
Hepatitis C virus (HCV) infects ~185 million people worldwide and is a major cause of liver failure and hepatocellular carcinoma (1). With the recent development of potent, oral, interferon-free therapies, treatment of HCV infection has improved significantly. However, HCV eradication is unlikely to be achieved with treatment alone. Identification of those with HCV infection is challenging. Therapies are too costly for countries with the highest incidence. Reinfection can occur following treatment, and transmission of drug-resistant HCV is possible (Cox, 2015). The rate of acute HCV infection increased in most US states between 2010 and 2014, following an ongoing epidemic in opioid/heroin use (Zibbell et al., 2015; Conrad et al., 2015; Suryaprasad et al., 2014). This rising epidemic of acute HCV infection in the United States gives new urgency to prophylactic vaccine development efforts.
Broadly-neutralizing human monoclonal antibodies (bNAbs) capable of neutralizing diverse HCV strains have been isolated from HCV-infected individuals, proving that antibodies can target relatively conserved regions of the two HCV envelope glycoproteins (E1 and E2), despite the enormous genetic diversity of HCV (Hadlock et al., 2000; Keck et al., 2008; 2013; Giang et al., 2012; Krey et al., 2013; Johansson et al., 2007; Merat et al., 2016; Keck et al., 2011; 2012; Long et al. 2012; Law et al., 2008). Infusion of bNAbs is protective against
infection in animal models of HCV (Law et al., 2008; Morin et al., 2012), , and a recent study also showed that bNAbs could abrogate established HCV infection in a humanized transgenic mouse model (de Jon et al., 2014). Given the efficacy of these bNAbs in blocking HCV infection, the molecular and genetic features of bNAbs and their epitopes may serve as a useful guide for rational HCV vaccine design.
Studies of the evolution of HIV-specific bNAbs have enabled an entire field of germline-targeted vaccine designs, and stabilization of envelope antigens (Burton et al., 2015; Bhiman et al., 2015; Bonsignori et al., 2016). However, studies of the natural evolution of HIV bNAbs still may not be the optimal system for fully understanding the fundamental principles of breadth and potency for bNAbs, because HIV-infected individuals do not clear their infections. In contrast, approximately 30% of individuals who become infected with HCV spontaneously clear the infection (Thomas et al., 2009), even though the viral diversity in HCV-infected individuals is comparable to or exceeds that of the diversity of HIV isolates in HIV-infected subjects (Martell et al., 1992; Simmonds et al., 1993; Pybus et al., 2001; Ray and Thomas; 2010). Spontaneous clearance of HCV has been associated with effective innate and T cell responses, but the inventors and others also have shown that spontaneous clearance is associated with early appearance of broadly-neutralizing antibodies against HCV in serum. Monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) from individuals with broadly neutralizing serum and clearance of HCV have not been isolated to date, so it is not known whether these mAbs have unique features relative to the mAbs previously isolated from individuals with persistent HCV infection. It is of interest to define the molecular basis for recognition and neutralization of an entire quasispecies of an antigenically diverse virus like HCV, with subsequent immune- mediated clearance.
SUMMARY
Thus, in accordance with the present disclosure, a method of detecting a Hepatitis C virus infection in a subject comprising (a) contacting a sample from said subject with an antibody or antibody fragment having clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively; and (b) detecting Hepatitis C virus in said sample by binding of said antibody or antibody fragment to a Hepatitis C virus antigen in said sample. The sample may be a body fluid, such as blood, sputum, tears, saliva, mucous or serum, semen, cervical or vaginal secretions, amniotic fluid, placental tissues, urine, exudate, transudate, tissue scrapings or feces. Detection may comprise ELISA, RIA, lateral flow assay or Western blot. The method may further comprise performing steps (a) and (b) a second time and determining a change in Hepatitis C virus antigen levels as compared to the first assay.
The antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences as set forth in Table 1. The antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone- paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2. The antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
In another embodiment, there is provided a method of treating a subject infected with Hepatitis C virus or reducing the likelihood of infection of a subject at risk of contracting Hepatitis C virus, comprising delivering to said subject an antibody or antibody fragment having clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively. The antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences as set forth in Table 1. The antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-
paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2. The antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
The antibody may be an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern. The antibody may be a chimeric antibody or a bispecific antibody.
The antibody or antibody fragment may be administered prior to infection or after infection. The subject may be a pregnant female, a sexually active female, or a female undergoing fertility treatments. Delivering may comprise antibody or antibody fragment administration, or genetic delivery with an RNA or DNA sequence or vector encoding the antibody or antibody fragment.
In still another embodiment, there is provided a monoclonal antibody, wherein the antibody or antibody fragment is characterized by clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively. The antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences as set forth in Table 1. The antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2. The antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
The monoclonal antibody may be a chimeric antibody or is bispecific antibody. The antibody may be an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or
glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern. The antibody or antibody fragment ma further comprise a cell penetrating peptide and/or may be an intrabody.
In an even further embodiment, there is provided a hybridoma or engineered cell encoding an antibody or antibody fragment wherein the antibody or antibody fragment is characterized by clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively. The hybridoma or engineered cell may be encoded clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone- paired sequences as set forth in Table 1. The hybridoma or engineered cell may encoded light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone- paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2. The hybridoma or engineered cell may encode a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
The hybridoma or engineered cell may encode a chimeric antibody or a bispecific antibody. The hybridoma or engineered cell may encode an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern. The hybridoma or engineered cell may encode an antibody or antibody fragment further comprising a cell penetrating peptide and/or is an intrabody.
In a further embodiment, there is provided a vaccine formulation comprising one or more antibodies or antibody fragments characterized by clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively. The antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable
sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences as set forth in Table 1. The antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2. The antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
The at least one antibody may be a chimeric antibody or is bispecific antibody. The an least one antibody is an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern. The at least one antibody or antibody fragments may further comprise a cell penetrating peptide and/or is an intrabody.
A still further embodiment, there is provided a vaccine formulation comprising one or more expression vectors encoding a first antibody or antibody fragment as described above. The expression vector(s) may be Sindbis virus or VEE vector(s). The vaccine formulation may be formulated for delivery by needle injection, jet injection, or electroporation. The vaccine formulation may further comprise one or more expression vectors encoding for a second antibody or antibody fragment, such as a distinct antibody or antibody fragment as described above.
In an additional embodiment, there is provide a method of protecting the health of a placenta and/or fetus of a pregnant a subject infected with or at risk of infection with Hepatitis C virus comprising delivering to said subject an antibody or antibody fragment having clone- paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively. The antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences as set forth in Table 1. The antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from
Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2. The antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
The antibody may be an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern. The antibody may be a chimeric antibody or a bispecific antibody. The antibody or antibody fragment may be administered prior to infection or after infection. The subject may be a pregnant female, a sexually active female, or a female undergoing fertility treatments. Delivering may comprise antibody or antibody fragment administration, or genetic delivery with an RNA or DNA sequence or vector encoding the antibody or antibody fragment. The method may increase the size of the placenta as compared to an untreated control. The method may reduce viral load and/or pathology of the fetus as compared to an untreated control.
In still an additional a method of determining the antigenic integrity, correct conformation and/or correct sequence of a Hepatitis C virus antigen comprising (a) contacting a sample comprising said antigen with a first antibody or antibody fragment having clone- paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively; and (b) determining antigenic integrity, correct conformation and/or correct sequence of said antigen by detectable binding of said first antibody or antibody fragment to said antigen. The sample may comprise recombinantly produced antigen. The sample may comprise a vaccine formulation or vaccine production batch. Detection may comprise ELISA, RIA, western blot, a biosensor using surface plasmon resonance or biolayer interferometry, or flow cytometric staining.
The first antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone- paired sequences as set forth in Table 1. The first antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to
clone-paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2. The first antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment. The method may further comprise performing steps (a) and (b) a second time to determine the antigenic stability of the antigen over time.
The method may further comprise (c) contacting a sample comprising said antigen with a second antibody or antibody fragment having clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively; and (d) determining antigenic integrity of said antigen by detectable binding of said second antibody or antibody fragment to said antigen. The method may further comprise performing steps (c) and (d) a second time to determine the antigenic stability of the antigen over time.
The second antibody or antibody fragment may be encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1, or may be encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone- paired sequences as set forth in Table 1. The second antibody or antibody fragment may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2, or may comprise light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2. The second antibody fragment may be a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
The use of the word“a” or“an” when used in conjunction with the term“comprising” in the claims and/or the specification may mean“one,” but it is also consistent with the meaning of“one or more,”“at least one,” and“one or more than one.” The word“about” means plus or minus 5% of the stated number.
It is contemplated that any method or composition described herein can be implemented with respect to any other method or composition described herein. Other objects, features and advantages of the present disclosure will become apparent from the following detailed description. It should be understood, however, that the detailed description and the specific examples, while indicating specific embodiments of the disclosure, are given by way of illustration only, since various changes and modifications within the spirit and scope of the disclosure will become apparent to those skilled in the art from this detailed description.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
The following drawings form part of the present specification and are included to further demonstrate certain aspects of the present disclosure. The disclosure may be better understood by reference to one or more of these drawings in combination with the detailed description of specific embodiments presented herein.
FIGS 1A-B. Identification of subjects who spontaneously cleared HCV and possess broadly-neutralizing antibodies in plasma. (FIG. 1A) HCV viral loads of two subjects who spontaneously cleared HCV infection sampled periodically from the time of initial infection through viral clearance. Dashed line indicates limit of detection (LOD) of the viral load assay, which is 50 International Units (IU)/mL. Values below the LOD are set at 25 IU/mL and marked with gray circles. (-) or (+) indicate plasma samples that were HCV antibody-negative or positive by commercial antibody binding assay (EIA). White arrow indicates plasma samples tested for neutralizing breadth against the panel of 19 genotype 1 HCVpp. Stipled arrow indicates time points from which anti-HCV mAbs were isolated. Black arrow indicates plasma samples from which the viral quasispecies was sequenced by single genome amplification (SGA). (FIG.1B) Neutralizing breadth of plasma from the two subjects tested against a diverse panel of genotype 1a or 1b HCV pseudoparticles (HCVpp). Values shown are percent neutralization achieved by a 1:100 dilution of plasma, tested in duplicate. *For comparison, the median neutralization of each HCVpp by 42 subjects with persistent HCV infection, matched with subjects who cleared for duration of infection (Control plasma), is also shown.
FIG. 2. Intra-genotypic neutralizing breadth of anti-HCV monoclonal antibodies isolated from two subjects who spontaneously cleared HCV infection. Neutralizing breadth of mAbs against a diverse panel of genotype 1a or 1b HCV pseudoparticles (HCVpp). Neutralization patterns for the 5 most broadly-neutralizing mAbs are shown here; data for the remaining 10 mAbs are shown in FIG. 9. MAbs marked with blue were isolated from Subject 117 and mAbs marked with green were isolated from Subject 110. Values shown are percent neutralization achieved by 50 µg/mL of mAb. Values are means of two independent experiments, each performed in duplicate. For reference, previously described bNAbs AR4A and AR3C were tested in parallel against the same HCVpp panel.
FIG. 3. Cross-genotypic neutralizing breadth of anti-HCV monoclonal antibodies. Neutralizing breadth of mAbs against a panel of genotype 1-6 replication competent hepatitis C viruses (HCVcc). The four mAbs with greatest neutralizing breadth in Figure 2 were tested. The name of each HCVcc strain is indicated with the viral subtype in parenthesis. Values shown are the means of two independent experiments, each performed in triplicate, and error bars represent standard deviations between experiments. The half maximal inhibitory concentration (IC50) of each mAb/HCVcc combination is shown. Curves with neutralization exceeding 50% at only the highest mAb concentration (50 µg/mL) were assigned an IC50 of 50 µg/mL.
FIGS. 4A-D. Epitope mapping of anti-HCV bNAbs. (FIG.4A) Critical binding residues for bNAbs, based on relative binding to strain H77 E1E2 or alanine scanning mutants spanning the full H77 E1E2 sequence. Binding residues are marked with green spheres superimposed on the H77 E2 core structure (31). For reference, contact residues for mAb AR3C, identified by Kong, et al., are indicated with blue spheres. Additional mAbs are shown in FIG.11. In the table, critical binding or contact residues shared by at least two mAbs are highlighted in red, and those shared by all four mAbs in purple. (FIGS. 4B-C) Competition-binding between mAbs. Six most broadly neutralizing mAbs from s117 (blue) and s110 (green) are shown, with additional mAbs shown in FIGS. 12A-B. Relative binding of 2 µg/mL of the biotinylated mAbs to strain 1a53 E1E2 in the presence or absence blocking mAbs at a concentration of 20 µg/mL. Combinations resulting in relative binding <0.7 or <0.35 are marked in yellow or red, respectively. (FIG. 4B) Competition-binding between novel mAbs and each other. Values represent the average of two independent experiments performed in duplicate. (FIG. 4C) Competition-binding between novel mAbs and reference bNAbs. Values represent the average of replicates from one experiment, except AR3C, which was tested in duplicate in two independent experiments. (FIG.4D) Clustering of the 6 most broadly-neutralizing mAbs (blue or green) with reference bNAbs (red) based upon neutralization profiling. For each mAb, neutralization of each of 19 HCVpp was measured, generating a neutralization profile, and pairwise spearman correlations were measured between these neutralization profiles. Circles at each intersection were scaled by the magnitude of the correlation between the indicated mAbs. Hierarchical clustering analysis using these pairwise correlations is depicted as a tree. Numbers at tree nodes are approximately unbiased (AU) test values (49), indicating strength of support for a particular cluster.
FIGS. 5A-B. Role of somatic mutations in neutralization and binding of heterologous E1E2 proteins. (FIG. 5A) Neutralization of a heterologous genotype 1 HCVpp panel by HEPC3, HEPC3 with reversion of all somatic mutations in the light chain variable region to the germline encoded amino acids (L-RUA), HEPC3 with reversion of all somatic mutations in the heavy chain variable region (H-RUA), or HEPC3 with reversion of all somatic mutations in both light and heavy chain variable regions (H,L-RUA) at 50 µg/mL concentration of mAb, measured in duplicate. (FIG. 5B) Binding of serial dilutions of the indicated mAbs to genotype 1 E1E2 proteins, measured by ELISA. The individual reversion or combination of reversions introduced into HEPC3 are indicated on the vertical axis. The heatmap was generated using log10(Area Under the Curve) of binding of each mAb/E1E2 dilution series, which were measured in duplicate. Asterisks indicate significant differences between binding of each mAb to all E1E2 variants relative to binding of HEPC3 to the same E1E2 variants, measured by one-way ANOVA with adjustment for multiple comparisons (* p<0.05, ** p<0.005, **** p<.0001).
FIGS. 6A-B. HCV strain-specific effects of bNAb somatic mutations. (FIG. 6A) Binding of serial dilutions of HEPC3 or the indicated HEPC3 mAb variants to 4 different genotype 1 E1E2 protein variants, measured by ELISA. Values are means of duplicate wells, and error bars indicate standard deviations. (FIG.6B) Kinetic binding analysis of HEPC3 and HEPC3 mAb variants and soluble J6 strain (genotype 2a) E2 protein. Dissociation constants (KD) for each mAb are shown. Error bars represent the standard errors, which were calculated using a global fit mode that includes several analyte concentrations. Single amino acid reversions in HEPC3 are grouped by their location in HCDR1, 2, 3, or framework regions (Frm).
FIG.7. Longitudinal evolution of autologous E1E2 genes. Maximum-likelihood phylogenetic tree of E1E2 nucleotide sequences amplified by single genome amplification (SGA) from Subject 117 plasma at 7 longitudinal time points throughout the course of infection. Sequences are color-coded by date of sampling. Transmitted/founder (T/F) sequences inferred by phylogeny and date of sampling, and variants cloned for protein expression are indicated. Outgroup is composed of genotype 1a sequences from the heterologous E1E2 panel. Bootstrap values greater than 80 are indicated.
FIG. 8. Role of somatic mutations in binding of autologous E1E2 proteins. Binding of serial dilutions of HEPC3, HEPC3 with all heavy chain somatic mutations
reverted to the germline-encoded amino acid (HEPC3 H-RUA), or HEPC3 with all somatic mutations reverted to the germline-encoded amino acid (HEPC3 H,L-RUA) to 21 unique autologous E1E2 proteins. Proteins are color-coded by date of sampling. Values are means of duplicate wells, and error bars indicate standard deviations. Median binding of an isotype control antibody to all E1E2 variants is shown as a control for nonspecific binding.
FIG.9. Neutralizing breadth of the 10 mAbs not shown in Figure 2 against a diverse panel of genotype 1a or 1b HCV pseudoparticles (HCVpp). Neutralization patterns for the 5 most broadly-neutralizing mAbs are shown in FIG. 2; data for the remaining 10 mAbs are shown here. MAbs marked with blue were isolated from Subject 117 and mAbs marked with green were isolated from Subject 110. Values shown are percent neutralization achieved by 50 µg/mL of mAb. Values are means of two replicate tests.
FIG.10. Binding of mAbs to native and denatured E1E2. Binding of 2 µg/mL of each mAb to native E1E2 (clone 1a53) or to the same E1E2 protein after boiling of E1E2 in detergent. Reference mAbs AR3C (conformational epitope) and HC33.8 (linear epitope) are included as controls. Values are the means of two replicate tests, and error bars indicate standard deviations.
FIG.11. Binding epitopes of 3 mAbs not shown in Figure 4. Binding residues were identified by measuring relative binding of mAbs to strain H77 E1E2 or alanine scanning mutants spanning the full H77 E1E2 sequence. Critical binding residues are marked with green spheres superimposed on the H77 E2 core structure (31). MAbs not shown here or in FIGS.4A-D did not have adequate affinity for strain H77 E1E2 to be mapped by this method.
FIGS.12A-B. Competition-binding between mAbs. Names of mAbs isolated from Subject 117 or Subject 110 are marked in blue or green, respectively. Binding of 2 µg/mL of the mAbs on the Y-axis (“Biotinylated mAbs”) to strain 1a53 E1E2 was measured in the presence or absence of the mAbs on the X-axis (“Blocking mAbs”) at a concentration of 20 µg/mL. Values shown are binding of the biotinylated mAb in the presence of blocking mAb, relative to binding in the absence of blocking mAb. Combinations resulting in relative binding <0.7 or <0.3 are marked in yellow or red, respectively. (FIG. 12A) Competition-binding between novel mAbs and each other. (FIG. 12B) Competition-binding between novel mAbs and a panel of previously published anti-HCV bNAbs.
FIG. 13. Examples of correlations between neutralization profiles used for hierarchical clustering of mAbs in FIGS.4A-D. Each point indicates neutralization of an individual HCVpp by one antibody on the x-axis and a second antibody on the y- axis. Neutralization values are fraction unaffected (Fu) at 10 µg/mL of each antibody. Fu=infection in the presence of mAb/infection in the presence of nonspecific IgG. Spearman correlations (r) and p values are indicated for each mAb pair. HEPC3, HEPC74, and HEPC43 show strong, statistically significant correlations with each other and with AR3C, but no correlation with HC33.4.
FIGS.14A-D. Octet association/dissociation curves with HEPC3 mAb variants and J6 (genotype 2a) soluble E2. KD values generated from these curves are summarized in FIGS.6A-B.
FIG. 15. Ratio of nonsynonymous/synonymous mutations across all longitudinal E1E2 variants sequenced from subject 117. Analysis was performed with 20 codon windows and 1 codon steps. Hypervariable region 1 (HVR1) is shaded in gray, and the region spanning HEPC3 binding residues is shaded in blue.
FIG. 16. Highlighter plot indicating positions of amino acid differences in longitudinal E1E2 variants isolated from subject 117. Autologous variant transmitted/founder #3 (T/F#3) is used as the reference sequence, and sequences are arranged by their date of isolation. The locations of E1, E2, HVR1, and the region spanning HEPC3 binding residues are indicated.
DESCRIPTION OF ILLUSTRATIVE EMBODIMENTS As discussed above, while effective treatment for HCV is available, these treatments are very expensive, and subject to potential drug resistance. To explore the possibility that effective immunotherapies for HCV are possible, the inventors prospectively followed a cohort of subjects from a time point prior to infection through the time of their spontaneous clearance of HCV. There they report an isolation of a panel of bNAbs from two of these subjects who spontaneously cleared HCV infection. They characterized the neutralizing breadth of these bNAbs, mapped the targeted epitopes, identified a germline heavy chain variable gene segment that was used by multiple bNAbs, and identified somatic mutations in one bNAb that were critical for breadth of recognition of heterologous envelope variants. They also defined the longitudinal evolution of the virus in the donor of this bNAb, allowing them to show that the bNAb unmutated ancestor could bind envelope proteins of early autologous transmitted/founder (T/F) viruses, and the mature bNAb could bind variants circulating immediately prior to viral clearance. Defining these determinants of bNAb breadth and the critical antigenic determinants favoring bNAb induction provides new insight into molecular mechanisms of immune-mediated clearance of HCV infection, and informs rational vaccine design. These and other aspects of the disclosure are described in detail below. I. Hepatitis C Virus
Hepatitis C virus (HCV) is a small (55–65 nm in size), enveloped, positive-sense single- stranded RNA virus of the family Flaviviridae. Hepatitis C virus is the cause of hepatitis C and some cancers such as liver cancer (hepatocellular carcinoma, abbreviated HCC) and lymphomas in humans. The hepatitis C virus belongs to the genus Hepacivirus, a member of the family Flaviviridae. Until recently it was considered to be the only member of this genus. However, a member of this genus has been discovered in dogs: canine hepacivirus. There is also at least one virus in this genus that infects horses. Several additional viruses in the genus have been described in bats and rodents.
The hepatitis C virus particle consists of a core of genetic material (RNA), surrounded by an icosahedral protective shell of protein, and further encased in a lipid (fatty) envelope of cellular origin. Two viral envelope glycoproteins, E1 and E2, are embedded in the lipid envelope.
Hepatitis C virus has a positive sense single-stranded RNA genome. The genome consists of a single open reading frame that is 9600 nucleotide bases long. This single open
reading frame is translated to produce a single protein product, which is then further processed to produce smaller active proteins. This is why on publicly available databases, such as the European Bioinformatic Institute, the viral proteome only consists of 2 proteins.
At the 5' and 3' ends of the RNA, there are untranslated regions (UTRs) that are not translated into proteins but are important to translation and replication of the viral RNA. The 5' UTR has a ribosome binding site or internal ribosome entry site (IRES) that initiates the translation of a very long protein containing about 3,000 amino acids. The core domain of the HCV IRES contains a four-way helical junction that is integrated within a predicted pseudoknot. The conformation of this core domain constrains the open reading frame's orientation for positioning on the 40S ribosomal subunit. The large pre-protein is later cleaved by cellular and viral proteases into the 10 smaller proteins that allow viral replication within the host cell, or assemble into the mature viral particles. Structural proteins made by the hepatitis C virus include Core protein, E1 and E2; nonstructural proteins include NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B.
The proteins of this virus are arranged along the genome in the following order: N terminal-core-envelope (E1)–E2–p7-nonstructural protein 2 (NS2)–NS3–NS4A–NS4B– NS5A–NS5B–C terminal. The mature nonstructural proteins (NS2 to NS5B) generation relies on the activity of viral proteinases. The NS2/NS3 junction is cleaved by a metal dependent autocatalytic proteinase encoded within NS2 and the N-terminus of NS3. The remaining cleavages downstream from this site are catalysed by a serine proteinase also contained within the N-terminal region of NS3.
The core protein has 191 amino acids and can be divided into three domains on the basis of hydrophobicity: domain 1 (residues 1–117) contains mainly basic residues with two short hydrophobic regions; domain 2 (residues 118–174) is less basic and more hydrophobic and its C-terminus is at the end of p21; domain 3 (residues 175–191) is highly hydrophobic and acts as a signal sequence for E1 envelope protein.
Both envelope proteins (E1 and E2) are highly glycosylated and important in cell entry. E1 serves as the fusogenic subunit and E2 acts as the receptor binding protein. E1 has 4–5 N- linked glycans and E2 has 11 N-glycosylation sites.
The p7 protein is dispensable for viral genome replication but plays a critical role in virus morphogenesis. This protein is a 63 amino acid membrane spanning protein which locates itself in the endoplasmic reticulum. Cleavage of p7 is mediated by the endoplasmic reticulum's signal peptidases. Two transmembrane domains of p7 are connected by a cytoplasmic loop and are oriented towards the endoplasmic reticulum's lumen.
NS2 protein is a 21–23 kilodalton (kDa) transmembrane protein with protease activity. NS3 is 67 kDa protein whose N-terminal has serine protease activity and whose C- terminal has NTPase/helicase activity. It is located within the endoplasmic reticulum and forms a heterodimeric complex with NS4A—a 54 amino acid membrane protein that acts as a cofactor of the proteinase.
NS4B is a small (27 kDa) hydrophobic integral membrane protein with 4 transmembrane domains. It is located within the endoplasmic reticulum and plays an important role for recruitment of other viral proteins. It induces morphological changes to the endoplasmic reticulum forming a structure termed the membranous web.
NS5A is a hydrophilic phosphoprotein which plays an important role in viral replication, modulation of cell signaling pathways and the interferon response. It is known to bind to endoplasmic reticulum anchored human VAP proteins.
The NS5B protein (65 kDa) is the viral RNA dependent RNA polymerase. NS5B has the key function of replicating the HCV’s viral RNA by using the viral positive RNA strand as its template and catalyzes the polymerization of ribonucleoside triphosphates (rNTP) during RNA replication. Several crystal structures of NS5B polymerase in several crystalline forms have been determined based on the same consensus sequence BK (HCV-BK, genotype 1). The structure can be represented by a right-hand shape with fingers, palm, and thumb. The encircled active site, unique to NS5B, is contained within the palm structure of the protein. Recent studies on NS5B protein genotype 1b strain J4’s (HC-J4) structure indicate a presence of an active site where possible control of nucleotide binding occurs and initiation of de-novo RNA synthesis. De-novo adds necessary primers for initiation of RNA replication. Current research attempts to bind structures to this active site to alter its functionality in order to prevent further viral RNA replication.
An eleventh protein has also been described. This protein is encoded by a +1 frameshift in the capsid gene. It appears to be antigenic, but its function is unknown.
Replication of HCV involves several steps. The virus replicates mainly in the hepatocytes of the liver, where it is estimated that daily each infected cell produces approximately fifty virions (virus particles) with a calculated total of one trillion virions generated. The virus may also replicate in peripheral blood mononuclear cells, potentially accounting for the high levels of immunological disorders found in chronically infected HCV patients. HCV has a wide variety of genotypes and mutates rapidly due to a high error rate on the part of the virus' RNA-dependent RNA polymerase. The mutation rate produces so many variants of the virus it is considered a quasispecies rather than a conventional virus species.
Entry into host cells occur through complex interactions between virions and cell-surface molecules CD81, LDL receptor, SR-BI, DC-SIGN, Claudin-1, and Occludin.
Once inside the hepatocyte, HCV takes over portions of the intracellular machinery to replicate. The HCV genome is translated to produce a single protein of around 3011 amino acids. The polyprotein is then proteolytically processed by viral and cellular proteases to produce three structural (virion-associated) and seven nonstructural (NS) proteins. Alternatively, a frameshift may occur in the Core region to produce an Alternate Reading Frame Protein (ARFP). HCV encodes two proteases, the NS2 cysteine autoprotease and the NS3-4A serine protease. The NS proteins then recruit the viral genome into an RNA replication complex, which is associated with rearranged cytoplasmic membranes. RNA replication takes places via the viral RNA-dependent RNA polymerase NS5B, which produces a negative strand RNA intermediate. The negative strand RNA then serves as a template for the production of new positive strand viral genomes. Nascent genomes can then be translated, further replicated or packaged within new virus particles. New virus particles are thought to bud into the secretory pathway and are released at the cell surface.
The virus replicates on intracellular lipid membranes. The endoplasmic reticulum in particular are deformed into uniquely shaped membrane structures termed‘membranous webs.’ These structures can be induced by sole expression of the viral protein NS4B. The core protein associates with lipid droplets and utilises microtubules and dyneins to alter their location to a perinuclear distribution. Release from the hepatocyte may involve the very low-density lipoprotein secretory pathway.
Based on genetic differences between HCV isolates, the hepatitis C virus species is classified into seven genotypes (1–7) with several subtypes within each genotype (represented by lower-cased letters). Subtypes are further broken down into quasispecies based on their genetic diversity. Genotypes differ by 30–35% of the nucleotide sites over the complete genome. The difference in genomic composition of subtypes of a genotype is usually 20–25%. Subtypes 1a and 1b are found worldwide and cause 60% of all cases.
Hepatitis C virus is predominantly a blood-borne virus, with very low risk of sexual or vertical transmission. Because of this mode of spread the key groups at risk are injecting drug users (IDUs), recipients of blood products and sometimes patients on haemodialysis. Common setting for transmission of HCV is also intra-hospital (nosocomial) transmission, when practices of hygiene and sterilization are not correctly followed in the clinic. A number of cultural or ritual practices have been proposed as a potential historical mode of spread for hepatitis C virus, including circumcision, genital mutilation, ritual scarification, traditional
tattooing and acupuncture. It has also been argued that given the extremely prolonged periods of persistence of HCV in humans, even very low and undetectable rates of mechanical transmission via biting insects may be sufficient to maintain endemic infection in the tropic, where people receive large number of insect bites.
Identification of the origin of this virus has been difficult but genotypes 1 and 4 appear to share a common origin. A Bayesian analysis suggests that the major genotypes diverged about 300–400 years ago from the ancestor virus. The minor genotypes diverged about 200 years ago from their major genotypes. All of the extant genotypes appear to have evolved from genotype 1 subtype 1b.
A study of genotype 6 strains suggests an earlier date of evolution: ~1,100 to 1,350 years before the present (95% credible region, 600 to >2,500 years ago). The estimated rate of mutation was 1.8 × 10-4 (95% credible region This genotype may be
the ancestor of the other genotypes.
A study of European, USA and Japanese isolates suggested that the date of origin of genotype 1b was ~1925. The estimated dates of origin of types 2a and 3a were 1917 and 1943 respectively. The time of divergence of types 1a and 1b was estimated to be 200–300 years.
A study of genotype 1a and 1b estimated the dates of origin to be 1914–1930 (95% credible interval: 1802–1957) for type 1a and 1911–1944 (95% credible interval: 1806–1965) for type 1b. Both types 1a and 1b underwent massive expansions in their effective population size between 1940 and 1960. The expansion of HCV subtype 1b preceded that of subtype 1a by at least 16 years (95% credible interval: 15–17 years). Both types appear to have spread from the developed world to the developing world.
The genotype 2 strains from Africa can be divided into four clades that correlate with their country of origin: (1) Cameroon and Central African Republic (2) Benin, Ghana and Burkina Faso (3) Gambia, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau and Senegal (4) Madagascar. There is also strong evidence now for the dissemination of hepatitis C virus genotype 2 from West Africa to the Caribbean by the Trans-Atlantic slave trade.
Genotype 3 is thought to have its origin in South East Asia.
These dates from these various countries suggests that this virus may have evolved in South East Asia and was spread to West Africa by traders from Western Europe. It was later introduced into Japan once that country's self-imposed isolation was lifted. Once introduced to a country its spread has been influenced by many local factors including blood transfusions, vaccination programmes, intravenous drug use and treatment regimes. Given the reduction in the rate of spread once screening for Hepatitis C in blood products was implemented in the
1990s it would seem that at least in recent times blood transfusion has been an important method of spreading for this virus. Additional work is required to determine the dates of evolution of the various genotypes and the timing of their spread across the globe. II. Monoclonal Antibodies and Production Thereof
An "isolated antibody" is one that has been separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials that would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the antibody, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous solutes. In particular embodiments, the antibody is purified: (1) to greater than 95% by weight of antibody as determined by the Lowry method, and most particularly more than 99% by weight; (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator; or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or non-reducing conditions using Coomassie blue or silver stain. Isolated antibody includes the antibody in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the antibody's natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated antibody will be prepared by at least one purification step.
The basic four-chain antibody unit is a heterotetrameric glycoprotein composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. An IgM antibody consists of 5 basic heterotetramer units along with an additional polypeptide called J chain, and therefore contain 10 antigen binding sites, while secreted IgA antibodies can polymerize to form polyvalent assemblages comprising 2-5 of the basic 4-chain units along with J chain. In the case of IgGs, the 4-chain unit is generally about 150,000 daltons. Each L chain is linked to an H chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the two H chains are linked to each other by one or more disulfide bonds depending on the H chain isotype. Each H and L chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges. Each H chain has at the N-terminus, a variable region (VH) followed by three constant domains (CH) for each of the alpha and gamma chains and four CH domains for mu and isotypes. Each L chain has at the N-terminus, a variable region (VL) followed by a constant domain (CL) at its other end. The VL is aligned with the VH and the CL is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain (CH1). Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light chain and heavy chain variable regions. The pairing of a VH and VL together forms a single antigen-binding site. For the structure and properties of the different classes of antibodies, see, e.g., Basic and Clinical
Immunology, 8th edition, Daniel P. Stites, Abba I. Terr and Tristram G. Parslow (eds.), Appleton & Lange, Norwalk, Conn., 1994, page 71, and Chapter 6.
The L chain from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa and lambda based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains (CL). Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains (CH), immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes or isotypes. There are five classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, having heavy chains designated alpha, delta, epsilon, gamma and mu, respectively. They gamma and alpha classes are further divided into subclasses on the basis of relatively minor differences in CH sequence and function, humans express the following subclasses: IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1, and IgA2.
The term "variable" refers to the fact that certain segments of the V domains differ extensively in sequence among antibodies. The V domain mediates antigen binding and defines specificity of a particular antibody for its particular antigen. However, the variability is not evenly distributed across the 110-amino acid span of the variable regions. Instead, the V regions consist of relatively invariant stretches called framework regions (FRs) of 15-30 amino acids separated by shorter regions of extreme variability called "hypervariable regions" that are each 9-12 amino acids long. The variable regions of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FRs, largely adopting a beta-sheet configuration, connected by three hypervariable regions, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the beta-sheet structure. The hypervariable regions in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FRs and, with the hypervariable regions from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen-binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). The constant domains are not involved directly in binding an antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC), antibody-dependent cellular phagocytosis (ADCP), antibody-dependent neutrophil phagocytosis (ADNP), and antibody-dependent complement deposition (ADCD).
The term "hypervariable region" when used herein refers to the amino acid residues of an antibody that are responsible for antigen binding. The hypervariable region generally comprises amino acid residues from a "complementarity determining region" or "CDR" (e.g., around about residues 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2) and 89-97 (L3) in the VL, and around about 31- 35 (H1), 50-65 (H2) and 95-102 (H3) in the VH when numbered in accordance with the Kabat numbering system; Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed.
Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)); and/or those residues from a "hypervariable loop" (e.g., residues 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2) and 89-97 (L3) in the VL, and 26-32 (H1), 52-56 (H2) and 95-101 (H3) in the VH when numbered in accordance with the Chothia numbering system; Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)); and/or those residues from a "hypervariable loop"/CDR (e.g., residues 27-38 (L1), 56-65 (L2) and 105-120 (L3) in the VL, and 27-38 (H1), 56-65 (H2) and 105-120 (H3) in the VH when numbered in accordance with the IMGT numbering system; Lefranc, M. P. et al. Nucl. Acids Res.27:209-212 (1999), Ruiz, M. et al. Nucl. Acids Res.28:219-221 (2000)). Optionally the antibody has symmetrical insertions at one or more of the following points 28, 36 (L1), 63, 74- 75 (L2) and 123 (L3) in the VL, and 28, 36 (H1), 63, 74-75 (H2) and 123 (H3) in the V.sub.H when numbered in accordance with AHo; Honneger, A. and Plunkthun, A. J. Mol. Biol. 309:657-670 (2001)).
By "germline nucleic acid residue" is meant the nucleic acid residue that naturally occurs in a germline gene encoding a constant or variable region. "Germline gene" is the DNA found in a germ cell (i.e., a cell destined to become an egg or in the sperm). A "germline mutation" refers to a heritable change in a particular DNA that has occurred in a germ cell or the zygote at the single-cell stage, and when transmitted to offspring, such a mutation is incorporated in every cell of the body. A germline mutation is in contrast to a somatic mutation which is acquired in a single body cell. In some cases, nucleotides in a germline DNA sequence encoding for a variable region are mutated (i.e., a somatic mutation) and replaced with a different nucleotide.
The term "monoclonal antibody" as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations that include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. In addition to their specificity, the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they may be synthesized uncontaminated by other antibodies. The modifier "monoclonal" is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies useful in the present disclosure may be prepared by the hybridoma methodology first described by Kohler et al., Nature, 256:495 (1975), or may be made using recombinant DNA methods in bacterial, eukaryotic animal or plant cells (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.4,816,567) after single cell sorting of
an antigen specific B cell, an antigen specific plasmablast responding to an infection or immunization, or capture of linked heavy and light chains from single cells in a bulk sorted antigen specific collection. The "monoclonal antibodies" may also be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et al., Nature, 352:624-628 (1991) and Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581-597 (1991), for example.
A. General Methods
It will be understood that monoclonal antibodies binding to Hepatitis C virus will have several applications. These include the production of diagnostic kits for use in detecting and diagnosing Hepatitis C virus infection, as well as for treating the same. In these contexts, one may link such antibodies to diagnostic or therapeutic agents, use them as capture agents or competitors in competitive assays, or use them individually without additional agents being attached thereto. The antibodies may be mutated or modified, as discussed further below. Methods for preparing and characterizing antibodies are well known in the art (see, e.g., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1988; U.S. Patent 4,196,265).
The methods for generating monoclonal antibodies (MAbs) generally begin along the same lines as those for preparing polyclonal antibodies. The first step for both these methods is immunization of an appropriate host or identification of subjects who are immune due to prior natural infection or vaccination with a licensed or experimental vaccine. As is well known in the art, a given composition for immunization may vary in its immunogenicity. It is often necessary therefore to boost the host immune system, as may be achieved by coupling a peptide or polypeptide immunogen to a carrier. Exemplary and preferred carriers are keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH) and bovine serum albumin (BSA). Other albumins such as ovalbumin, mouse serum albumin or rabbit serum albumin can also be used as carriers. Means for conjugating a polypeptide to a carrier protein are well known in the art and include glutaraldehyde, m-maleimidobencoyl-N-hydroxysuccinimide ester, carbodiimyde and bis- biazotized benzidine. As also is well known in the art, the immunogenicity of a particular immunogen composition can be enhanced by the use of non-specific stimulators of the immune response, known as adjuvants. Exemplary and preferred adjuvants in animals include complete Freund’s adjuvant (a non-specific stimulator of the immune response containing killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis), incomplete Freund’s adjuvants and aluminum hydroxide adjuvant and in humans include alum, CpG, MFP59 and combinations of immunostimulatory molecules (“Adjuvant Systems”, such as AS01 or AS03). Additional experimental forms of
inoculation to induce Hepatitis C virus -specific B cells is possible, including nanoparticle vaccines, or gene-encoded antigens delivered as DNA or RNA genes in a physical delivery system (such as lipid nanoparticle or on a gold biolistic bead), and delivered with needle, gene gun, transcutaneous electroporation device. The antigen gene also can be carried as encoded by a replication competent or defective viral vector such as adenovirus, adeno-associated virus, poxvirus, herpesvirus, or alphavirus replicon, or alternatively a virus like particle.
In the case of human antibodies against natural pathogens, a suitable approach is to identify subjects that have been exposed to the pathogens, such as those who have been diagnosed as having contracted the disease, or those who have been vaccinated to generate protective immunity against the pathogen or to test the safety or efficacy of an experimental vaccine. Circulating anti-pathogen antibodies can be detected, and antibody encoding or producing B cells from the antibody-positive subject may then be obtained.
The amount of immunogen composition used in the production of polyclonal antibodies varies upon the nature of the immunogen as well as the animal used for immunization. A variety of routes can be used to administer the immunogen (subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intravenous and intraperitoneal). The production of polyclonal antibodies may be monitored by sampling blood of the immunized animal at various points following immunization. A second, booster injection, also may be given. The process of boosting and titering is repeated until a suitable titer is achieved. When a desired level of immunogenicity is obtained, the immunized animal can be bled and the serum isolated and stored, and/or the animal can be used to generate MAbs.
Following immunization, somatic cells with the potential for producing antibodies, specifically B lymphocytes (B cells), are selected for use in the MAb generating protocol. These cells may be obtained from biopsied spleens, lymph nodes, tonsils or adenoids, bone marrow aspirates or biopsies, tissue biopsies from mucosal organs like lung or GI tract, or from circulating blood. The antibody-producing B lymphocytes from the immunized animal or immune human are then fused with cells of an immortal myeloma cell, generally one of the same species as the animal that was immunized or human or human/mouse chimeric cells. Myeloma cell lines suited for use in hybridoma-producing fusion procedures preferably are non-antibody-producing, have high fusion efficiency, and enzyme deficiencies that render then incapable of growing in certain selective media which support the growth of only the desired fused cells (hybridomas). Any one of a number of myeloma cells may be used, as are known to those of skill in the art (Goding, pp.65-66, 1986; Campbell, pp. 75-83, 1984). HMMA2.5 cells or MFP-2 cells are particularly useful examples of such cells.
Methods for generating hybrids of antibody-producing spleen or lymph node cells and myeloma cells usually comprise mixing somatic cells with myeloma cells in a 2:1 proportion, though the proportion may vary from about 20:1 to about 1:1, respectively, in the presence of an agent or agents (chemical or electrical) that promote the fusion of cell membranes. In some cases, transformation of human B cells with Epstein Barr virus (EBV) as an initial step increases the size of the B cells, enhancing fusion with the relatively large-sized myeloma cells. Transformation efficiency by EBV is enhanced by using CpG and a Chk2 inhibitor drug in the transforming medium. Alternatively, human B cells can be activated by co-culture with transfected cell lines expressing CD40 Ligand (CD154) in medium containing additional soluble factors, such as IL-21 and human B cell Activating Factor (BAFF), a Type II member of the TNF superfamily. Fusion methods using Sendai virus have been described by Kohler and Milstein (1975; 1976), and those using polyethylene glycol (PEG), such as 37% (v/v) PEG, by Gefter et al. (1977). The use of electrically induced fusion methods also is appropriate (Goding, pp.71-74, 1986) and there are processes for better efficiency (Yu et al., 2008). Fusion procedures usually produce viable hybrids at low frequencies, about 1 x 10-6 to 1 x 10-8, but with optimized procedures one can achieve fusion efficiencies close to 1 in 200 (Yu et al., 2008). However, relatively low efficiency of fusion does not pose a problem, as the viable, fused hybrids are differentiated from the parental, infused cells (particularly the infused myeloma cells that would normally continue to divide indefinitely) by culturing in a selective medium. The selective medium is generally one that contains an agent that blocks the de novo synthesis of nucleotides in the tissue culture medium. Exemplary and preferred agents are aminopterin, methotrexate, and azaserine. Aminopterin and methotrexate block de novo synthesis of both purines and pyrimidines, whereas azaserine blocks only purine synthesis. Where aminopterin or methotrexate is used, the medium is supplemented with hypoxanthine and thymidine as a source of nucleotides (HAT medium). Where azaserine is used, the medium is supplemented with hypoxanthine. Ouabain is added if the B cell source is an EBV- transformed human B cell line, in order to eliminate EBV-transformed lines that have not fused to the myeloma.
The preferred selection medium is HAT or HAT with ouabain. Only cells capable of operating nucleotide salvage pathways are able to survive in HAT medium. The myeloma cells are defective in key enzymes of the salvage pathway, e.g., hypoxanthine phosphoribosyl transferase (HPRT), and they cannot survive. The B cells can operate this pathway, but they have a limited life span in culture and generally die within about two weeks. Therefore, the only cells that can survive in the selective media are those hybrids formed from myeloma and
B cells. When the source of B cells used for fusion is a line of EBV-transformed B cells, as here, ouabain may also be used for drug selection of hybrids as EBV-transformed B cells are susceptible to drug killing, whereas the myeloma partner used is chosen to be ouabain resistant.
Culturing provides a population of hybridomas from which specific hybridomas are selected. Typically, selection of hybridomas is performed by culturing the cells by single-clone dilution in microtiter plates, followed by testing the individual clonal supernatants (after about two to three weeks) for the desired reactivity. The assay should be sensitive, simple and rapid, such as radioimmunoassays, enzyme immunoassays, cytotoxicity assays, plaque assays dot immunobinding assays, and the like. The selected hybridomas are then serially diluted or single-cell sorted by flow cytometric sorting and cloned into individual antibody-producing cell lines, which clones can then be propagated indefinitely to provide mAbs. The cell lines may be exploited for MAb production in two basic ways. A sample of the hybridoma can be injected (often into the peritoneal cavity) into an animal (e.g., a mouse). Optionally, the animals are primed with a hydrocarbon, especially oils such as pristane (tetramethylpentadecane) prior to injection. When human hybridomas are used in this way, it is optimal to inject immunocompromised mice, such as SCID mice, to prevent tumor rejection. The injected animal develops tumors secreting the specific monoclonal antibody produced by the fused cell hybrid. The body fluids of the animal, such as serum or ascites fluid, can then be tapped to provide MAbs in high concentration. The individual cell lines could also be cultured in vitro, where the MAbs are naturally secreted into the culture medium from which they can be readily obtained in high concentrations. Alternatively, human hybridoma cells lines can be used in vitro to produce immunoglobulins in cell supernatant. The cell lines can be adapted for growth in serum-free medium to optimize the ability to recover human monoclonal immunoglobulins of high purity.
MAbs produced by either means may be further purified, if desired, using filtration, centrifugation and various chromatographic methods such as FPLC or affinity chromatography. Fragments of the monoclonal antibodies of the disclosure can be obtained from the purified monoclonal antibodies by methods which include digestion with enzymes, such as pepsin or papain, and/or by cleavage of disulfide bonds by chemical reduction. Alternatively, monoclonal antibody fragments encompassed by the present disclosure can be synthesized using an automated peptide synthesizer.
It also is contemplated that a molecular cloning approach may be used to generate monoclonal antibodies. Single B cells labelled with the antigen of interest can be sorted physically using paramagnetic bead selection or flow cytometric sorting, then RNA can be
isolated from the single cells and antibody genes amplified by RT-PCR. Alternatively, antigen- specific bulk sorted populations of cells can be segregated into microvesicles and the matched heavy and light chain variable genes recovered from single cells using physical linkage of heavy and light chain amplicons, or common barcoding of heavy and light chain genes from a vesicle. Matched heavy and light chain genes form single cells also can be obtained from populations of antigen specific B cells by treating cells with cell-penetrating nanoparticles bearing RT-PCR primers and barcodes for marking transcripts with one barcode per cell. The antibody variable genes also can be isolated by RNA extraction of a hybridoma line and the antibody genes obtained by RT-PCR and cloned into an immunoglobulin expression vector. Alternatively, combinatorial immunoglobulin phagemid libraries are prepared from RNA isolated from the cell lines and phagemids expressing appropriate antibodies are selected by panning using viral antigens. The advantages of this approach over conventional hybridoma techniques are that approximately 104 times as many antibodies can be produced and screened in a single round, and that new specificities are generated by H and L chain combination which further increases the chance of finding appropriate antibodies.
Other U.S. patents, each incorporated herein by reference, that teach the production of antibodies useful in the present disclosure include U.S. Patent 5,565,332, which describes the production of chimeric antibodies using a combinatorial approach; U.S. Patent 4,816,567 which describes recombinant immunoglobulin preparations; and U.S. Patent 4,867,973 which describes antibody-therapeutic agent conjugates. B. Antibodies of the Present Disclosure
Antibodies according to the present disclosure may be defined, in the first instance, by their binding specificity. Those of skill in the art, by assessing the binding specificity/affinity of a given antibody using techniques well known to those of skill in the art, can determine whether such antibodies fall within the scope of the instant claims. For example, the epitope to which a given antibody bind may consist of a single contiguous sequence of 3 or more (e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20) amino acids located within the antigen molecule (e.g., a linear epitope in a domain). Alternatively, the epitope may consist of a plurality of non-contiguous amino acids (or amino acid sequences) located within the antigen molecule (e.g., a conformational epitope).
Various techniques known to persons of ordinary skill in the art can be used to determine whether an antibody“interacts with one or more amino acids” within a polypeptide or protein. Exemplary techniques include, for example, routine cross-blocking assays, such as
that described in Antibodies, Harlow and Lane (Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.). Cross-blocking can be measured in various binding assays such as ELISA, biolayer interferometry, or surface plasmon resonance. Other methods include alanine scanning mutational analysis, peptide blot analysis (Reineke (2004) Methods Mol. Biol. 248: 443-63), peptide cleavage analysis, high-resolution electron microscopy techniques using single particle reconstruction, cryoEM, or tomography, crystallographic studies and NMR analysis. In addition, methods such as epitope excision, epitope extraction and chemical modification of antigens can be employed (Tomer (2000) Prot. Sci. 9: 487-496). Another method that can be used to identify the amino acids within a polypeptide with which an antibody interacts is hydrogen/deuterium exchange detected by mass spectrometry. In general terms, the hydrogen/deuterium exchange method involves deuterium-labeling the protein of interest, followed by binding the antibody to the deuterium-labeled protein. Next, the protein/antibody complex is transferred to water and exchangeable protons within amino acids that are protected by the antibody complex undergo deuterium-to-hydrogen back-exchange at a slower rate than exchangeable protons within amino acids that are not part of the interface. As a result, amino acids that form part of the protein/antibody interface may retain deuterium and therefore exhibit relatively higher mass compared to amino acids not included in the interface. After dissociation of the antibody, the target protein is subjected to protease cleavage and mass spectrometry analysis, thereby revealing the deuterium-labeled residues which correspond to the specific amino acids with which the antibody interacts. See, e.g., Ehring (1999) Analytical Biochemistry 267: 252-259; Engen and Smith (2001) Anal. Chem.73: 256A-265A. When the antibody neutralizes Hepatitis C virus, antibody escape mutant variant organisms can be isolated by propagating Hepatitis C virus in vitro or in animal models in the presence of high concentrations of the antibody. Sequence analysis of the Hepatitis C virus gene encoding the antigen targeted by the antibody reveals the mutation(s) conferring antibody escape, indicating residues in the epitope or that affect the structure of the epitope allosterically.
The term“epitope” refers to a site on an antigen to which B and/or T cells respond. B- cell epitopes can be formed both from contiguous amino acids or noncontiguous amino acids juxtaposed by tertiary folding of a protein. Epitopes formed from contiguous amino acids are typically retained on exposure to denaturing solvents, whereas epitopes formed by tertiary folding are typically lost on treatment with denaturing solvents. An epitope typically includes at least 3, and more usually, at least 5 or 8-10 amino acids in a unique spatial conformation.
Modification-Assisted Profiling (MAP), also known as Antigen Structure-based Antibody Profiling (ASAP) is a method that categorizes large numbers of monoclonal
antibodies (mAbs) directed against the same antigen according to the similarities of the binding profile of each antibody to chemically or enzymatically modified antigen surfaces (see US 2004/0101920, herein specifically incorporated by reference in its entirety). Each category may reflect a unique epitope either distinctly different from or partially overlapping with epitope represented by another category. This technology allows rapid filtering of genetically identical antibodies, such that characterization can be focused on genetically distinct antibodies. When applied to hybridoma screening, MAP may facilitate identification of rare hybridoma clones that produce mAbs having the desired characteristics. MAP may be used to sort the antibodies of the disclosure into groups of antibodies binding different epitopes.
The present disclosure includes antibodies that may bind to the same epitope, or a portion of the epitope. Likewise, the present disclosure also includes antibodies that compete for binding to a target or a fragment thereof with any of the specific exemplary antibodies described herein. One can easily determine whether an antibody binds to the same epitope as, or competes for binding with, a reference antibody by using routine methods known in the art. For example, to determine if a test antibody binds to the same epitope as a reference, the reference antibody is allowed to bind to target under saturating conditions. Next, the ability of a test antibody to bind to the target molecule is assessed. If the test antibody is able to bind to the target molecule following saturation binding with the reference antibody, it can be concluded that the test antibody binds to a different epitope than the reference antibody. On the other hand, if the test antibody is not able to bind to the target molecule following saturation binding with the reference antibody, then the test antibody may bind to the same epitope as the epitope bound by the reference antibody.
To determine if an antibody competes for binding with a reference anti-Hepatitis C virus antibody, the above-described binding methodology is performed in two orientations: In a first orientation, the reference antibody is allowed to bind to the Hepatitis C virus antigen under saturating conditions followed by assessment of binding of the test antibody to the Hepatitis C virus antigen. In a second orientation, the test antibody is allowed to bind to the Hepatitis C virus antigen under saturating conditions followed by assessment of binding of the reference antibody to the Hepatitis C virus antigen. If, in both orientations, only the first (saturating) antibody is capable of binding to the Hepatitis C virus antigen, then it is concluded that the test antibody and the reference antibody compete for binding to the Hepatitis C virus antigen. As will be appreciated by a person of ordinary skill in the art, an antibody that competes for binding with a reference antibody may not necessarily bind to the identical
epitope as the reference antibody but may sterically block binding of the reference antibody by binding an overlapping or adjacent epitope.
Two antibodies bind to the same or overlapping epitope if each competitively inhibits (blocks) binding of the other to the antigen. That is, a 1-, 5-, 10-, 20- or 100-fold excess of one antibody inhibits binding of the other by at least 50% but preferably 75%, 90% or even 99% as measured in a competitive binding assay (see, e.g., Junghans et al., Cancer Res. 1990 50:1495-1502). Alternatively, two antibodies have the same epitope if essentially all amino acid mutations in the antigen that reduce or eliminate binding of one antibody reduce or eliminate binding of the other. Two antibodies have overlapping epitopes if some amino acid mutations that reduce or eliminate binding of one antibody reduce or eliminate binding of the other.
Additional routine experimentation (e.g., peptide mutation and binding analyses) can then be carried out to confirm whether the observed lack of binding of the test antibody is in fact due to binding to the same epitope as the reference antibody or if steric blocking (or another phenomenon) is responsible for the lack of observed binding. Experiments of this sort can be performed using ELISA, RIA, surface plasmon resonance, flow cytometry or any other quantitative or qualitative antibody-binding assay available in the art. Structural studies with EM or crystallography also can demonstrate whether or not two antibodies that compete for binding recognize the same epitope.
In another aspect, there are provided monoclonal antibodies having clone-paired CDRs from the heavy and light chains as illustrated in Tables 3 and 4, respectively. Such antibodies may be produced by the clones discussed below in the Examples section using methods described herein.
In another aspect, the antibodies may be defined by their variable sequence, which include additional“framework” regions. These are provided in Tables 1 and 2 that encode or represent full variable regions. Furthermore, the antibodies sequences may vary from these sequences, optionally using methods discussed in greater detail below. For example, nucleic acid sequences may vary from those set out above in that (a) the variable regions may be segregated away from the constant domains of the light and heavy chains, (b) the nucleic acids may vary from those set out above while not affecting the residues encoded thereby, (c) the nucleic acids may vary from those set out above by a given percentage, e.g., 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% homology, (d) the nucleic acids may vary from those set out above by virtue of the ability to hybridize under high stringency conditions, as exemplified by low salt and/or high temperature conditions, such as
provided by about 0.02 M to about 0.15 M NaCl at temperatures of about 50°C to about 70°C, (e) the amino acids may vary from those set out above by a given percentage, e.g., 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% homology, or (f) the amino acids may vary from those set out above by permitting conservative substitutions (discussed below). Each of the foregoing applies to the nucleic acid sequences set forth as Table 1 and the amino acid sequences of Table 2.
When comparing polynucleotide and polypeptide sequences, two sequences are said to be "identical" if the sequence of nucleotides or amino acids in the two sequences is the same when aligned for maximum correspondence, as described below. Comparisons between two sequences are typically performed by comparing the sequences over a comparison window to identify and compare local regions of sequence similarity. A "comparison window" as used herein, refers to a segment of at least about 20 contiguous positions, usually 30 to about 75, 40 to about 50, in which a sequence may be compared to a reference sequence of the same number of contiguous positions after the two sequences are optimally aligned.
Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted using the Megalign program in the Lasergene suite of bioinformatics software (DNASTAR, Inc., Madison, Wis.), using default parameters. This program embodies several alignment schemes described in the following references: Dayhoff, M. O. (1978) A model of evolutionary change in proteins-- Matrices for detecting distant relationships. In Dayhoff, M. O. (ed.) Atlas of Protein Sequence and Structure, National Biomedical Research Foundation, Washington D.C. Vol.5, Suppl.3, pp. 345-358; Hein J. (1990) Unified Approach to Alignment and Phylogenes pp. 626-645 Methods in Enzymology vol.183, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, Calif.; Higgins, D. G. and Sharp, P. M. (1989) CABIOS 5:151-153; Myers, E. W. and Muller W. (1988) CABIOS 4:11- 17; Robinson, E. D. (1971) Comb. Theor 11:105; Santou, N. Nes, M. (1987) Mol. Biol. Evol. 4:406-425; Sneath, P. H. A. and Sokal, R. R. (1973) Numerical Taxonomy--the Principles and Practice of Numerical Taxonomy, Freeman Press, San Francisco, Calif.; Wilbur, W. J. and Lipman, D. J. (1983) Proc. Natl. Acad., Sci. USA 80:726-730.
Alternatively, optimal alignment of sequences for comparison may be conducted by the local identity algorithm of Smith and Waterman (1981) Add. APL. Math 2:482, by the identity alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch (1970) J. Mol. Biol.48:443, by the search for similarity methods of Pearson and Lipman (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85: 2444, by computerized implementations of these algorithms (GAP, BESTFIT, BLAST, FASTA, and TFASTA in the Wisconsin Genetics Software Package, Genetics Computer Group (GCG), 575 Science Dr., Madison, Wis.), or by inspection.
One particular example of algorithms that are suitable for determining percent sequence identity and sequence similarity are the BLAST and BLAST 2.0 algorithms, which are described in Altschul et al. (1977) Nucl. Acids Res.25:3389-3402 and Altschul et al. (1990) J. Mol. Biol.215:403-410, respectively. BLAST and BLAST 2.0 can be used, for example with the parameters described herein, to determine percent sequence identity for the polynucleotides and polypeptides of the disclosure. Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information. The rearranged nature of an antibody sequence and the variable length of each gene requires multiple rounds of BLAST searches for a single antibody sequence. Also, manual assembly of different genes is difficult and error-prone. The sequence analysis tool IgBLAST (world-wide-web at ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/igblast/) identifies matches to the germline V, D and J genes, details at rearrangement junctions, the delineation of Ig V domain framework regions and complementarity determining regions. IgBLAST can analyze nucleotide or protein sequences and can process sequences in batches and allows searches against the germline gene databases and other sequence databases simultaneously to minimize the chance of missing possibly the best matching germline V gene.
In one illustrative example, cumulative scores can be calculated using, for nucleotide sequences, the parameters M (reward score for a pair of matching residues; always >0) and N (penalty score for mismatching residues; always <0). Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached. The BLAST algorithm parameters W, T and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment. The BLASTN program (for nucleotide sequences) uses as defaults a wordlength (W) of 11, and expectation (E) of 10, and the BLOSUM62 scoring matrix (see Henikoff and Henikoff (1989) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:10915) alignments, (B) of 50, expectation (E) of 10, M=5, N=-4 and a comparison of both strands.
For amino acid sequences, a scoring matrix can be used to calculate the cumulative score. Extension of the word hits in each direction are halted when: the cumulative alignment score falls off by the quantity X from its maximum achieved value; the cumulative score goes to zero or below, due to the accumulation of one or more negative-scoring residue alignments; or the end of either sequence is reached. The BLAST algorithm parameters W, T and X determine the sensitivity and speed of the alignment.
In one approach, the "percentage of sequence identity" is determined by comparing two optimally aligned sequences over a window of comparison of at least 20 positions, wherein the portion of the polynucleotide or polypeptide sequence in the comparison window may comprise additions or deletions (i.e., gaps) of 20 percent or less, usually 5 to 15 percent, or 10 to 12 percent, as compared to the reference sequences (which does not comprise additions or deletions) for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The percentage is calculated by determining the number of positions at which the identical nucleic acid bases or amino acid residues occur in both sequences to yield the number of matched positions, dividing the number of matched positions by the total number of positions in the reference sequence (i.e., the window size) and multiplying the results by 100 to yield the percentage of sequence identity.
Yet another way of defining an antibody is as a“derivative” of any of the below- described antibodies and their antigen-binding fragments. The term“derivative” refers to an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof that immunospecifically binds to an antigen but which comprises, one, two, three, four, five or more amino acid substitutions, additions, deletions or modifications relative to a“parental” (or wild-type) molecule. Such amino acid substitutions or additions may introduce naturally occurring (i.e., DNA-encoded) or non- naturally occurring amino acid residues. The term“derivative” encompasses, for example, as variants having altered CH1, hinge, CH2, CH3 or CH4 regions, so as to form, for example antibodies, etc., having variant Fc regions that exhibit enhanced or impaired effector or binding characteristics. The term“derivative” additionally encompasses non-amino acid modifications, for example, amino acids that may be glycosylated (e.g., have altered mannose, 2-N- acetylglucosamine, galactose, fucose, glucose, sialic acid, 5-N-acetylneuraminic acid, 5- glycolneuraminic acid, etc. content), acetylated, pegylated, phosphorylated, amidated, derivatized by known protecting/blocking groups, proteolytic cleavage, linked to a cellular ligand or other protein, etc. In some embodiments, the altered carbohydrate modifications modulate one or more of the following: solubilization of the antibody, facilitation of subcellular transport and secretion of the antibody, promotion of antibody assembly, conformational integrity, and antibody-mediated effector function. In a specific embodiment, the altered carbohydrate modifications enhance antibody mediated effector function relative to the antibody lacking the carbohydrate modification. Carbohydrate modifications that lead to altered antibody mediated effector function are well known in the art (for example, see Shields, R. L. et al. (2002) J. Biol. Chem.277(30): 26733-26740; Davies J. et al. (2001) Biotechnology & Bioengineering 74(4): 288-294). Methods of altering carbohydrate contents are known to those skilled in the art, see, e.g., Wallick, S. C. et al. (1988) J. Exp. Med.168(3): 1099-1109;
Tao, M. H. et al. (1989) J. Immunol. 143(8): 2595-2601; Routledge, E. G. et al. (1995) Transplantation 60(8):847-53; Elliott, S. et al. (2003) Nature Biotechnol.21:414-21; Shields, R. L. et al. (2002) J. Biol. Chem.277(30): 26733-26740).
A derivative antibody or antibody fragment can be generated with an engineered sequence or glycosylation state to confer preferred levels of activity in antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC), antibody-dependent cellular phagocytosis (ADCP), antibody- dependent neutrophil phagocytosis (ADNP), or antibody-dependent complement deposition (ADCD) functions as measured by bead-based or cell-based assays or in vivo studies in animal models.
A derivative antibody or antibody fragment may be modified by chemical modifications using techniques known to those of skill in the art, including, but not limited to, specific chemical cleavage, acetylation, formulation, metabolic synthesis of tunicamycin, etc. In one embodiment, an antibody derivative will possess a similar or identical function as the parental antibody. In another embodiment, an antibody derivative will exhibit an altered activity relative to the parental antibody. For example, a derivative antibody (or fragment thereof) can bind to its epitope more tightly or be more resistant to proteolysis than the parental antibody. C. Engineering of Antibody Sequences
In various embodiments, one may choose to engineer sequences of the identified antibodies for a variety of reasons, such as improved expression, improved cross-reactivity or diminished off-target binding. Modified antibodies may be made by any technique known to those of skill in the art, including expression through standard molecular biological techniques, or the chemical synthesis of polypeptides. Methods for recombinant expression are addressed elsewhere in this document. The following is a general discussion of relevant goals techniques for antibody engineering.
Hybridomas may be cultured, then cells lysed, and total RNA extracted. Random hexamers may be used with RT to generate cDNA copies of RNA, and then PCR performed using a multiplex mixture of PCR primers expected to amplify all human variable gene sequences. PCR product can be cloned into pGEM-T Easy vector, then sequenced by automated DNA sequencing using standard vector primers. Assay of binding and neutralization may be performed using antibodies collected from hybridoma supernatants and purified by FPLC, using Protein G columns.
Recombinant full-length IgG antibodies can be generated by subcloning heavy and light chain Fv DNAs from the cloning vector into an IgG plasmid vector, transfected into 293 (e.g.,
Freestyle) cells or CHO cells, and antibodies can be collected and purified from the 293 or CHO cell supernatant. Other appropriate host cells systems include bacteria, such as E. coli, insect cells (S2, Sf9, Sf29, High Five), plant cells (e.g., tobacco, with or without engineering for human-like glycans), algae, or in a variety of non-human transgenic contexts, such as mice, rats, goats or cows.
Expression of nucleic acids encoding antibodies, both for the purpose of subsequent antibody purification, and for immunization of a host, is also contemplated. Antibody coding sequences can be RNA, such as native RNA or modified RNA. Modified RNA contemplates certain chemical modifications that confer increased stability and low immunogenicity to mRNAs, thereby facilitating expression of therapeutically important proteins. For instance, N1-methyl-pseudouridine (N1mY) outperforms several other nucleoside modifications and their combinations in terms of translation capacity. In addition to turning off the immune/eIF2a phosphorylation-dependent inhibition of translation, incorporated N1mY nucleotides dramatically alter the dynamics of the translation process by increasing ribosome pausing and density on the mRNA. Increased ribosome loading of modified mRNAs renders them more permissive for initiation by favoring either ribosome recycling on the same mRNA or de novo ribosome recruitment. Such modifications could be used to enhance antibody expression in vivo following inoculation with RNA. The RNA, whether native or modified, may be delivered as naked RNA or in a delivery vehicle, such as a lipid nanoparticle.
Alternatively, DNA encoding the antibody may be employed for the same purposes. The DNA is included in an expression cassette comprising a promoter active in the host cell for which it is designed. The expression cassette is advantageously included in a replicable vector, such as a conventional plasmid or minivector. Vectors include viral vectors, such as poxviruses, adenoviruses, herpesviruses, adeno-associated viruses, and lentiviruses are contemplated. Replicons encoding antibody genes such as alphavirus replicons based on VEE virus or Sindbis virus are also contemplated. Delivery of such vectors can be performed by needle through intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intradermal routes, or by transcutaneous electroporation when in vivo expression is desired.
The rapid availability of antibody produced in the same host cell and cell culture process as the final cGMP manufacturing process has the potential to reduce the duration of process development programs. Lonza has developed a generic method using pooled transfectants grown in CDACF medium, for the rapid production of small quantities (up to 50 g) of antibodies in CHO cells. Although slightly slower than a true transient system, the advantages include a higher product concentration and use of the same host and process as the
production cell line. Example of growth and productivity of GS-CHO pools, expressing a model antibody, in a disposable bioreactor: in a disposable bag bioreactor culture (5 L working volume) operated in fed-batch mode, a harvest antibody concentration of 2 g/L was achieved within 9 weeks of transfection.
Antibody molecules will comprise fragments (such as F(ab ^), F(ab ^)2) that are produced, for example, by the proteolytic cleavage of the mAbs, or single-chain immunoglobulins producible, for example, via recombinant means. F(ab ^) antibody derivatives are monovalent, while F(ab ^)2 antibody derivatives are bivalent. In one embodiment, such fragments can be combined with one another, or with other antibody fragments or receptor ligands to form “chimeric” binding molecules. Significantly, such chimeric molecules may contain substituents capable of binding to different epitopes of the same molecule.
In related embodiments, the antibody is a derivative of the disclosed antibodies, e.g., an antibody comprising the CDR sequences identical to those in the disclosed antibodies (e.g., a chimeric, or CDR-grafted antibody). Alternatively, one may wish to make modifications, such as introducing conservative changes into an antibody molecule. In making such changes, the hydropathic index of amino acids may be considered. The importance of the hydropathic amino acid index in conferring interactive biologic function on a protein is generally understood in the art (Kyte and Doolittle, 1982). It is accepted that the relative hydropathic character of the amino acid contributes to the secondary structure of the resultant protein, which in turn defines the interaction of the protein with other molecules, for example, enzymes, substrates, receptors, DNA, antibodies, antigens, and the like.
It also is understood in the art that the substitution of like amino acids can be made effectively on the basis of hydrophilicity. U.S. Patent 4,554,101 (incorporated herein by reference) states that the greatest local average hydrophilicity of a protein, as governed by the hydrophilicity of its adjacent amino acids, correlates with a biological property of the protein. As detailed in U.S. Patent 4,554,101, the following hydrophilicity values have been assigned to amino acid residues: basic amino acids: arginine (+3.0), lysine (+3.0), and histidine (-0.5); acidic amino acids: aspartate (+3.0 ± 1), glutamate (+3.0 ± 1), asparagine (+0.2), and glutamine (+0.2); hydrophilic, nonionic amino acids: serine (+0.3), asparagine (+0.2), glutamine (+0.2), and threonine (-0.4), sulfur containing amino acids: cysteine (-1.0) and methionine (-1.3); hydrophobic, nonaromatic amino acids: valine (-1.5), leucine (-1.8), isoleucine (-1.8), proline (-0.5 ± 1), alanine (-0.5), and glycine (0); hydrophobic, aromatic amino acids: tryptophan (- 3.4), phenylalanine (-2.5), and tyrosine (-2.3).
It is understood that an amino acid can be substituted for another having a similar hydrophilicity and produce a biologically or immunologically modified protein. In such changes, the substitution of amino acids whose hydrophilicity values are within ± 2 is preferred, those that are within ± 1 are particularly preferred, and those within ± 0.5 are even more particularly preferred.
As outlined above, amino acid substitutions generally are based on the relative similarity of the amino acid side-chain substituents, for example, their hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, charge, size, and the like. Exemplary substitutions that take into consideration the various foregoing characteristics are well known to those of skill in the art and include: arginine and lysine; glutamate and aspartate; serine and threonine; glutamine and asparagine; and valine, leucine and isoleucine.
The present disclosure also contemplates isotype modification. By modifying the Fc region to have a different isotype, different functionalities can be achieved. For example, changing to IgG1 can increase antibody dependent cell cytotoxicity, switching to class A can improve tissue distribution, and switching to class M can improve valency.
Alternatively or additionally, it may be useful to combine amino acid modifications with one or more further amino acid modifications that alter C1q binding and/or the complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) function of the Fc region of an IL-23p19 binding molecule. The binding polypeptide of particular interest may be one that binds to C1q and displays complement dependent cytotoxicity. Polypeptides with pre-existing C1q binding activity, optionally further having the ability to mediate CDC may be modified such that one or both of these activities are enhanced. Amino acid modifications that alter C1q and/or modify its complement dependent cytotoxicity function are described, for example, in WO/0042072, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
One can design an Fc region of an antibody with altered effector function, e.g., by modifying C1q binding and/or FcgR binding and thereby changing CDC activity and/or ADCC activity.“Effector functions” are responsible for activating or diminishing a biological activity (e.g., in a subject). Examples of effector functions include, but are not limited to: C1q binding; complement dependent cytotoxicity (CDC); Fc receptor binding; antibody-dependent cell- mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC); phagocytosis; down regulation of cell surface receptors (e.g., B cell receptor; BCR), etc. Such effector functions may require the Fc region to be combined with a binding domain (e.g., an antibody variable domain) and can be assessed using various assays (e.g., Fc binding assays, ADCC assays, CDC assays, etc.).
For example, one can generate a variant Fc region of an antibody with improved C1q binding and improved FcgRIII binding (e.g., having both improved ADCC activity and improved CDC activity). Alternatively, if it is desired that effector function be reduced or ablated, a variant Fc region can be engineered with reduced CDC activity and/or reduced ADCC activity. In other embodiments, only one of these activities may be increased, and, optionally, also the other activity reduced (e.g., to generate an Fc region variant with improved ADCC activity, but reduced CDC activity and vice versa).
FcRn binding. Fc mutations can also be introduced and engineered to alter their interaction with the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) and improve their pharmacokinetic properties. A collection of human Fc variants with improved binding to the FcRn have been described. High resolution mapping of the binding site on human IgG1 for FcgRI, FcgRII, FcgRIII, and FcRn and design of IgG1 variants with improved binding to the FcgR (Shields et al., 2001, J. Biol. Chem.276:6591-6604). A number of methods are known that can result in increased half- life (Kuo and Aveson, (2011)), including amino acid modifications may be generated through techniques including alanine scanning mutagenesis, random mutagenesis and screening to assess the binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn) and/or the in vivo behavior. Computational strategies followed by mutagenesis may also be used to select one of amino acid mutations to mutate.
The present disclosure therefore provides a variant of an antigen binding protein with optimized binding to FcRn. In a particular embodiment, the said variant of an antigen binding protein comprises at least one amino acid modification in the Fc region of said antigen binding protein, wherein said modification is selected from the group consisting of 226, 227, 228, 230, 231, 233, 234, 239, 241, 243, 246, 250, 252, 256, 259, 264, 265, 267, 269, 270, 276, 284, 285, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 294, 297, 298, 299, 301, 302, 303, 305, 307, 308, 309, 311, 315, 317, 320, 322, 325, 327, 330, 332, 334, 335, 338, 340, 342, 343, 345, 347, 350, 352, 354, 355, 356, 359, 360, 361, 362, 369, 370, 371, 375, 378, 380, 382, 384, 385, 386, 387, 389, 390, 392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399, 400, 401403, 404, 408, 411, 412, 414, 415, 416, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422, 424, 426, 428, 433, 434, 438, 439, 440, 443, 444, 445, 446 and 447 of the Fc region as compared to said parent polypeptide, wherein the numbering of the amino acids in the Fc region is that of the EU index in Kabat. In a further aspect of the disclosure the modifications are M252Y/S254T/T256E.
Additionally, various publications describe methods for obtaining physiologically active molecules whose half-lives are modified, see for example Kontermann (2009) either by introducing an FcRn-binding polypeptide into the molecules or by fusing the molecules with
antibodies whose FcRn-binding affinities are preserved but affinities for other Fc receptors have been greatly reduced or fusing with FcRn binding domains of antibodies.
Derivatized antibodies may be used to alter the half-lives (e.g., serum half-lives) of parental antibodies in a mammal, particularly a human. Such alterations may result in a half- life of greater than 15 days, preferably greater than 20 days, greater than 25 days, greater than 30 days, greater than 35 days, greater than 40 days, greater than 45 days, greater than 2 months, greater than 3 months, greater than 4 months, or greater than 5 months. The increased half- lives of the antibodies of the present disclosure or fragments thereof in a mammal, preferably a human, results in a higher serum titer of said antibodies or antibody fragments in the mammal, and thus reduces the frequency of the administration of said antibodies or antibody fragments and/or reduces the concentration of said antibodies or antibody fragments to be administered. Antibodies or fragments thereof having increased in vivo half-lives can be generated by techniques known to those of skill in the art. For example, antibodies or fragments thereof with increased in vivo half-lives can be generated by modifying (e.g., substituting, deleting or adding) amino acid residues identified as involved in the interaction between the Fc domain and the FcRn receptor.
Beltramello et al. (2010) previously reported the modification of neutralizing mAbs, due to their tendency to enhance dengue virus infection, by generating in which leucine residues at positions 1.3 and 1.2 of CH2 domain (according to the IMGT unique numbering for C-domain) were substituted with alanine residues. This modification, also known as“LALA” mutation, abolishes antibody binding to FcgRI, FcgRII and FcgRIIIa, as described by Hessell et al. (2007). The variant and unmodified recombinant mAbs were compared for their capacity to neutralize and enhance infection by the four dengue virus serotypes. LALA variants retained the same neutralizing activity as unmodified mAbs, but were completely devoid of enhancing activity. LALA mutations of this nature are therefore contemplated in the context of the presently disclosed antibodies.
Altered Glycosylation. A particular embodiment of the present disclosure is an isolated monoclonal antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, containing a substantially homogeneous glycan without sialic acid, galactose, or fucose. The monoclonal antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region and a light chain variable region, both of which may be attached to heavy chain or light chain constant regions respectively. The aforementioned substantially homogeneous glycan may be covalently attached to the heavy chain constant region.
Another embodiment of the present disclosure comprises a mAb with a novel Fc glycosylation pattern. The isolated monoclonal antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, is present in a substantially homogenous composition represented by the GNGN or G1/G2 glycoform. Fc glycosylation plays a significant role in anti-viral and anti-cancer properties of therapeutic mAbs. The disclosure is in line with a recent study that shows increased anti- lentivirus cell-mediated viral inhibition of a fucose free anti-HIV mAb in vitro. This embodiment of the present disclosure with homogenous glycans lacking a core fucose, showed increased protection against specific viruses by a factor greater than two-fold. Elimination of core fucose dramatically improves the ADCC activity of mAbs mediated by natural killer (NK) cells but appears to have the opposite effect on the ADCC activity of polymorphonuclear cells (PMNs).
The isolated monoclonal antibody, or antigen binding fragment thereof, comprising a substantially homogenous composition represented by the GNGN or G1/G2 glycoform exhibits increased binding affinity for Fc gamma RI and Fc gamma RIII compared to the same antibody without the substantially homogeneous GNGN glycoform and with G0, G1F, G2F, GNF, GNGNF or GNGNFX containing glycoforms. In one embodiment of the present disclosure, the antibody dissociates from Fc gamma RI with a Kd of 1 x 10-8 M or less and from Fc gamma RIII with a Kd of 1 x 10-7 M or less.
Glycosylation of an Fc region is typically either N-linked or O-linked. N-linked refers to the attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the side chain of an asparagine residue. O- linked glycosylation refers to the attachment of one of the sugars N-aceylgalactosamine, galactose, or xylose to a hydroxyamino acid, most commonly serine or threonine, although 5- hydroxyproline or 5-hydroxylysine may also be used. The recognition sequences for enzymatic attachment of the carbohydrate moiety to the asparagine side chain peptide sequences are asparagine-X-serine and asparagine-X-threonine, where X is any amino acid except proline. Thus, the presence of either of these peptide sequences in a polypeptide creates a potential glycosylation site.
The glycosylation pattern may be altered, for example, by deleting one or more glycosylation site(s) found in the polypeptide, and/or adding one or more glycosylation site(s) that are not present in the polypeptide. Addition of glycosylation sites to the Fc region of an antibody is conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that it contains one or more of the above-described tripeptide sequences (for N-linked glycosylation sites). An exemplary glycosylation variant has an amino acid substitution of residue Asn 297 of the heavy chain. The alteration may also be made by the addition of, or substitution by, one or more serine
or threonine residues to the sequence of the original polypeptide (for O-linked glycosylation sites). Additionally, a change of Asn 297 to Ala can remove one of the glycosylation sites.
In certain embodiments, the antibody is expressed in cells that express beta (1,4)-N- acetylglucosaminyltransferase III (GnT III), such that GnT III adds GlcNAc to the IL-23p19 antibody. Methods for producing antibodies in such a fashion are provided in WO/9954342, WO/03011878, patent publication 20030003097A1, and Umana et al., Nature Biotechnology, 17:176-180, February 1999. Cell lines can be altered to enhance or reduce or eliminate certain post-translational modifications. such as glycosylation, using genome editing technology such as Clustered Regularly Interspaced Short Palindromic Repeats (CRISPR). For example, CRISPR technology can be used to eliminate genes encoding glycosylating enzymes in 293 or CHO cells used to express recombinant monoclonal antibodies.
Elimination of monoclonal antibody protein sequence liabilities. It is possible to engineer the antibody variable gene sequences obtained from human B cells to enhance their manufacturability and safety. Potential protein sequence liabilities can be identified by searching for sequence motifs associated with sites containing:
Such motifs can be eliminated by altering the synthetic gene for the cDNA encoding recombinant antibodies.
Protein engineering efforts in the field of development of therapeutic antibodies clearly reveal that certain sequences or residues are associated with solubility differences (Fernandez- Escamilla et al., Nature Biotech., 22 (10), 1302-1306, 2004; Chennamsetty et al., PNAS, 106 (29), 11937-11942, 2009; Voynov et al., Biocon. Chem., 21 (2), 385-392, 2010) Evidence from solubility-altering mutations in the literature indicate that some hydrophilic residues such as aspartic acid, glutamic acid, and serine contribute significantly more favorably to protein
solubility than other hydrophilic residues, such as asparagine, glutamine, threonine, lysine, and arginine.
Stability. Antibodies can be engineered for enhanced biophysical properties. One can use elevated temperature to unfold antibodies to determine relative stability, using average apparent melting temperatures. Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) measures the heat capacity, Cp, of a molecule (the heat required to warm it, per degree) as a function of temperature. One can use DSC to study the thermal stability of antibodies. DSC data for mAbs is particularly interesting because it sometimes resolves the unfolding of individual domains within the mAb structure, producing up to three peaks in the thermogram (from unfolding of the Fab, CH2, and CH3 domains). Typically unfolding of the Fab domain produces the strongest peak. The DSC profiles and relative stability of the Fc portion show characteristic differences for the human IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4 subclasses (Garber and Demarest, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.355, 751-757, 2007). One also can determine average apparent melting temperature using circular dichroism (CD), performed with a CD spectrometer. Far-UV CD spectra will be measured for antibodies in the range of 200 to 260 nm at increments of 0.5 nm. The final spectra can be determined as averages of 20 accumulations. Residue ellipticity values can be calculated after background subtraction. Thermal unfolding of antibodies (0.1 mg/mL) can be monitored at 235 nm from 25-95 °C and a heating rate of 1 °C/min. One can use dynamic light scattering (DLS) to assess for propensity for aggregation. DLS is used to characterize size of various particles including proteins. If the system is not disperse in size, the mean effective diameter of the particles can be determined. This measurement depends on the size of the particle core, the size of surface structures, and particle concentration. Since DLS essentially measures fluctuations in scattered light intensity due to particles, the diffusion coefficient of the particles can be determined. DLS software in commercial DLA instruments displays the particle population at different diameters. Stability studies can be done conveniently using DLS. DLS measurements of a sample can show whether the particles aggregate over time or with temperature variation by determining whether the hydrodynamic radius of the particle increases. If particles aggregate, one can see a larger population of particles with a larger radius. Stability depending on temperature can be analyzed by controlling the temperature in situ. Capillary electrophoresis (CE) techniques include proven methodologies for determining features of antibody stability. One can use an iCE approach to resolve antibody protein charge variants due to deamidation, C-terminal lysines, sialylation, oxidation, glycosylation, and any other change to the protein that can result in a change in pI of the protein. Each of the expressed antibody proteins can be evaluated by high throughput, free solution isoelectric focusing (IEF)
in a capillary column (cIEF), using a Protein Simple Maurice instrument. Whole-column UV absorption detection can be performed every 30 seconds for real time monitoring of molecules focusing at the isoelectric points (pIs). This approach combines the high resolution of traditional gel IEF with the advantages of quantitation and automation found in column-based separations while eliminating the need for a mobilization step. The technique yields reproducible, quantitative analysis of identity, purity, and heterogeneity profiles for the expressed antibodies. The results identify charge heterogeneity and molecular sizing on the antibodies, with both absorbance and native fluorescence detection modes and with sensitivity of detection down to 0.7 µg/mL.
Solubility. One can determine the intrinsic solubility score of antibody sequences. The intrinsic solubility scores can be calculated using CamSol Intrinsic (Sormanni et al., J Mol Biol 427, 478-490). The amino acid sequences for residues 95-102 (Kabat numbering) in HCDR3 of each antibody fragment such as a scFv can be evaluated via the online program to calculate the solubility scores. One also can determine solubility using laboratory techniques. Various techniques exist, including addition of lyophilized protein to a solution until the solution becomes saturated and the solubility limit is reached, or concentration by ultrafiltration in a microconcentrator with a suitable molecular weight cut-off. The most straightforward method is induction of amorphous precipitation, which measures protein solubility using a method involving protein precipitation using ammonium sulfate (Trevino et al., J Mol Biol, 366: 449- 460, 2007). Ammonium sulfate precipitation gives quick and accurate information on relative solubility values. Ammonium sulfate precipitation produces precipitated solutions with well- defined aqueous and solid phases and requires relatively small amounts of protein. Solubility measurements performed using induction of amorphous precipitation by ammonium sulfate also can be done easily at different pH values. Protein solubility is highly pH dependent, and pH is considered the most important extrinsic factor that affects solubility.
Autoreactivity. Generally, it is thought that autoreactive clones should be eliminated during ontogeny by negative selection, however it has become clear that many human naturally occurring antibodies with autoreactive properties persist in adult mature repertoires, and the autoreactivity may enhance the antiviral function of many antibodies to pathogens. It has been noted that HCDR3 loops in antibodies during early B cell development are often rich in positive charge and exhibit autoreactive patterns (Wardemann et al., Science 301, 1374-1377, 2003). One can test a given antibody for autoreactivity by assessing the level of binding to human origin cells in microscopy (using adherent HeLa or HEp-2 epithelial cells) and flow cytometric
cell surface staining (using suspension Jurkat T cells and 293S human embryonic kidney cells). Autoreactivity also can be surveyed using assessment of binding to tissues in tissue arrays.
Preferred residues (“Human Likeness”). B cell repertoire deep sequencing of human B cells from blood donors is being performed on a wide scale in many recent studies. Sequence information about a significant portion of the human antibody repertoire facilitates statistical assessment of antibody sequence features common in healthy humans. With knowledge about the antibody sequence features in a human recombined antibody variable gene reference database, the position specific degree of“Human Likeness” (HL) of an antibody sequence can be estimated. HL has been shown to be useful for the development of antibodies in clinical use, like therapeutic antibodies or antibodies as vaccines. The goal is to increase the human likeness of antibodies to reduce potential adverse effects and anti-antibody immune responses that will lead to significantly decreased efficacy of the antibody drug or can induce serious health implications. One can assess antibody characteristics of the combined antibody repertoire of three healthy human blood donors of about 400 million sequences in total and created a novel “relative Human Likeness” (rHL) score that focuses on the hypervariable region of the antibody. The rHL score allows one to easily distinguish between human (positive score) and non-human sequences (negative score). Antibodies can be engineered to eliminate residues that are not common in human repertoires. D. Single Chain Antibodies
A single chain variable fragment (scFv) is a fusion of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains of immunoglobulins, linked together with a short (usually serine, glycine) linker. This chimeric molecule retains the specificity of the original immunoglobulin, despite removal of the constant regions and the introduction of a linker peptide. This modification usually leaves the specificity unaltered. These molecules were created historically to facilitate phage display where it is highly convenient to express the antigen binding domain as a single peptide. Alternatively, scFv can be created directly from subcloned heavy and light chains derived from a hybridoma or B cell. Single chain variable fragments lack the constant Fc region found in complete antibody molecules, and thus, the common binding sites (e.g., protein A/G) used to purify antibodies. These fragments can often be purified/immobilized using Protein L since Protein L interacts with the variable region of kappa light chains.
Flexible linkers generally are comprised of helix- and turn-promoting amino acid residues such as alanine, serine and glycine. However, other residues can function as well. Tang et al. (1996) used phage display as a means of rapidly selecting tailored linkers for single-
chain antibodies (scFvs) from protein linker libraries. A random linker library was constructed in which the genes for the heavy and light chain variable domains were linked by a segment encoding an 18-amino acid polypeptide of variable composition. The scFv repertoire (approx. 5 × 106 different members) was displayed on filamentous phage and subjected to affinity selection with hapten. The population of selected variants exhibited significant increases in binding activity but retained considerable sequence diversity. Screening 1054 individual variants subsequently yielded a catalytically active scFv that was produced efficiently in soluble form. Sequence analysis revealed a conserved proline in the linker two residues after the VH C terminus and an abundance of arginines and prolines at other positions as the only common features of the selected tethers.
The recombinant antibodies of the present disclosure may also involve sequences or moieties that permit dimerization or multimerization of the receptors. Such sequences include those derived from IgA, which permit formation of multimers in conjunction with the J-chain. Another multimerization domain is the Gal4 dimerization domain. In other embodiments, the chains may be modified with agents such as biotin/avidin, which permit the combination of two antibodies.
In a separate embodiment, a single-chain antibody can be created by joining receptor light and heavy chains using a non-peptide linker or chemical unit. Generally, the light and heavy chains will be produced in distinct cells, purified, and subsequently linked together in an appropriate fashion (i.e., the N-terminus of the heavy chain being attached to the C-terminus of the light chain via an appropriate chemical bridge).
Cross-linking reagents are used to form molecular bridges that tie functional groups of two different molecules, e.g., a stabilizing and coagulating agent. However, it is contemplated that dimers or multimers of the same analog or heteromeric complexes comprised of different analogs can be created. To link two different compounds in a step-wise manner, hetero- bifunctional cross-linkers can be used that eliminate unwanted homopolymer formation.
An exemplary hetero-bifunctional cross-linker contains two reactive groups: one reacting with primary amine group (e.g., N-hydroxy succinimide) and the other reacting with a thiol group (e.g., pyridyl disulfide, maleimides, halogens, etc.). Through the primary amine reactive group, the cross-linker may react with the lysine residue(s) of one protein (e.g., the selected antibody or fragment) and through the thiol reactive group, the cross-linker, already tied up to the first protein, reacts with the cysteine residue (free sulfhydryl group) of the other protein (e.g., the selective agent).
It is preferred that a cross-linker having reasonable stability in blood will be employed. Numerous types of disulfide-bond containing linkers are known that can be successfully employed to conjugate targeting and therapeutic/preventative agents. Linkers that contain a disulfide bond that is sterically hindered may prove to give greater stability in vivo, preventing release of the targeting peptide prior to reaching the site of action. These linkers are thus one group of linking agents.
Another cross-linking reagent is SMPT, which is a bifunctional cross-linker containing a disulfide bond that is“sterically hindered” by an adjacent benzene ring and methyl groups. It is believed that steric hindrance of the disulfide bond serves a function of protecting the bond from attack by thiolate anions such as glutathione which can be present in tissues and blood, and thereby help in preventing decoupling of the conjugate prior to the delivery of the attached agent to the target site.
The SMPT cross-linking reagent, as with many other known cross-linking reagents, lends the ability to cross-link functional groups such as the SH of cysteine or primary amines (e.g., the epsilon amino group of lysine). Another possible type of cross-linker includes the hetero-bifunctional photoreactive phenylazides containing a cleavable disulfide bond such as sulfosuccinimidyl-2-(p-azido salicylamido) ethyl-1,3 ^-dithiopropionate. The N-hydroxy- succinimidyl group reacts with primary amino groups and the phenylazide (upon photolysis) reacts non-selectively with any amino acid residue.
In addition to hindered cross-linkers, non-hindered linkers also can be employed in accordance herewith. Other useful cross-linkers, not considered to contain or generate a protected disulfide, include SATA, SPDP and 2-iminothiolane (Wawrzynczak & Thorpe, 1987). The use of such cross-linkers is well understood in the art. Another embodiment involves the use of flexible linkers.
U.S. Patent 4,680,338 describes bifunctional linkers useful for producing conjugates of ligands with amine-containing polymers and/or proteins, especially for forming antibody conjugates with chelators, drugs, enzymes, detectable labels and the like. U.S. Patents 5,141,648 and 5,563,250 disclose cleavable conjugates containing a labile bond that is cleavable under a variety of mild conditions. This linker is particularly useful in that the agent of interest may be bonded directly to the linker, with cleavage resulting in release of the active agent. Particular uses include adding a free amino or free sulfhydryl group to a protein, such as an antibody, or a drug.
U.S. Patent 5,856,456 provides peptide linkers for use in connecting polypeptide constituents to make fusion proteins, e.g., single chain antibodies. The linker is up to about 50 amino acids in length, contains at least one occurrence of a charged amino acid (preferably arginine or lysine) followed by a proline, and is characterized by greater stability and reduced aggregation. U.S. Patent 5,880,270 discloses aminooxy-containing linkers useful in a variety of immunodiagnostic and separative techniques. E. Multispecific Antibodies
In certain embodiments, antibodies of the present disclosure are bispecific or multispecific. Bispecific antibodies are antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different epitopes. Exemplary bispecific antibodies may bind to two different epitopes of a single antigen. Other such antibodies may combine a first antigen binding site with a binding site for a second antigen. Alternatively, an anti-pathogen arm may be combined with an arm that binds to a triggering molecule on a leukocyte, such as a T-cell receptor molecule (e.g., CD3), or Fc receptors for IgG (FcgR), such as FcgRI (CD64), FcgRII (CD32) and Fc gamma RIII (CD16), so as to focus and localize cellular defense mechanisms to the infected cell. Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to infected cells. These antibodies possess a pathogen-binding arm and an arm that binds the cytotoxic agent (e.g., saporin, anti-interferon-a, vinca alkaloid, ricin A chain, methotrexate or radioactive isotope hapten). Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments (e.g., F(ab ^).sub.2 bispecific antibodies). WO 96/16673 describes a bispecific anti-ErbB2/anti- Fc gamma RIII antibody and U.S. Pat. No.5,837,234 discloses a bispecific anti-ErbB2/anti-Fc gamma RI antibody. A bispecific anti-ErbB2/Fc alpha antibody is shown in WO98/02463. U.S. Pat. No.5,821,337 teaches a bispecific anti-ErbB2/anti-CD3 antibody.
Methods for making bispecific antibodies are known in the art. Traditional production of full length bispecific antibodies is based on the co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs, where the two chains have different specificities (Millstein et al., Nature, 305:537-539 (1983)). Because of the random assortment of immunoglobulin heavy and light chains, these hybridomas (quadromas) produce a potential mixture of ten different antibody molecules, of which only one has the correct bispecific structure. Purification of the correct molecule, which is usually done by affinity chromatography steps, is rather
cumbersome, and the product yields are low. Similar procedures are disclosed in WO 93/08829, and in Traunecker et al., EMBO J., 10:3655-3659 (1991).
According to a different approach, antibody variable regions with the desired binding specificities (antibody-antigen combining sites) are fused to immunoglobulin constant domain sequences. Preferably, the fusion is with an Ig heavy chain constant domain, comprising at least part of the hinge, CH2, and CH3 regions. It is preferred to have the first heavy-chain constant region (CH1) containing the site necessary for light chain bonding, present in at least one of the fusions. DNAs encoding the immunoglobulin heavy chain fusions and, if desired, the immunoglobulin light chain, are inserted into separate expression vectors, and are co- transfected into a suitable host cell. This provides for greater flexibility in adjusting the mutual proportions of the three polypeptide fragments in embodiments when unequal ratios of the three polypeptide chains used in the construction provide the optimum yield of the desired bispecific antibody. It is, however, possible to insert the coding sequences for two or all three polypeptide chains into a single expression vector when the expression of at least two polypeptide chains in equal ratios results in high yields or when the ratios have no significant effect on the yield of the desired chain combination.
In a particular embodiment of this approach, the bispecific antibodies are composed of a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain with a first binding specificity in one arm, and a hybrid immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pair (providing a second binding specificity) in the other arm. It was found that this asymmetric structure facilitates the separation of the desired bispecific compound from unwanted immunoglobulin chain combinations, as the presence of an immunoglobulin light chain in only one half of the bispecific molecule provides for a facile way of separation. This approach is disclosed in WO 94/04690. For further details of generating bispecific antibodies see, for example, Suresh et al., Methods in Enzymology, 121:210 (1986).
According to another approach described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,168, the interface between a pair of antibody molecules can be engineered to maximize the percentage of heterodimers that are recovered from recombinant cell culture. The preferred interface comprises at least a part of the CH3 domain. In this method, one or more small amino acid side chains from the interface of the first antibody molecule are replaced with larger side chains (e.g., tyrosine or tryptophan). Compensatory "cavities" of identical or similar size to the large side chain(s) are created on the interface of the second antibody molecule by replacing large amino acid side chains with smaller ones (e.g., alanine or threonine). This provides a
mechanism for increasing the yield of the heterodimer over other unwanted end-products such as homodimers.
Bispecific antibodies include cross-linked or "heteroconjugate" antibodies. For example, one of the antibodies in the heteroconjugate can be coupled to avidin, the other to biotin. Such antibodies have, for example, been proposed to target immune system cells to unwanted cells (U.S. Pat. No.4,676,980), and for treatment of HIV infection (WO 91/00360, WO 92/200373, and EP 03089). Heteroconjugate antibodies may be made using any convenient cross-linking methods. Suitable cross-linking agents are well known in the art, and are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No.4,676,980, along with a number of cross-linking techniques.
Techniques for generating bispecific antibodies from antibody fragments have also been described in the literature. For example, bispecific antibodies can be prepared using chemical linkage. Brennan et al., Science, 229: 81 (1985) describe a procedure wherein intact antibodies are proteolytically cleaved to generate F(ab')2 fragments. These fragments are reduced in the presence of the dithiol complexing agent, sodium arsenite, to stabilize vicinal dithiols and prevent intermolecular disulfide formation. The Fab' fragments generated are then converted to thionitrobenzoate (TNB) derivatives. One of the Fab'-TNB derivatives is then reconverted to the Fab'-thiol by reduction with mercaptoethylamine and is mixed with an equimolar amount of the other Fab'-TNB derivative to form the bispecific antibody. The bispecific antibodies produced can be used as agents for the selective immobilization of enzymes.
Techniques exist that facilitate the direct recovery of Fab'-SH fragments from E. coli, which can be chemically coupled to form bispecific antibodies. Shalaby et al., J. Exp. Med., 175: 217-225 (1992) describe the production of a humanized bispecific antibody F(ab')2 molecule. Each Fab' fragment was separately secreted from E. coli and subjected to directed chemical coupling in vitro to form the bispecific antibody. The bispecific antibody thus formed was able to bind to cells overexpressing the ErbB2 receptor and normal human T cells, as well as trigger the lytic activity of human cytotoxic lymphocytes against human breast tumor targets.
Various techniques for making and isolating bispecific antibody fragments directly from recombinant cell culture have also been described (Merchant et al., Nat. Biotechnol.16, 677–681 (1998). doi:10.1038/nbt0798-677pmid:9661204). For example, bispecific antibodies have been produced using leucine zippers (Kostelny et al., J. Immunol., 148(5):1547-1553, 1992). The leucine zipper peptides from the Fos and Jun proteins were linked to the Fab' portions of two different antibodies by gene fusion. The antibody homodimers were reduced at the hinge region to form monomers and then re-oxidized to form
the antibody heterodimers. This method can also be utilized for the production of antibody homodimers. The "diabody" technology described by Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993) has provided an alternative mechanism for making bispecific antibody fragments. The fragments comprise a VH connected to a VL by a linker that is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain. Accordingly, the VH and VL domains of one fragment are forced to pair with the complementary VL and VH domains of another fragment, thereby forming two antigen-binding sites. Another strategy for making bispecific antibody fragments by the use of single-chain Fv (sFv) dimers has also been reported. See Gruber et al., J. Immunol., 152:5368 (1994).
In a particular embodiment, a bispecific or multispecific antibody may be formed as a DOCK-AND-LOCK™ (DNL™) complex (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,521,056; 7,527,787; 7,534,866; 7,550,143 and 7,666,400, the Examples section of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.) Generally, the technique takes advantage of the specific and high-affinity binding interactions that occur between a dimerization and docking domain (DDD) sequence of the regulatory (R) subunits of cAMP-dependent protein kinase (PKA) and an anchor domain (AD) sequence derived from any of a variety of AKAP proteins (Baillie et al., FEBS Letters.2005; 579: 3264; Wong and Scott, Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol.2004; 5: 959). The DDD and AD peptides may be attached to any protein, peptide or other molecule. Because the DDD sequences spontaneously dimerize and bind to the AD sequence, the technique allows the formation of complexes between any selected molecules that may be attached to DDD or AD sequences.
Antibodies with more than two valencies are contemplated. For example, trispecific antibodies can be prepared (Tutt et al., J. Immunol. 147: 60, 1991; Xu et al., Science, 358(6359):85-90, 2017). A multivalent antibody may be internalized (and/or catabolized) faster than a bivalent antibody by a cell expressing an antigen to which the antibodies bind. The antibodies of the present disclosure can be multivalent antibodies with three or more antigen binding sites (e.g., tetravalent antibodies), which can be readily produced by recombinant expression of nucleic acid encoding the polypeptide chains of the antibody. The multivalent antibody can comprise a dimerization domain and three or more antigen binding sites. The preferred dimerization domain comprises (or consists of) an Fc region or a hinge region. In this scenario, the antibody will comprise an Fc region and three or more antigen binding sites amino-terminal to the Fc region. The preferred multivalent antibody herein
comprises (or consists of) three to about eight, but preferably four, antigen binding sites. The multivalent antibody comprises at least one polypeptide chain (and preferably two polypeptide chains), wherein the polypeptide chain(s) comprise two or more variable regions. For instance, the polypeptide chain(s) may comprise VD1-(X1)n-VD2-(X2)n-Fc, wherein VD1 is a first variable region, VD2 is a second variable region, Fc is one polypeptide chain of an Fc region, X1 and X2 represent an amino acid or polypeptide, and n is 0 or 1. For instance, the polypeptide chain(s) may comprise: VH-CH1-flexible linker-VH-CH1-Fc region chain; or VH-CH1-VH- CH1-Fc region chain. The multivalent antibody herein preferably further comprises at least two (and preferably four) light chain variable region polypeptides. The multivalent antibody herein may, for instance, comprise from about two to about eight light chain variable region polypeptides. The light chain variable region polypeptides contemplated here comprise a light chain variable region and, optionally, further comprise a CL domain.
Charge modifications are particularly useful in the context of a multispecific antibody, where amino acid substitutions in Fab molecules result in reducing the mispairing of light chains with non-matching heavy chains (Bence-Jones-type side products), which can occur in the production of Fab-based bi-/multispecific antigen binding molecules with a VH/VL exchange in one (or more, in case of molecules comprising more than two antigen-binding Fab molecules) of their binding arms (see also PCT publication no. WO 2015/150447, particularly the examples therein, incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
Accordingly, in particular embodiments, an antibody comprised in the therapeutic agent comprises
(a) a first Fab molecule which specifically binds to a first antigen
(b) a second Fab molecule which specifically binds to a second antigen, and wherein the variable domains VL and VH of the Fab light chain and the Fab heavy chain are replaced by each other,
wherein the first antigen is an activating T cell antigen and the second antigen is a target cell antigen, or the first antigen is a target cell antigen and the second antigen is an activating T cell antigen; and
wherein
i) in the constant domain CL of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 124 is substituted by a positively charged amino acid (numbering according to Kabat), and wherein in the constant domain CH1 of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 147 or the amino acid at position 213 is substituted by a negatively charged amino acid (numbering according to Kabat EU index); or
ii) in the constant domain CL of the second Fab molecule under b) the amino acid at position 124 is substituted by a positively charged amino acid (numbering according to Kabat), and wherein in the constant domain CH1 of the second Fab molecule under b) the amino acid at position 147 or the amino acid at position 213 is substituted by a negatively charged amino acid (numbering according to Kabat EU index).
The antibody may not comprise both modifications mentioned under i) and ii). The constant domains CL and CH1 of the second Fab molecule are not replaced by each other (i.e., remain unexchanged).
In another embodiment of the antibody, in the constant domain CL of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 124 is substituted independently by lysine (K), arginine (R) or histidine (H) (numbering according to Kabat) (in one preferred embodiment independently by lysine (K) or arginine (R)), and in the constant domain CH1 of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 147 or the amino acid at position 213 is substituted independently by glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D) (numbering according to Kabat EU index).
In a further embodiment, in the constant domain CL of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 124 is substituted independently by lysine (K), arginine (R) or histidine (H) (numbering according to Kabat), and in the constant domain CH1 of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 147 is substituted independently by glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D) (numbering according to Kabat EU index).
In a particular embodiment, in the constant domain CL of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 124 is substituted independently by lysine (K), arginine (R) or histidine (H) (numbering according to Kabat) (in one preferred embodiment independently by lysine (K) or arginine (R)) and the amino acid at position 123 is substituted independently by lysine (K), arginine (R) or histidine (H) (numbering according to Kabat) (in one preferred embodiment independently by lysine (K) or arginine (R)), and in the constant domain CH1 of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 147 is substituted independently by glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D) (numbering according to Kabat EU index) and the amino acid at position 213 is substituted independently by glutamic acid (E), or aspartic acid (D) (numbering according to Kabat EU index).
In a more particular embodiment, in the constant domain CL of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 124 is substituted by lysine (K) (numbering according to Kabat) and the amino acid at position 123 is substituted by lysine (K) or arginine (R) (numbering according to Kabat), and in the constant domain CH1 of the first Fab molecule
under a) the amino acid at position 147 is substituted by glutamic acid (E) (numbering according to Kabat EU index) and the amino acid at position 213 is substituted by glutamic acid (E) (numbering according to Kabat EU index).
In an even more particular embodiment, in the constant domain CL of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 124 is substituted by lysine (K) (numbering according to Kabat) and the amino acid at position 123 is substituted by arginine (R) (numbering according to Kabat), and in the constant domain CH1 of the first Fab molecule under a) the amino acid at position 147 is substituted by glutamic acid (E) (numbering according to Kabat EU index) and the amino acid at position 213 is substituted by glutamic acid (E) (numbering according to Kabat EU index). F. Chimeric Antigen Receptors
Artificial T cell receptors (also known as chimeric T cell receptors, chimeric immunoreceptors, chimeric antigen receptors (CARs)) are engineered receptors, which graft an arbitrary specificity onto an immune effector cell. Typically, these receptors are used to graft the specificity of a monoclonal antibody onto a T cell, with transfer of their coding sequence facilitated by retroviral vectors. In this way, a large number of target-specific T cells can be generated for adoptive cell transfer. Phase I clinical studies of this approach show efficacy.
The most common form of these molecules are fusions of single-chain variable fragments (scFv) derived from monoclonal antibodies, fused to CD3-zeta transmembrane and endodomain. Such molecules result in the transmission of a zeta signal in response to recognition by the scFv of its target. An example of such a construct is 14g2a-Zeta, which is a fusion of a scFv derived from hybridoma 14g2a (which recognizes disialoganglioside GD2). When T cells express this molecule (usually achieved by oncoretroviral vector transduction), they recognize and kill target cells that express GD2 (e.g., neuroblastoma cells). To target malignant B cells, investigators have redirected the specificity of T cells using a chimeric immunoreceptor specific for the B-lineage molecule, CD19.
The variable portions of an immunoglobulin heavy and light chain are fused by a flexible linker to form a scFv. This scFv is preceded by a signal peptide to direct the nascent protein to the endoplasmic reticulum and subsequent surface expression (this is cleaved). A flexible spacer allows to the scFv to orient in different directions to enable antigen binding. The transmembrane domain is a typical hydrophobic alpha helix usually derived from the
original molecule of the signaling endodomain which protrudes into the cell and transmits the desired signal.
Type I proteins are in fact two protein domains linked by a transmembrane alpha helix in between. The cell membrane lipid bilayer, through which the transmembrane domain passes, acts to isolate the inside portion (endodomain) from the external portion (ectodomain). It is not so surprising that attaching an ectodomain from one protein to an endodomain of another protein results in a molecule that combines the recognition of the former to the signal of the latter.
Ectodomain. A signal peptide directs the nascent protein into the endoplasmic reticulum. This is essential if the receptor is to be glycosylated and anchored in the cell membrane. Any eukaryotic signal peptide sequence usually works fine. Generally, the signal peptide natively attached to the amino-terminal most component is used (e.g., in a scFv with orientation light chain - linker - heavy chain, the native signal of the light-chain is used
The antigen recognition domain is usually an scFv. There are however many alternatives. An antigen recognition domain from native T-cell receptor (TCR) alpha and beta single chains have been described, as have simple ectodomains (e.g., CD4 ectodomain to recognize HIV infected cells) and more exotic recognition components such as a linked cytokine (which leads to recognition of cells bearing the cytokine receptor). In fact almost anything that binds a given target with high affinity can be used as an antigen recognition region.
A spacer region links the antigen binding domain to the transmembrane domain. It should be flexible enough to allow the antigen binding domain to orient in different directions to facilitate antigen recognition. The simplest form is the hinge region from IgG1. Alternatives include the CH2CH3 region of immunoglobulin and portions of CD3. For most scFv based constructs, the IgG1 hinge suffices. However, the best spacer often has to be determined empirically.
Transmembrane domain. The transmembrane domain is a hydrophobic alpha helix that spans the membrane. Generally, the transmembrane domain from the most membrane proximal component of the endodomain is used. Interestingly, using the CD3-zeta transmembrane domain may result in incorporation of the artificial TCR into the native TCR a factor that is dependent on the presence of the native CD3-zeta transmembrane charged aspartic acid residue. Different transmembrane domains result in different receptor stability. The CD28 transmembrane domain results in a brightly expressed, stable receptor.
Endodomain. This is the "business-end" of the receptor. After antigen recognition, receptors cluster and a signal is transmitted to the cell. The most commonly used endodomain component is CD3-zeta which contains 3 ITAMs. This transmits an activation signal to the T cell after antigen is bound. CD3-zeta may not provide a fully competent activation signal and additional co-stimulatory signaling is needed.
"First-generation" CARs typically had the intracellular domain from the CD3 x- chain, which is the primary transmitter of signals from endogenous TCRs. "Second-generation" CARs add intracellular signaling domains from various costimulatory protein receptors (e.g., CD28, 41BB, ICOS) to the cytoplasmic tail of the CAR to provide additional signals to the T cell. Preclinical studies have indicated that the second generation of CAR designs improves the antitumor activity of T cells. More recent, "third-generation" CARs combine multiple signaling domains, such as CD3z-CD28-41BB or CD3z-CD28-OX40, to further augment potency. G. ADCs
Antibody Drug Conjugates or ADCs are a new class of highly potent biopharmaceutical drugs designed as a targeted therapy for the treatment of people with infectious disease. ADCs are complex molecules composed of an antibody (a whole mAb or an antibody fragment such as a single-chain variable fragment, or scFv) linked, via a stable chemical linker with labile bonds, to a biological active cytotoxic/anti-viral payload or drug. Antibody Drug Conjugates are examples of bioconjugates and immunoconjugates.
By combining the unique targeting capabilities of monoclonal antibodies with the cancer-killing ability of cytotoxic drugs, antibody-drug conjugates allow sensitive discrimination between healthy and diseased tissue. This means that, in contrast to traditional systemic approaches, antibody-drug conjugates target and attack the infected cell so that healthy cells are less severely affected.
In the development ADC-based anti-tumor therapies, an anticancer drug (e.g., a cell toxin or cytotoxin) is coupled to an antibody that specifically targets a certain cell marker (e.g., a protein that, ideally, is only to be found in or on infected cells). Antibodies track these proteins down in the body and attach themselves to the surface of cancer cells. The biochemical reaction between the antibody and the target protein (antigen) triggers a signal in the tumor cell, which then absorbs or internalizes the antibody together with the cytotoxin. After the ADC is internalized, the cytotoxic drug is released and kills the cell or impairs viral replication. Due to this targeting, ideally the drug has lower side effects and gives a wider therapeutic window than other agents.
A stable link between the antibody and cytotoxic/anti-viral agent is a crucial aspect of an ADC. Linkers are based on chemical motifs including disulfides, hydrazones or peptides (cleavable), or thioethers (noncleavable) and control the distribution and delivery of the cytotoxic agent to the target cell. Cleavable and noncleavable types of linkers have been proven to be safe in preclinical and clinical trials. Brentuximab vedotin includes an enzyme-sensitive cleavable linker that delivers the potent and highly toxic antimicrotubule agent Monomethyl auristatin E or MMAE, a synthetic antineoplastic agent, to human specific CD30-positive malignant cells. Because of its high toxicity MMAE, which inhibits cell division by blocking the polymerization of tubulin, cannot be used as a single-agent chemotherapeutic drug. However, the combination of MMAE linked to an anti-CD30 monoclonal antibody (cAC10, a cell membrane protein of the tumor necrosis factor or TNF receptor) proved to be stable in extracellular fluid, cleavable by cathepsin and safe for therapy. Trastuzumab emtansine, the other approved ADC, is a combination of the microtubule-formation inhibitor mertansine (DM- 1), a derivative of the Maytansine, and antibody trastuzumab (Herceptin®/Genentech/Roche) attached by a stable, non-cleavable linker.
The availability of better and more stable linkers has changed the function of the chemical bond. The type of linker, cleavable or noncleavable, lends specific properties to the cytotoxic (anti-cancer) drug. For example, a non-cleavable linker keeps the drug within the cell. As a result, the entire antibody, linker and cytotoxic agent enter the targeted cancer cell where the antibody is degraded to the level of an amino acid. The resulting complex– amino acid, linker and cytotoxic agent– now becomes the active drug. In contrast, cleavable linkers are catalyzed by enzymes in the host cell where it releases the cytotoxic agent.
Another type of cleavable linker, currently in development, adds an extra molecule between the cytotoxic/anti-viral drug and the cleavage site. This linker technology allows researchers to create ADCs with more flexibility without worrying about changing cleavage kinetics. Researchers are also developing a new method of peptide cleavage based on Edman degradation, a method of sequencing amino acids in a peptide. Future direction in the development of ADCs also include the development of site-specific conjugation (TDCs) to further improve stability and therapeutic index and a emitting immunoconjugates and antibody-conjugated nanoparticles. H. BiTES
Bi-specific T-cell engagers (BiTEs) are a class of artificial bispecific monoclonal antibodies that are investigated for the use as anti-cancer drugs. They direct a host's immune
system, more specifically the T cells' cytotoxic activity, against infected cells. BiTE is a registered trademark of Micromet AG.
BiTEs are fusion proteins consisting of two single-chain variable fragments (scFvs) of different antibodies, or amino acid sequences from four different genes, on a single peptide chain of about 55 kilodaltons. One of the scFvs binds to T cells via the CD3 receptor, and the other to an infected cell via a specific molecule.
Like other bispecific antibodies, and unlike ordinary monoclonal antibodies, BiTEs form a link between T cells and target cells. This causes T cells to exert cytotoxic/anti-viral activity on infected cells by producing proteins like perforin and granzymes, independently of the presence of MHC I or co-stimulatory molecules. These proteins enter infected cells and initiate the cell's apoptosis. This action mimics physiological processes observed during T cell attacks against infected cells. I. Intrabodies
In a particular embodiment, the antibody is a recombinant antibody that is suitable for action inside of a cell– such antibodies are known as“intrabodies.” These antibodies may interfere with target function by a variety of mechanism, such as by altering intracellular protein trafficking, interfering with enzymatic function, and blocking protein-protein or protein-DNA interactions. In many ways, their structures mimic or parallel those of single chain and single domain antibodies, discussed above. Indeed, single-transcript/single-chain is an important feature that permits intracellular expression in a target cell, and also makes protein transit across cell membranes more feasible. However, additional features are required.
The two major issues impacting the implementation of intrabody therapeutic are delivery, including cell/tissue targeting, and stability. With respect to delivery, a variety of approaches have been employed, such as tissue-directed delivery, use of cell-type specific promoters, viral-based delivery and use of cell-permeability/membrane translocating peptides. With respect to the stability, the approach is generally to either screen by brute force, including methods that involve phage display and may include sequence maturation or development of consensus sequences, or more directed modifications such as insertion stabilizing sequences (e.g., Fc regions, chaperone protein sequences, leucine zippers) and disulfide replacement/modification.
An additional feature that intrabodies may require is a signal for intracellular targeting. Vectors that can target intrabodies (or other proteins) to subcellular regions such as the
cytoplasm, nucleus, mitochondria and ER have been designed and are commercially available (Invitrogen Corp.; Persic et al., 1997).
By virtue of their ability to enter cells, intrabodies have additional uses that other types of antibodies may not achieve. In the case of the present antibodies, the ability to interact with the MUC1 cytoplasmic domain in a living cell may interfere with functions associated with the MUC1 CD, such as signaling functions (binding to other molecules) or oligomer formation. In particular, it is contemplated that such antibodies can be used to inhibit MUC1 dimer formation. J. Purification
In certain embodiments, the antibodies of the present disclosure may be purified. The term“purified,” as used herein, is intended to refer to a composition, isolatable from other components, wherein the protein is purified to any degree relative to its naturally-obtainable state. A purified protein therefore also refers to a protein, free from the environment in which it may naturally occur. Where the term“substantially purified” is used, this designation will refer to a composition in which the protein or peptide forms the major component of the composition, such as constituting about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95% or more of the proteins in the composition.
Protein purification techniques are well known to those of skill in the art. These techniques involve, at one level, the crude fractionation of the cellular milieu to polypeptide and non-polypeptide fractions. Having separated the polypeptide from other proteins, the polypeptide of interest may be further purified using chromatographic and electrophoretic techniques to achieve partial or complete purification (or purification to homogeneity). Analytical methods particularly suited to the preparation of a pure peptide are ion-exchange chromatography, exclusion chromatography; polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; isoelectric focusing. Other methods for protein purification include, precipitation with ammonium sulfate, PEG, antibodies and the like or by heat denaturation, followed by centrifugation; gel filtration, reverse phase, hydroxylapatite and affinity chromatography; and combinations of such and other techniques.
In purifying an antibody of the present disclosure, it may be desirable to express the polypeptide in a prokaryotic or eukaryotic expression system and extract the protein using denaturing conditions. The polypeptide may be purified from other cellular components using an affinity column, which binds to a tagged portion of the polypeptide. As is generally known in the art, it is believed that the order of conducting the various purification steps may be
changed, or that certain steps may be omitted, and still result in a suitable method for the preparation of a substantially purified protein or peptide.
Commonly, complete antibodies are fractionated utilizing agents (i.e., protein A) that bind the Fc portion of the antibody. Alternatively, antigens may be used to simultaneously purify and select appropriate antibodies. Such methods often utilize the selection agent bound to a support, such as a column, filter or bead. The antibodies is bound to a support, contaminants removed (e.g., washed away), and the antibodies released by applying conditions (salt, heat, etc.).
Various methods for quantifying the degree of purification of the protein or peptide will be known to those of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure. These include, for example, determining the specific activity of an active fraction, or assessing the amount of polypeptides within a fraction by SDS/PAGE analysis. Another method for assessing the purity of a fraction is to calculate the specific activity of the fraction, to compare it to the specific activity of the initial extract, and to thus calculate the degree of purity. The actual units used to represent the amount of activity will, of course, be dependent upon the particular assay technique chosen to follow the purification and whether or not the expressed protein or peptide exhibits a detectable activity.
It is known that the migration of a polypeptide can vary, sometimes significantly, with different conditions of SDS/PAGE (Capaldi et al., 1977). It will therefore be appreciated that under differing electrophoresis conditions, the apparent molecular weights of purified or partially purified expression products may vary. III. Active/Passive Immunization and Treatment/Prevention of Hepatitis C virus Infection
A. Formulation and Administration
The present disclosure provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising anti- Hepatitis C virus antibodies and antigens for generating the same. Such compositions comprise a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of an antibody or a fragment thereof, or a peptide immunogen, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In a specific embodiment, the term“pharmaceutically acceptable” means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans. The term“carrier” refers to a diluent, excipient, or vehicle with which the therapeutic is administered. Such pharmaceutical carriers can be sterile liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal,
vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. Water is a particular carrier when the pharmaceutical composition is administered intravenously. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Other suitable pharmaceutical excipients include starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, water, ethanol and the like.
The composition, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents. These compositions can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, sustained-release formulations and the like. Oral formulations can include standard carriers such as pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, magnesium carbonate, etc. Examples of suitable pharmaceutical agents are described in“Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences.” Such compositions will contain a prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of the antibody or fragment thereof, preferably in purified form, together with a suitable amount of carrier so as to provide the form for proper administration to the patient. The formulation should suit the mode of administration, which can be oral, intravenous, intraarterial, intrabuccal, intranasal, nebulized, bronchial inhalation, intra-rectal, vaginal, topical or delivered by mechanical ventilation.
Active vaccines are also envisioned where antibodies like those disclosed are produced in vivo in a subject at risk of Hepatitis C virus infection. Such vaccines can be formulated for parenteral administration, e.g., formulated for injection via the intradermal, intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous, or even intraperitoneal routes. Administration by intradermal and intramuscular routes are contemplated. The vaccine could alternatively be administered by a topical route directly to the mucosa, for example by nasal drops, inhalation, by nebulizer, or via intrarectal or vaginal delivery. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the acid salts and those which are formed with inorganic acids such as, for example, hydrochloric or phosphoric acids, or such organic acids as acetic, oxalic, tartaric, mandelic, and the like. Salts formed with the free carboxyl groups may also be derived from inorganic bases such as, for example, sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, or ferric hydroxides, and such organic bases as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, and the like.
Passive transfer of antibodies, known as artificially acquired passive immunity, generally will involve the use of intravenous or intramuscular injections. The forms of antibody can be human or animal blood plasma or serum, as pooled human immunoglobulin for
intravenous (IVIG) or intramuscular (IG) use, as high-titer human IVIG or IG from immunized or from donors recovering from disease, and as monoclonal antibodies (MAb). Such immunity generally lasts for only a short period of time, and there is also a potential risk for hypersensitivity reactions, and serum sickness, especially from gamma globulin of non-human origin. However, passive immunity provides immediate protection. The antibodies will be formulated in a carrier suitable for injection, i.e., sterile and syringeable.
Generally, the ingredients of compositions of the disclosure are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water-free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the composition is to be administered by infusion, it can be dispensed with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the composition is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
The compositions of the disclosure can be formulated as neutral or salt forms. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those formed with anions such as those derived from hydrochloric, phosphoric, acetic, oxalic, tartaric acids, etc., and those formed with cations such as those derived from sodium, potassium, ammonium, calcium, ferric hydroxides, isopropylamine, triethylamine, 2-ethylamino ethanol, histidine, procaine, etc. B. ADCC
Antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) is an immune mechanism leading to the lysis of antibody-coated target cells by immune effector cells. The target cells are cells to which antibodies or fragments thereof comprising an Fc region specifically bind, generally via the protein part that is N-terminal to the Fc region. By“antibody having increased/reduced antibody dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC)” is meant an antibody having increased/reduced ADCC as determined by any suitable method known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
As used herein, the term“increased/reduced ADCC” is defined as either an increase/reduction in the number of target cells that are lysed in a given time, at a given concentration of antibody in the medium surrounding the target cells, by the mechanism of ADCC defined above, and/or a reduction/increase in the concentration of antibody, in the medium surrounding the target cells, required to achieve the lysis of a given number of target cells in a given time, by the mechanism of ADCC. The increase/reduction in ADCC is relative to the ADCC mediated by the same antibody produced by the same type of host cells, using
the same standard production, purification, formulation and storage methods (which are known to those skilled in the art), but that has not been engineered. For example, the increase in ADCC mediated by an antibody produced by host cells engineered to have an altered pattern of glycosylation (e.g., to express the glycosyltransferase, GnTIII, or other glycosyltransferases) by the methods described herein, is relative to the ADCC mediated by the same antibody produced by the same type of non-engineered host cells. C. CDC
Complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) is a function of the complement system. It is the processes in the immune system that kill pathogens by damaging their membranes without the involvement of antibodies or cells of the immune system. There are three main processes. All three insert one or more membrane attack complexes (MAC) into the pathogen which cause lethal colloid-osmotic swelling, i.e., CDC. It is one of the mechanisms by which antibodies or antibody fragments have an anti-viral effect. IV. Antibody Conjugates
Antibodies of the present disclosure may be linked to at least one agent to form an antibody conjugate. In order to increase the efficacy of antibody molecules as diagnostic or therapeutic agents, it is conventional to link or covalently bind or complex at least one desired molecule or moiety. Such a molecule or moiety may be, but is not limited to, at least one effector or reporter molecule. Effector molecules comprise molecules having a desired activity, e.g., cytotoxic activity. Non-limiting examples of effector molecules which have been attached to antibodies include toxins, anti-tumor agents, therapeutic enzymes, radionuclides, antiviral agents, chelating agents, cytokines, growth factors, and oligo- or polynucleotides. By contrast, a reporter molecule is defined as any moiety which may be detected using an assay. Non- limiting examples of reporter molecules which have been conjugated to antibodies include enzymes, radiolabels, haptens, fluorescent labels, phosphorescent molecules, chemiluminescent molecules, chromophores, photoaffinity molecules, colored particles or ligands, such as biotin.
Antibody conjugates are generally preferred for use as diagnostic agents. Antibody diagnostics generally fall within two classes, those for use in in vitro diagnostics, such as in a variety of immunoassays, and those for use in vivo diagnostic protocols, generally known as "antibody-directed imaging." Many appropriate imaging agents are known in the art, as are methods for their attachment to antibodies (see, for e.g., U.S. Patents 5,021,236, 4,938,948,
and 4,472,509). The imaging moieties used can be paramagnetic ions, radioactive isotopes, fluorochromes, NMR-detectable substances, and X-ray imaging agents.
In the case of paramagnetic ions, one might mention by way of example ions such as chromium (III), manganese (II), iron (III), iron (II), cobalt (II), nickel (II), copper (II), neodymium (III), samarium (III), ytterbium (III), gadolinium (III), vanadium (II), terbium (III), dysprosium (III), holmium (III) and/or erbium (III), with gadolinium being particularly preferred. Ions useful in other contexts, such as X-ray imaging, include but are not limited to lanthanum (III), gold (III), lead (II), and especially bismuth (III).
In the case of radioactive isotopes for therapeutic and/or diagnostic application, one might mention astatine211, 14carbon, 51chromium, 36chlorine, 57cobalt, 58cobalt, copper67, 152Eu, gallium67, 3hydrogen, iodine123, iodine125, iodine131, indium111, 59iron, 32phosphorus, rhenium186, rhenium188, 75selenium, 35sulphur, technicium99m and/or yttrium90.125I is often being preferred for use in certain embodiments, and technicium99m and/or indium111 are also often preferred due to their low energy and suitability for long range detection. Radioactively labeled monoclonal antibodies of the present disclosure may be produced according to well-known methods in the art. For instance, monoclonal antibodies can be iodinated by contact with sodium and/or potassium iodide and a chemical oxidizing agent such as sodium hypochlorite, or an enzymatic oxidizing agent, such as lactoperoxidase. Monoclonal antibodies according to the disclosure may be labeled with technetium99m by ligand exchange process, for example, by reducing pertechnate with stannous solution, chelating the reduced technetium onto a Sephadex column and applying the antibody to this column. Alternatively, direct labeling techniques may be used, e.g., by incubating pertechnate, a reducing agent such as SNCl2, a buffer solution such as sodium-potassium phthalate solution, and the antibody. Intermediary functional groups which are often used to bind radioisotopes which exist as metallic ions to antibody are diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA) or ethylene diaminetetracetic acid (EDTA).
Among the fluorescent labels contemplated for use as conjugates include Alexa 350, Alexa 430, AMCA, BODIPY 630/650, BODIPY 650/665, BODIPY-FL, BODIPY-R6G, BODIPY-TMR, BODIPY-TRX, Cascade Blue, Cy3, Cy5,6-FAM, Fluorescein Isothiocyanate, HEX, 6-JOE, Oregon Green 488, Oregon Green 500, Oregon Green 514, Pacific Blue, REG, Rhodamine Green, Rhodamine Red, Renographin, ROX, TAMRA, TET, Tetramethylrhodamine, and/or Texas Red.
Another type of antibody conjugate contemplated in the present disclosure are those intended primarily for use in vitro, where the antibody is linked to a secondary binding ligand and/or to an enzyme (an enzyme tag) that will generate a colored product upon contact with a
chromogenic substrate. Examples of suitable enzymes include urease, alkaline phosphatase, (horseradish) hydrogen peroxidase or glucose oxidase. Preferred secondary binding ligands are biotin and avidin and streptavidin compounds. The use of such labels is well known to those of skill in the art and are described, for example, in U.S. Patents 3,817,837, 3,850,752, 3,939,350, 3,996,345, 4,277,437, 4,275,149 and 4,366,241.
Yet another known method of site-specific attachment of molecules to antibodies comprises the reaction of antibodies with hapten-based affinity labels. Essentially, hapten- based affinity labels react with amino acids in the antigen binding site, thereby destroying this site and blocking specific antigen reaction. However, this may not be advantageous since it results in loss of antigen binding by the antibody conjugate.
Molecules containing azido groups may also be used to form covalent bonds to proteins through reactive nitrene intermediates that are generated by low intensity ultraviolet light (Potter and Haley, 1983). In particular, 2- and 8-azido analogues of purine nucleotides have been used as site-directed photoprobes to identify nucleotide binding proteins in crude cell extracts (Owens & Haley, 1987; Atherton et al., 1985). The 2- and 8-azido nucleotides have also been used to map nucleotide binding domains of purified proteins (Khatoon et al., 1989; King et al., 1989; Dholakia et al., 1989) and may be used as antibody binding agents.
Several methods are known in the art for the attachment or conjugation of an antibody to its conjugate moiety. Some attachment methods involve the use of a metal chelate complex employing, for example, an organic chelating agent such a diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid anhydride (DTPA); ethylenetriaminetetraacetic acid; N-chloro-p-toluenesulfonamide; and/or tetrachloro-3 ^-6 ^-diphenylglycouril-3 attached to the antibody (U.S. Patents 4,472,509 and 4,938,948). Monoclonal antibodies may also be reacted with an enzyme in the presence of a coupling agent such as glutaraldehyde or periodate. Conjugates with fluorescein markers are prepared in the presence of these coupling agents or by reaction with an isothiocyanate. In U.S. Patent 4,938,948, imaging of breast tumors is achieved using monoclonal antibodies and the detectable imaging moieties are bound to the antibody using linkers such as methyl-p- hydroxybenzimidate or N-succinimidyl-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate.
In other embodiments, derivatization of immunoglobulins by selectively introducing sulfhydryl groups in the Fc region of an immunoglobulin, using reaction conditions that do not alter the antibody combining site are contemplated. Antibody conjugates produced according to this methodology are disclosed to exhibit improved longevity, specificity and sensitivity (U.S. Patent 5,196,066, incorporated herein by reference). Site-specific attachment of effector
or reporter molecules, wherein the reporter or effector molecule is conjugated to a carbohydrate residue in the Fc region have also been disclosed in the literature (O’Shannessy et al., 1987). This approach has been reported to produce diagnostically and therapeutically promising antibodies which are currently in clinical evaluation. V. Immunodetection Methods
In still further embodiments, the present disclosure concerns immunodetection methods for binding, purifying, removing, quantifying and otherwise generally detecting Hepatitis C virus and its associated antigens. While such methods can be applied in a traditional sense, another use will be in quality control and monitoring of vaccine and other virus stocks, where antibodies according to the present disclosure can be used to assess the amount or integrity (i.e., long term stability) of antigens in viruses. Alternatively, the methods may be used to screen various antibodies for appropriate/desired reactivity profiles.
Other immunodetection methods include specific assays for determining the presence of Hepatitis C virus in a subject. A wide variety of assay formats are contemplated, but specifically those that would be used to detect Hepatitis C virus in a fluid obtained from a subject, such as saliva, blood, plasma, sputum, semen or urine. In particular, semen has been demonstrated as a viable sample for detecting Hepatitis C virus (Purpura et al., 2016; Mansuy et al., 2016; Barzon et al., 2016; Gornet et al., 2016; Duffy et al., 2009; CDC, 2016; Halfon et al., 2010; Elder et al.2005). The assays may be advantageously formatted for non-healthcare (home) use, including lateral flow assays (see below) analogous to home pregnancy tests. These assays may be packaged in the form of a kit with appropriate reagents and instructions to permit use by the subject of a family member.
Some immunodetection methods include enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), radioimmunoassay (RIA), immunoradiometric assay, fluoroimmunoassay, chemiluminescent assay, bioluminescent assay, and Western blot to mention a few. In particular, a competitive assay for the detection and quantitation of Hepatitis C virus antibodies directed to specific parasite epitopes in samples also is provided. The steps of various useful immunodetection methods have been described in the scientific literature, such as, e.g., Doolittle and Ben-Zeev (1999), Gulbis and Galand (1993), De Jager et al. (1993), and Nakamura et al. (1987). In general, the immunobinding methods include obtaining a sample suspected of containing Hepatitis C virus and contacting the sample with a first antibody in accordance with the present disclosure, as the case may be, under conditions effective to allow the formation of immunocomplexes.
These methods include methods for purifying Hepatitis C virus or related antigens from a sample. The antibody will preferably be linked to a solid support, such as in the form of a column matrix, and the sample suspected of containing the Hepatitis C virus or antigenic component will be applied to the immobilized antibody. The unwanted components will be washed from the column, leaving the Hepatitis C virus antigen immunocomplexed to the immobilized antibody, which is then collected by removing the organism or antigen from the column.
The immunobinding methods also include methods for detecting and quantifying the amount of Hepatitis C virus or related components in a sample and the detection and quantification of any immune complexes formed during the binding process. Here, one would obtain a sample suspected of containing Hepatitis C virus or its antigens and contact the sample with an antibody that binds Hepatitis C virus or components thereof, followed by detecting and quantifying the amount of immune complexes formed under the specific conditions. In terms of antigen detection, the biological sample analyzed may be any sample that is suspected of containing Hepatitis C virus or Hepatitis C virus antigen, such as a tissue section or specimen, a homogenized tissue extract, a biological fluid, including blood and serum, or a secretion, such as feces or urine.
Contacting the chosen biological sample with the antibody under effective conditions and for a period of time sufficient to allow the formation of immune complexes (primary immune complexes) is generally a matter of simply adding the antibody composition to the sample and incubating the mixture for a period of time long enough for the antibodies to form immune complexes with, i.e., to bind to Hepatitis C virus or antigens present. After this time, the sample-antibody composition, such as a tissue section, ELISA plate, dot blot or Western blot, will generally be washed to remove any non-specifically bound antibody species, allowing only those antibodies specifically bound within the primary immune complexes to be detected.
In general, the detection of immunocomplex formation is well known in the art and may be achieved through the application of numerous approaches. These methods are generally based upon the detection of a label or marker, such as any of those radioactive, fluorescent, biological and enzymatic tags. Patents concerning the use of such labels include U.S. Patents 3,817,837, 3,850,752, 3,939,350, 3,996,345, 4,277,437, 4,275,149 and 4,366,241. Of course, one may find additional advantages through the use of a secondary binding ligand such as a second antibody and/or a biotin/avidin ligand binding arrangement, as is known in the art.
The antibody employed in the detection may itself be linked to a detectable label, wherein one would then simply detect this label, thereby allowing the amount of the primary
immune complexes in the composition to be determined. Alternatively, the first antibody that becomes bound within the primary immune complexes may be detected by means of a second binding ligand that has binding affinity for the antibody. In these cases, the second binding ligand may be linked to a detectable label. The second binding ligand is itself often an antibody, which may thus be termed a“secondary” antibody. The primary immune complexes are contacted with the labeled, secondary binding ligand, or antibody, under effective conditions and for a period of time sufficient to allow the formation of secondary immune complexes. The secondary immune complexes are then generally washed to remove any non-specifically bound labeled secondary antibodies or ligands, and the remaining label in the secondary immune complexes is then detected.
Further methods include the detection of primary immune complexes by a two-step approach. A second binding ligand, such as an antibody that has binding affinity for the antibody, is used to form secondary immune complexes, as described above. After washing, the secondary immune complexes are contacted with a third binding ligand or antibody that has binding affinity for the second antibody, again under effective conditions and for a period of time sufficient to allow the formation of immune complexes (tertiary immune complexes). The third ligand or antibody is linked to a detectable label, allowing detection of the tertiary immune complexes thus formed. This system may provide for signal amplification if this is desired.
One method of immunodetection uses two different antibodies. A first biotinylated antibody is used to detect the target antigen, and a second antibody is then used to detect the biotin attached to the complexed biotin. In that method, the sample to be tested is first incubated in a solution containing the first step antibody. If the target antigen is present, some of the antibody binds to the antigen to form a biotinylated antibody/antigen complex. The antibody/antigen complex is then amplified by incubation in successive solutions of streptavidin (or avidin), biotinylated DNA, and/or complementary biotinylated DNA, with each step adding additional biotin sites to the antibody/antigen complex. The amplification steps are repeated until a suitable level of amplification is achieved, at which point the sample is incubated in a solution containing the second step antibody against biotin. This second step antibody is labeled, as for example with an enzyme that can be used to detect the presence of the antibody/antigen complex by histoenzymology using a chromogen substrate. With suitable amplification, a conjugate can be produced which is macroscopically visible.
Another known method of immunodetection takes advantage of the immuno-PCR (Polymerase Chain Reaction) methodology. The PCR method is similar to the Cantor method
up to the incubation with biotinylated DNA, however, instead of using multiple rounds of streptavidin and biotinylated DNA incubation, the DNA/biotin/streptavidin/antibody complex is washed out with a low pH or high salt buffer that releases the antibody. The resulting wash solution is then used to carry out a PCR reaction with suitable primers with appropriate controls. At least in theory, the enormous amplification capability and specificity of PCR can be utilized to detect a single antigen molecule. A. ELISAs
Immunoassays, in their most simple and direct sense, are binding assays. Certain preferred immunoassays are the various types of enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs) and radioimmunoassays (RIA) known in the art. Immunohistochemical detection using tissue sections is also particularly useful. However, it will be readily appreciated that detection is not limited to such techniques, and western blotting, dot blotting, FACS analyses, and the like may also be used.
In one exemplary ELISA, the antibodies of the disclosure are immobilized onto a selected surface exhibiting protein affinity, such as a well in a polystyrene microtiter plate. Then, a test composition suspected of containing the Hepatitis C virus or Hepatitis C virus antigen is added to the wells. After binding and washing to remove non-specifically bound immune complexes, the bound antigen may be detected. Detection may be achieved by the addition of another anti-Hepatitis C virus antibody that is linked to a detectable label. This type of ELISA is a simple“sandwich ELISA.” Detection may also be achieved by the addition of a second anti-Hepatitis C virus antibody, followed by the addition of a third antibody that has binding affinity for the second antibody, with the third antibody being linked to a detectable label.
In another exemplary ELISA, the samples suspected of containing the Hepatitis C virus or Hepatitis C virus antigen are immobilized onto the well surface and then contacted with the anti- Hepatitis C virus antibodies of the disclosure. After binding and washing to remove non- specifically bound immune complexes, the bound anti-Hepatitis C virus antibodies are detected. Where the initial anti-Hepatitis C virus antibodies are linked to a detectable label, the immune complexes may be detected directly. Again, the immune complexes may be detected using a second antibody that has binding affinity for the first anti-Hepatitis C virus antibody, with the second antibody being linked to a detectable label.
Irrespective of the format employed, ELISAs have certain features in common, such as coating, incubating and binding, washing to remove non-specifically bound species, and detecting the bound immune complexes. These are described below.
In coating a plate with either antigen or antibody, one will generally incubate the wells of the plate with a solution of the antigen or antibody, either overnight or for a specified period of hours. The wells of the plate will then be washed to remove incompletely adsorbed material. Any remaining available surfaces of the wells are then“coated” with a nonspecific protein that is antigenically neutral with regard to the test antisera. These include bovine serum albumin (BSA), casein or solutions of milk powder. The coating allows for blocking of nonspecific adsorption sites on the immobilizing surface and thus reduces the background caused by nonspecific binding of antisera onto the surface.
In ELISAs, it is probably more customary to use a secondary or tertiary detection means rather than a direct procedure. Thus, after binding of a protein or antibody to the well, coating with a non-reactive material to reduce background, and washing to remove unbound material, the immobilizing surface is contacted with the biological sample to be tested under conditions effective to allow immune complex (antigen/antibody) formation. Detection of the immune complex then requires a labeled secondary binding ligand or antibody, and a secondary binding ligand or antibody in conjunction with a labeled tertiary antibody or a third binding ligand. “Under conditions effective to allow immune complex (antigen/antibody) formation” means that the conditions preferably include diluting the antigens and/or antibodies with solutions such as BSA, bovine gamma globulin (BGG) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS)/Tween. These added agents also tend to assist in the reduction of nonspecific background.
The“suitable” conditions also mean that the incubation is at a temperature or for a period of time sufficient to allow effective binding. Incubation steps are typically from about 1 to 2 to 4 hours or so, at temperatures preferably on the order of 25°C to 27°C or may be overnight at about 4°C or so.
Following all incubation steps in an ELISA, the contacted surface is washed so as to remove non-complexed material. A preferred washing procedure includes washing with a solution such as PBS/Tween, or borate buffer. Following the formation of specific immune complexes between the test sample and the originally bound material, and subsequent washing, the occurrence of even minute amounts of immune complexes may be determined.
To provide a detecting means, the second or third antibody will have an associated label to allow detection. Preferably, this will be an enzyme that will generate color development
upon incubating with an appropriate chromogenic substrate. Thus, for example, one will desire to contact or incubate the first and second immune complex with a urease, glucose oxidase, alkaline phosphatase or hydrogen peroxidase-conjugated antibody for a period of time and under conditions that favor the development of further immune complex formation (e.g., incubation for 2 hours at room temperature in a PBS-containing solution such as PBS-Tween).
After incubation with the labeled antibody, and subsequent to washing to remove unbound material, the amount of label is quantified, e.g., by incubation with a chromogenic substrate such as urea, or bromocresol purple, or 2,2'-azino-di-(3-ethyl-benzthiazoline-6- sulfonic acid (ABTS), or H2O2, in the case of peroxidase as the enzyme label. Quantification is then achieved by measuring the degree of color generated, e.g., using a visible spectra spectrophotometer.
In another embodiment, the present disclosure contemplates the use of competitive formats. This is particularly useful in the detection of Hepatitis C virus antibodies in sample. In competition-based assays, an unknown amount of analyte or antibody is determined by its ability to displace a known amount of labeled antibody or analyte. Thus, the quantifiable loss of a signal is an indication of the amount of unknown antibody or analyte in a sample.
Here, the inventor proposes the use of labeled Hepatitis C virus monoclonal antibodies to determine the amount of Hepatitis C virus antibodies in a sample. The basic format would include contacting a known amount of Hepatitis C virus monoclonal antibody (linked to a detectable label) with Hepatitis C virus antigen or particle. The Hepatitis C virus antigen or organism is preferably attached to a support. After binding of the labeled monoclonal antibody to the support, the sample is added and incubated under conditions permitting any unlabeled antibody in the sample to compete with, and hence displace, the labeled monoclonal antibody. By measuring either the lost label or the label remaining (and subtracting that from the original amount of bound label), one can determine how much non-labeled antibody is bound to the support, and thus how much antibody was present in the sample. B. Western Blot
The Western blot (alternatively, protein immunoblot) is an analytical technique used to detect specific proteins in a given sample of tissue homogenate or extract. It uses gel electrophoresis to separate native or denatured proteins by the length of the polypeptide (denaturing conditions) or by the 3-D structure of the protein (native/ non-denaturing
conditions). The proteins are then transferred to a membrane (typically nitrocellulose or PVDF), where they are probed (detected) using antibodies specific to the target protein.
Samples may be taken from whole tissue or from cell culture. In most cases, solid tissues are first broken down mechanically using a blender (for larger sample volumes), using a homogenizer (smaller volumes), or by sonication. Cells may also be broken open by one of the above mechanical methods. However, it should be noted that bacteria, virus or environmental samples can be the source of protein and thus Western blotting is not restricted to cellular studies only. Assorted detergents, salts, and buffers may be employed to encourage lysis of cells and to solubilize proteins. Protease and phosphatase inhibitors are often added to prevent the digestion of the sample by its own enzymes. Tissue preparation is often done at cold temperatures to avoid protein denaturing.
The proteins of the sample are separated using gel electrophoresis. Separation of proteins may be by isoelectric point (pI), molecular weight, electric charge, or a combination of these factors. The nature of the separation depends on the treatment of the sample and the nature of the gel. This is a very useful way to determine a protein. It is also possible to use a two-dimensional (2-D) gel which spreads the proteins from a single sample out in two dimensions. Proteins are separated according to isoelectric point (pH at which they have neutral net charge) in the first dimension, and according to their molecular weight in the second dimension.
In order to make the proteins accessible to antibody detection, they are moved from within the gel onto a membrane made of nitrocellulose or polyvinylidene difluoride (PVDF). The membrane is placed on top of the gel, and a stack of filter papers placed on top of that. The entire stack is placed in a buffer solution which moves up the paper by capillary action, bringing the proteins with it. Another method for transferring the proteins is called electroblotting and uses an electric current to pull proteins from the gel into the PVDF or nitrocellulose membrane. The proteins move from within the gel onto the membrane while maintaining the organization they had within the gel. As a result of this blotting process, the proteins are exposed on a thin surface layer for detection (see below). Both varieties of membrane are chosen for their non- specific protein binding properties (i.e., binds all proteins equally well). Protein binding is based upon hydrophobic interactions, as well as charged interactions between the membrane and protein. Nitrocellulose membranes are cheaper than PVDF, but are far more fragile and do not stand up well to repeated probings. The uniformity and overall effectiveness of transfer of protein from the gel to the membrane can be checked by staining the membrane with Coomassie Brilliant Blue or Ponceau S dyes. Once transferred, proteins are detected using
labeled primary antibodies, or unlabeled primary antibodies followed by indirect detection using labeled protein A or secondary labeled antibodies binding to the Fc region of the primary antibodies. C. Lateral Flow Assays
Lateral flow assays, also known as lateral flow immunochromatographic assays, are simple devices intended to detect the presence (or absence) of a target analyte in sample (matrix) without the need for specialized and costly equipment, though many laboratory-based applications exist that are supported by reading equipment. Typically, these tests are used as low resources medical diagnostics, either for home testing, point of care testing, or laboratory use. A widely spread and well-known application is the home pregnancy test.
The technology is based on a series of capillary beds, such as pieces of porous paper or sintered polymer. Each of these elements has the capacity to transport fluid (e.g., urine) spontaneously. The first element (the sample pad) acts as a sponge and holds an excess of sample fluid. Once soaked, the fluid migrates to the second element (conjugate pad) in which the manufacturer has stored the so-called conjugate, a dried format of bio-active particles (see below) in a salt-sugar matrix that contains everything to guarantee an optimized chemical reaction between the target molecule (e.g., an antigen) and its chemical partner (e.g., antibody) that has been immobilized on the particle's surface. While the sample fluid dissolves the salt- sugar matrix, it also dissolves the particles and in one combined transport action the sample and conjugate mix while flowing through the porous structure. In this way, the analyte binds to the particles while migrating further through the third capillary bed. This material has one or more areas (often called stripes) where a third molecule has been immobilized by the manufacturer. By the time the sample-conjugate mix reaches these strips, analyte has been bound on the particle and the third 'capture' molecule binds the complex. After a while, when more and more fluid has passed the stripes, particles accumulate and the stripe-area changes color. Typically there are at least two stripes: one (the control) that captures any particle and thereby shows that reaction conditions and technology worked fine, the second contains a specific capture molecule and only captures those particles onto which an analyte molecule has been immobilized. After passing these reaction zones, the fluid enters the final porous material – the wick– that simply acts as a waste container. Lateral Flow Tests can operate as either competitive or sandwich assays. Lateral flow assays are disclosed in U.S. Patent 6,485,982.
D. Immunohistochemistry
The antibodies of the present disclosure may also be used in conjunction with both fresh-frozen and/or formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded tissue blocks prepared for study by immunohistochemistry (IHC). The method of preparing tissue blocks from these particulate specimens has been successfully used in previous IHC studies of various prognostic factors and is well known to those of skill in the art (Brown et al., 1990; Abbondanzo et al., 1990; Allred et al., 1990).
Briefly, frozen-sections may be prepared by rehydrating 50 ng of frozen“pulverized” tissue at room temperature in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) in small plastic capsules; pelleting the particles by centrifugation; resuspending them in a viscous embedding medium (OCT); inverting the capsule and/or pelleting again by centrifugation; snap-freezing in -70°C isopentane; cutting the plastic capsule and/or removing the frozen cylinder of tissue; securing the tissue cylinder on a cryostat microtome chuck; and/or cutting 25-50 serial sections from the capsule. Alternatively, whole frozen tissue samples may be used for serial section cuttings.
Permanent-sections may be prepared by a similar method involving rehydration of the 50 mg sample in a plastic microfuge tube; pelleting; resuspending in 10% formalin for 4 hours fixation; washing/pelleting; resuspending in warm 2.5% agar; pelleting; cooling in ice water to harden the agar; removing the tissue/agar block from the tube; infiltrating and/or embedding the block in paraffin; and/or cutting up to 50 serial permanent sections. Again, whole tissue samples may be substituted. E. Immunodetection Kits
In still further embodiments, the present disclosure concerns immunodetection kits for use with the immunodetection methods described above. As the antibodies may be used to detect Hepatitis C virus or Hepatitis C virus antigens, the antibodies may be included in the kit. The immunodetection kits will thus comprise, in suitable container means, a first antibody that binds to Hepatitis C virus or Hepatitis C virus antigen, and optionally an immunodetection reagent.
In certain embodiments, the Hepatitis C virus antibody may be pre-bound to a solid support, such as a column matrix and/or well of a microtiter plate. The immunodetection reagents of the kit may take any one of a variety of forms, including those detectable labels that are associated with or linked to the given antibody. Detectable labels that are associated with or attached to a secondary binding ligand are also contemplated. Exemplary secondary ligands are those secondary antibodies that have binding affinity for the first antibody.
Further suitable immunodetection reagents for use in the present kits include the two- component reagent that comprises a secondary antibody that has binding affinity for the first antibody, along with a third antibody that has binding affinity for the second antibody, the third antibody being linked to a detectable label. As noted above, a number of exemplary labels are known in the art and all such labels may be employed in connection with the present disclosure.
The kits may further comprise a suitably aliquoted composition of the Hepatitis C virus or Hepatitis C virus antigens, whether labeled or unlabeled, as may be used to prepare a standard curve for a detection assay. The kits may contain antibody-label conjugates either in fully conjugated form, in the form of intermediates, or as separate moieties to be conjugated by the user of the kit. The components of the kits may be packaged either in aqueous media or in lyophilized form.
The container means of the kits will generally include at least one vial, test tube, flask, bottle, syringe or other container means, into which the antibody may be placed, or preferably, suitably aliquoted. The kits of the present disclosure will also typically include a means for containing the antibody, antigen, and any other reagent containers in close confinement for commercial sale. Such containers may include injection or blow-molded plastic containers into which the desired vials are retained. F. Vaccine and Antigen Quality Control Assays
The present disclosure also contemplates the use of antibodies and antibody fragments as described herein for use in assessing the antigenic integrity of a viral antigen in a sample. Biological medicinal products like vaccines differ from chemical drugs in that they cannot normally be characterized molecularly; antibodies are large molecules of significant complexity, and have the capacity to vary widely from preparation to preparation. They are also administered to healthy individuals, including children at the start of their lives, and thus a strong emphasis must be placed on their quality to ensure, to the greatest extent possible, that they are efficacious in preventing or treating life-threatening disease, without themselves causing harm.
The increasing globalization in the production and distribution of vaccines has opened new possibilities to better manage public health concerns, but has also raised questions about the equivalence and interchangeability of vaccines procured across a variety of sources. International standardization of starting materials, of production and quality control testing, and the setting of high expectations for regulatory oversight on the way these products are manufactured and used, have thus been the cornerstone for continued success. But it remains a
field in constant change, and continuous technical advances in the field offer a promise of developing potent new weapons against the oldest public health threats, as well as new ones - malaria, pandemic influenza, and HIV, to name a few - but also put a great pressure on manufacturers, regulatory authorities, and the wider medical community to ensure that products continue to meet the highest standards of quality attainable.
Thus, one may obtain an antigen or vaccine from any source or at any point during a manufacturing process. The quality control processes may therefore begin with preparing a sample for an immunoassay that identifies binding of an antibody or fragment disclosed herein to a viral antigen. Such immunoassays are disclosed elsewhere in this document, and any of these may be used to assess the structural/antigenic integrity of the antigen. Standards for finding the sample to contain acceptable amounts of antigenically correct and intact antigen may be established by regulatory agencies.
Another important embodiment where antigen integrity is assessed is in determining shelf-life and storage stability. Most medicines, including vaccines, can deteriorate over time. Therefore, it is critical to determine whether, over time, the degree to which an antigen, such as in a vaccine, degrades or destabilizes such that is it no longer antigenic and/or capable of generating an immune response when administered to a subject. Again, standards for finding the sample to contain acceptable amounts of antigenically intact antigen may be established by regulatory agencies.
In certain embodiments, viral antigens may contain more than one protective epitope. In these cases, it may prove useful to employ assays that look at the binding of more than one antibody, such as 2, 3, 4, 5 or even more antibodies. These antibodies bind to closely related epitopes, such that they are adjacent or even overlap each other. On the other hand, they may represent distinct epitopes from disparate parts of the antigen. By examining the integrity of multiple epitopes, a more complete picture of the antigen’s overall integrity, and hence ability to generate a protective immune response, may be determined.
Antibodies and fragments thereof as described in the present disclosure may also be used in a kit for monitoring the efficacy of vaccination procedures by detecting the presence of protective Hepatitis C virus antibodies. Antibodies, antibody fragment, or variants and derivatives thereof, as described in the present disclosure may also be used in a kit for monitoring vaccine manufacture with the desired immunogenicity.
VI. Examples
The following examples are included to demonstrate preferred embodiments. It should be appreciated by those of skill in the art that the techniques disclosed in the examples that follow represent techniques discovered by the inventor to function well in the practice of embodiments, and thus can be considered to constitute preferred modes for its practice. However, those of skill in the art should, in light of the present disclosure, appreciate that many changes can be made in the specific embodiments which are disclosed and still obtain a like or similar result without departing from the spirit and scope of the disclosure. Example 1 - Materials and Methods
Study subjects. Plasma samples and PBMC were obtained from subjects in the BBAASH cohort (Cox et al., 2005).
Source of reference bNAbs. HC84.26 (Keck et al., 2012), and HC33.8 (Keck et al., 2013) were a gift of Steven Foung (Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California). AR1A, AR2A, AR3A, AR3C (Law et al., 2008), AR4A, and AR5A (Giang et al., 2012) were a gift from Mansun Law (The Scripps Research Institute, La Jolla, California, USA).
HCV viral load and serology testing. HCV viral loads (International Unit (IU)/mL) were quantified using a process of RNA extraction and utilization of commercial real time reagents (Abbot HCV Real Time Assay) migrated onto a research based real time PCR platform (Roche 480 Lightcycler). HCV seropositivity was determined using the Ortho HCV Version 3.0 ELISA Test System (Ortho Clinical Diagnostics, Raritan, New Jersey).
Generation of human hybridomas secreting monoclonal antibodies (mAbs). Human hybridomas were generated as described previously (Flyak et al., 2015). In brief, cryopreserved PBMC samples from Subjects 117 and 110 were transformed with Epstein-Barr virus, CpG and additional supplements. After 7 days, cells from each well of the 384-well culture plates were expanded into four 96-well culture plates using cell culture medium containing irradiated heterologous human PBMCs and incubated for an additional four days. B cell culture supernatants were screened in enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs) with E1E2 cell lysates and in neutralization assays against autologous or heterologous HCV variants. Screening was performed against E1E2 variants 1a53 (autologous) and 1a154 (H77) (heterologous) E1E2 variants for Subject 117 and 1a53 (heterologous) and 1a38 (autologous) variants for Subject 110. Cells from wells with supernatants reacting with HCV antigens were
fused with HMMA2.5 myeloma cells using an electrofusion technique (Yu et al., 2008). After fusion, hybridoma cell lines were cloned by limited dilutions and single-cell fluorescence- activated cell sorting and expanded in post-fusion medium as previously described (Flyak et al., 2015). HiTrap Protein G or HiTrap MabSelectSure columns were used to purify HCV- specific antibodies from filtered cell culture supernatants.
HCVpp production and neutralization assays. The panel of 19 heterologous genotype 1 HCVpp has been described previously (Osburn et al., 2014; Bailey et al., 2015). The HCVpp panels used to measure neutralizing breadth of plasma samples and mAbs were identical, except that two E1E2 clones used to screen plasma, 1b20 and 1a114, were replaced in mAb experiments by related clones 1b21 and 1a116, which gave more consistent HCVpp infectivity results. HCVpp were produced by lipofectamine-mediated transfection of HCV E1E2 and pNL4-3.Luc.R-E- plasmids into HEK293T cells as previously described (Hsu et al., 2003; Logvinoff et al., 2004). Neutralization assays were performed as described previously (Dowd et al., 2009). HCVpp were incubated for one hour with plasma at a 1:100 dilution or mAb at a final concentration of 50 or 10 µg/mL, then added in duplicate to Hep3B target cells for 5-6 hours before medium was changed. Infection was determined after 3 days by measurement of luciferase activity of cell lysates in relative light units (RLU). The majority of HCVpp used in neutralization assays produced RLU>2E6, or more than 100-fold above background produced by mock pseudoparticles lacking any E1E2. All HCVpp used in neutralization assays produced RLU of at least 200,000, which is at least 10-fold above background. Percent neutralization was calculated as (1-RLUtest mAb/RLUcontrol IgG )*100. Neutralization of MLV-pseudotyped particles was measured as a negative control.
HCVcc neutralization assays. Chimeric genotype 1-6 HCVcc constructs (Gottwein et al., 2009; Scheel et al., 2008) were a gift of Jens Bukh, (Copenhagen University Hospital, Copenhagen, Denmark). HCVcc neutralization assays were performed as described elsewhere (Wasilewski et al., 2016). Briefly, human hepatoma Huh7.5.1 cells (a gift of Jake Liang, NIH, Bethesda, Maryland, USA) were maintained in DMEM supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, 1% sodium pyruvate, and 1% l-glutamate.10,000 Huh7.5.1 cells per well were plated in flat bottom 96 well tissue culture plates and incubated overnight at 37°C. The following day, HCVcc were mixed with mAb (2.5-fold dilutions started at 50 mg/mL) then incubated at 37°C for 1 hour. Medium was removed from the cells and replaced with 50 µL of HCVcc/antibody mixture. The plates were placed in a CO2 incubator at 37°C overnight, after which the HCVcc were removed and replaced with 100 µL of Huh7.5.1 medium and incubated for 48 hours at 37°C. After 48 hours, medium was removed and cells were fixed and stained. Images were
acquired and spot forming units were counted in the presence of mAb (HCVccSFUtest) or nonspecific IgG (HCVccSFUcontrol) using an AID iSpot Reader Spectrum operating AID ELISpot Reader version 7.0. Percent neutralization was calculated as 100% x [1-(HCVccSFUtest /HCVccSFUcontrol)].
HCV NS5A immunostaining. HCV NS5A immunostaining was conducted as described elsewhere (Wasilewski et al., 2016). Briefly, cells were fixed with 4% formaldehyde then stained for HCV NS5A using primary anti-NS5A antibody 9E10 (a gift of Charles Rice, The Rockefeller University, New York City, New York, USA) at a 1:10,000 dilution for 1 hour at room temperature. Cells were washed twice with PBS and stained using secondary antibody Alexa Daylight 488–conjugated goat anti-mouse IgG (Life Technologies) at a 1:500 dilution for 1 hour at room temperature. Cells were washed twice in PBS and then stored covered in 100 mL PBS at 4°C.
Shotgun mutagenesis epitope mapping. Comprehensive alanine scanning mutagenesis of an expression construct for HCV E1/E2 (genotype 1a, strain H77) changed each residue to alanine (with alanine residues changed to serine) to create a library of clones, each representing an individual point mutant, covering 552 of 555 target E1/E2 residues. Each mutation was confirmed by DNA sequencing, and clones were arrayed into 384-well plates, one mutant per well, transfected into HEK-293T cells, and allowed to express for 22 hours.
Cells were fixed in 4% paraformaldehyde, permeabilized with 0.1% (wt/vol) saponin (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, MO) in PBS plus calcium and magnesium, and stained with MAbs diluted in 10% normal goat serum (NGS; Sigma), 0.1% w/v saponin, pH 9.0. Primary MAb concentrations were determined using an independent immunofluorescence titration curve against wild-type HCV E1/E2 to ensure that signals were within the linear range of detection. The cells were incubated with anti-HCV antibody for 1 hour at 20oC, followed by a 30-minute incubation with Alexa Fluor 488-conjugated secondary antibody (Jackson ImmunoResearch Laboratories, Westgrove, PA) in 10% NGS. Cells were washed twice with PBS without calcium or magnesium and resuspended in Cellstripper (Cellgro, Manassas, VA) plus 0.1% BSA (Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, MO). Cellular fluorescence was detected using the Intellicyt high throughput flow cytometer (HTFC, Intellicyt, Albuquerque, NM). Background fluorescence was determined by fluorescence measurement of vector-transfected control cells. MAb reactivities against each mutant HCV E1/E2 clone were calculated relative to wild-type E1/E2 reactivity by subtracting the signal from mock-transfected controls and normalizing to the signal from wild-type HCV E1/E2 -transfected controls.
Mutated residues within critical clones were identified as critical to the MAb epitope if they did not support reactivity of the test MAb but did support reactivity of other control anti- HCV MAbs. This counter-screen strategy facilitates the exclusion of E1/E2 mutants that are locally misfolded or that have an expression defect (Paes et al., 2009; Davidson and Doranz, 2014).
Hierarchical clustering of mAbs based on correlations between neutralization profiles. Neutralization of each of 19 HCVpp by each mAb were compared pairwise for all mAbs using spearman correlation. Spearman rho and p values then were used as input for hierarchical clustering as implemented in the “pvclust” package for R (cran.r- project.org/web/packages/pvclust/index.html) (Suzuki et al., 2006). Approximately unbiased values greater than 95 are considered strongly supported by the data. This clustering, depicted as a tree, was also used to order a matrix of correlation values produced using the“corrplot” package for R (cran.r-project.org/web/packages/corrplot/index.html) (Friendly et al., 2002).
HCV E1E2 ELISA. MAb binding to E1E2 was quantitated using an ELISA as previously described (Keck et al., 2009). Briefly, 293T cells were transfected with E1E2 expression constructs. Cell lysates were harvested at 48 h. Plates were coated with 500 ng of Galanthus nivalis lectin (Sigma) and blocked with PBS containing 0.5% Tween 20, 1% nonfat drymilk, 1% goat serum and E1E2–containing cell lysates were added. MAbs were assayed in duplicate at 5-fold serial dilutions, starting at 100 µg/mL and binding detected with HRP- conjugated anti-human IgG secondary antibody (BD-Pharmingen #555788). ELISA used for hybridoma screening followed the same protocol with the following modifications: 384-well ELISA plates were coated with Galanthus nivalis lectin (Sigma) at 5 µg/mL in Dulbecco’s PBS (DPBS). Plates were blocked with a blocking solution consisted of 10 g powdered milk, 10 mL of goat serum, 100 mL of 10× DPBS, and 0.5 mL of Tween-20 mixed to a 1 L final volume with distilled water. Autologous and heterologous E1E2 cell lysates were diluted in DPBS with 0.05% Tween-20 and added to plates. B cell culture supernatants from tissue- culture plates were transferred to ELISA plates coated with E1E2 lysates. For binding competitions ELISA, E1E2 protein-coated ELISA wells were pre-incubated with 20 µg/mL of blocking bNAbs, followed by biotinylated mAbs at 2 µg/mL, with binding of the biotinylated bNAb detected using streptavidin-horseradish peroxidase. A ratio of binding of each biotinylated bNAb in the presence of blocking bNAb divided by binding in the absence of blocking bNAb was calculated. For ELISA with denatured E1E2 protein, E1E2 was boiled for 5 min in Tris-buffered saline (TBS)-10% FCS containing 1.0% sodium dodecyl sulfate and 50 mM dithiothreitol.prior to addition to GNA-lectin-coated plates.
Sequence analysis of antibody variable region genes. Total cellular RNA was extracted from clonal hybridomas that produced HCV antibodies, and RT-PCR reaction was performed using mixtures of primers designed to amplify all heavy-chain or light-chain antibody variable regions. Antibody variable gene sequence analysis was performed as previously described (Flyak et al., 2015). Heavy and light chain antibody variable region sequences were analyzed using the IMGT/V-Quest program (Brochet et al., 2008; Guidicelli et al., 2011).
HEPC3 mutagenesis and antibody expression. The genes encoding HEPC3 heavy- or light-chain variable regions were synthesized and cloned into a mammalian expression plasmid vector for full length IgG1 by GenScript. Site-directed mutagenesis to revert individual somatic mutations was performed using QuikChange Lightning Site-Directed Mutagenesis kit (Agilent). Transient expression of HEPC3 variants was done in FreestyleTM 293-F cells (Thermo Fisher Scientific). Briefly, equal amounts of heavy and light chain DNA were mixed with polyethylenimine, PEI, (Polysciences, Inc.) at 2:1 ratio of PEI to DNA and the DNA-PEI complexes were added to Freestyle cells. 200 mL or 300 mL of culture was used for each variant, and supernatants were collected on day 6 after transfection. MAbs were harvested from the supernatant using HiTrap MabSelectSure columns (Life Technologies).
Biolayer interferometry based KD measurements. HEPC3 variants binding affinities were determined using an Octet RED biosensor (ForteBio Menlo Park, CA). HEPC3 variants were diluted in 1x kinetic buffer to 10 µg/mL and immobilized onto anti-human IgG Fc Capture sensors (ForteBio). The kinetic experiments included five steps: (i) baseline (60 s); (ii) HEPC3 variants loading onto sensors (60 s); (iii) second baseline (60 s); (iv) association of J6 E2 (300 s); and (v) dissociation of J6 E2 (300 s). Fitting curves were constructed using ForteBio Data Analysis 7.0 software using 1:1 binding model and background subtraction was used for correction.
Single HCV genome amplification. HCV hemigenomes from plasma virus were amplified by RT-PCR after limiting dilution to ensure single genome amplification, using previously described methods (Li et al., 2012). PCR products were gel-extracted and directly Sanger-sequenced. E1E2 was PCR amplified from hemigenomic SGA amplicons of interest and cloned as previously described (Osburn et al., 2014). All E1E2 clones were Sanger sequenced to confirm that errors had not been introduced by the additional PCR step. Sequences have been submitted to GenBank, accession numbers (pending). Subject 117 E1E2 variants named 1a49-1a53 were amplified previously for another study (Dowd et al., 2009).
E1E2 sequence analysis. Nucleotide sequences spanning E1E2 were trimmed and aligned using MUSCLE, with the alignment manually adjusted in BioEdit. The phylogenetic tree was inferred from nucleotide sequences using the Maximum Likelihood method based on the Tamura 3-parameter model (Tamura et al., 2002), gamma distributed. The tree with highest log likelihood is shown with branches drawn to scale. Initial tree(s) for the heuristic search were obtained automatically by applying Neighbor-Joining and BioNJ algorithms to a matrix of pairwise distances estimated using the Maximum Composite Likelihood (MCL) approach, and then selecting the topology with superior log likelihood value. 500 bootstrap tests were performed. Analyses were implemented in the Mega6 program (world-wide-web megasoftware.net). Sliding window nonsynonymous/synonymous analysis was performed by the Nei-Gojobori method implemented in VarPlot (sray.med.som.jhmi.edu), with 20 codon windows and one codon steps. T/F genomes were inferred as previously described (Li et al., 2012; 2016). Highlighter plots were generated using aligned E1E2 amino acid sequences and the Highlighter tool at the Los Alamos HIV database (world-wide-web at LANL.gov).
Statistics. Neutralization curves for HCVcc and ELISA binding curves were fit by nonlinear regression in Graphpad Prism and mAb 50% inhibitory concentration (neutralization assay) or area under the curve (binding assay) calculated based on that curve. Log10 (area under the curve (AUC)) of binding to each of the 19 genotype 1 heterologous E1E2 variants were compared between HEPC3 and HEPC3 variant mAbs by paired one-way ANOVA analysis with correction for multiple comparisons. P values <0.05 were considered significant.
Study approval. The protocol was approved by the Institutional Review Board of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, and informed consent was obtained from all study participants.
Example 2– Results
Identification of subjects who spontaneously cleared HCV infection and possess broadly-neutralizing circulating antibodies. The inventors developed a diverse panel of 19 genotype 1a and 1b HCV pseudoparticles (HCVpp) that allowed us to screen donor plasma for HCV neutralizing breadth (Osburn et al.2014; Bailey et al., 2015). This panel comprises 94% of amino acid polymorphisms present at greater than 5% frequency in a reference panel of 643 genotype 1 HCV isolates from GenBank. In a previous study, the inventors used this panel to screen plasma samples isolated prior to viral clearance by 21 subjects who spontaneously cleared HCV infection or 42 duration-of-infection-matched plasma samples from subjects with persistent infection (Osburn et al., 2014). They identified two subjects who spontaneously cleared HCV and who possessed exceptionally broad plasma neutralizing antibody activity.
Subject 117 was HCV plasma antibody-negative and HCV RNA negative on study enrollment before becoming infected with genotype 1a HCV. Subject 110 was initially viremic, also with genotype 1a virus, but was HCV serum antibody negative, indicating recent infection. Both subjects exhibited typical high viral loads during acute infection, followed by a subsequent viral load decline and eventual clearance of the infection (FIG.1A). Subject 117 was infected for a total of about 1 year prior to clearance. Subject 110 had a more unusual disease course with high viral loads for about 1 year followed by a drop in viral load, years of extremely low- level, intermittent viremia, and eventual viral clearance. Repeated sequencing of viral structural genes throughout infection did not reveal any large genetic shifts in either subject that would suggest superinfection or reinfection with a new viral strain. After clearance, each subject was followed for more than 5 years with frequent viral load testing, with no recurrence of viremia. Subject 117 plasma was tested for neutralizing antibody breadth at day 388 post- infection, the last time point prior to viral clearance. Subject 110 plasma was tested at day 401 post-infection, the time point immediately preceding a decline of 107 International Units (IU)/mL in viral load. Using a threshold of at least 50% neutralization by a 1:100 dilution of plasma, the plasma of Subject 117 neutralized 14 of 19 HCVpp variants (74%), and the plasma of Subject 110 neutralized 17 of 19 variants (89%) (FIG. 1B). For comparison, the median percent neutralization by time-matched plasma samples from 42 subjects with persistent infection did not exceed 50% for any of the 19 HCVpp tested.
Isolation of neutralizing mAbs and measurement of neutralizing breadth. The inventors isolated peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs) from Subjects 117 and 110 after HCV clearance. Using previously established methods, the inventors transformed B cells in PBMC samples with Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) and screened the transformed B lymphoblastoid cell line culture supernatants for neutralizing activity against one autologous HCV variant and a second heterologous variant. Cells from wells with neutralizing activity against either variant were fused with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas, which then were cloned biologically using limiting dilution and flow cytometric sorting and repeated screening of culture supernatants for HCV E1E2 protein binding activity. The inventors isolated 15 anti- E1E2 mAbs from the two subjects. Purified mAbs were tested for intra-genotypic neutralizing breadth against the panel of 19 genotype 1 HCVpp, using a threshold of ³ 50% reduction as the definition of neutralization. The most broadly-neutralizing mAbs are shown in FIG.2, with the remaining mAbs shown in FIG. 9. For comparison, two previously described bNAbs, AR4A and AR3C (9, 17) were tested against the same viral panel. The most broadly- neutralizing mAbs isolated from subject 117, designated HEPC3 and HEPC84, neutralized 16
of 19 (84%) or 11 of 19 (58%) of variants, respectively. HEPC43 and HEPC74, the most broadly-neutralizing mAbs isolated from subject 110, each neutralized 17 of 19 (90%) variants. For comparison, AR3C and AR4A neutralized 16 of 19 (84%) and 12 of 19 (63%) variants, respectively. Next, the inventors measured cross-genotypic neutralizing titers of mAbs HEPC3, HEPC43, HEPC74, or HEPC84 against a standard panel of genotype 1-6 replication competent cell culture viruses (HCVcc) (FIG. 3). HEPC3, HEPC43, and HEPC74 each neutralized variants from 5 of 6 genotypes, and HEPC84 neutralized variants from 4 of 6 genotypes. None of the mAbs showed potent neutralizing activity against the genotype 3 isolate (S52), which, interestingly, is also true of many other previously-described broadly-neutralizing anti-HCV human mAbs (17). HEPC3, HEPC43, HEPC74, and HEPC84 each bound native E1E2 protein in an ELISA, but did not bind to denatured protein, indicating that they bind conformational epitopes on E1E2 (FIG.10).
Epitope mapping. MAb binding epitopes were mapped using comprehensive alanine scanning mutagenesis across E1E2. Six mAbs displayed adequate binding to the target variant, strain H77 E1E2, to allow mapping by this method (FIGS. 4A-D and FIG. 11). HEPC3, HEPC43, and HEPC74 displayed overlapping epitopes with multiple shared binding residues. Surprisingly, the binding epitope of these mAbs also overlapped with the epitope of the previously described bNAb, AR3C, which was determined by co-crystallization of AR3C Fab with HCV E2 core (Kong et al., 2012). Two of the binding residues shared by HEPC3, HEPC43, and HEPC74 (aa 530 and 535) also have been shown to be critical for interaction with the HCV receptor CD81, suggesting that escape mutations at these positions might adversely affect viral fitness (Oswianka et al., 2006). The inventors further mapped the binding epitopes of these mAbs by measuring competition for E1E2 binding among the mAbs or between the mAbs and a panel of previously characterized reference bNAbs. The six most broadly-neutralizing mAbs are shown in FIGS.4B-C, with all mAbs shown in FIGS.12A-B. HEPC3, HEPC43, and HEPC74 showed reciprocal competition for binding with each other, and HEPC82 reduced binding of HEPC84 and HEPC98. As expected from the alanine- scanning maps, reference mAb AR3C reduced binding of HEPC3, HEPC43, and HEPC74, suggesting that the mAbs compete for overlapping binding sites. Reference mAb AR4A, which binds only to complexed E1 and E2, reduced binding of the new mAbs HEPC82 and HEPC84. Reference mAb HC33.8 (Keck et al., 2013), which targets an epitope spanning amino acids 408-423, competed with mAb HEPC98, which has binding residues at amino acids 402, 405, and 408.
The inventors also characterized relationships between the most broadly-neutralizing mAbs using a neutralization profiling method that has been used extensively for characterization of anti-HIV mAbs (Georgiev et al., 2013). They recently adapted this method to allow grouping of HCV mAbs into functionally-related clusters based upon relative neutralizing capacity across a genetically diverse panel of HCV variants (Bailey et al., 2015). In this analysis, the inventors compared neutralization values of the novel mAbs across the panel of 19 HCVpp to each other and to a large panel of previously described reference bNAbs, using spearman correlations (FIG.4D and FIG.13). HEPC3, HEPC43, and HEPC74 clustered most closely with each other and, of the 18 reference bNAbs tested, they clustered most closely with mAb AR3C, in agreement with the alanine scanning and competition-binding data. Consistent with the competition-binding results, HEPC84 clustered most closely with mAb AR4A, and HEPC98 clustered near mAbs HC33.4 and HC33.8. Taken together, these three mapping studies show remarkable similarity between the binding epitopes of mAbs HEPC3, HEPC43, and HEPC74, which were isolated from two different subjects who spontaneously cleared HCV infection, and AR3C, a previously described bNAb isolated from a patient with persistent HCV infection. Based upon competition-binding data and neutralization profiling, HEPC84 and the reference mAb AR4A also appear to bind to overlapping epitopes, as do HEPC98 and the reference mAb HC33.8.
Somatic mutations and antibody breadth. The inventors sequenced the heavy and light chain variable gene sequences of each of the mAbs. Surprisingly, despite developing in two different individuals, HEPC3, HEPC43, and HEPC74 are each encoded by the same antibody heavy chain variable gene segment, VH1-69 (Table A). Of note, mAb AR3C, which was isolated from a subject with chronic HCV infection, also uses VH1-69 (17), as do some other anti-HCV bNAbs (Merat et al., 2016; Chan et al., 2001). Together with the epitope mapping data, these results suggest that VH1-69 encodes antibodies with capacity to form a public B cell clonotype that favors binding to an immunodominant broadly-neutralizing HEPC3/AR3C epitope. Remarkably, these bNAbs were encoded by antibody genes with sparse somatic mutations. HEPC3 has 95% identity to its germline heavy chain VH-gene sequence, while HEPC43 has 95% and HEPC74 has 92% identity to germline. The light chains encoding these mAbs have 96-98% identity to their germline VL-genes. By comparison, mAb AR3C, isolated previously from a subject with chronic HCV infection, has only 86% identity to its VH-gene (17), meaning that the bNAbs isolated from subjects who spontaneously cleared infection have substantially fewer VH-gene somatic mutations than AR3C. In addition, these
mAbs have significantly fewer somatic mutations than most previously described anti-HIV bNAbs, including VRC01 (22), which has only 68% identity with germline.
TABLE A
To identify somatic mutations critical for bNAb breadth, the inventors mutated all 13 somatic mutations in the HEPC3 heavy chain, all 7 somatic mutations in the light chain, or both, to match the inferred germline sequence, generating HEPC3 reverted unmutated ancestor (RUA) variants designated H-RUA, L-RUA, and H,L-RUA, respectively. They measured the ability of mature HEPC3, H-RUA, L-RUA, and H,L-RUA antibodies to neutralize a diverse panel of genotype 1 E1E2 variants (FIG.5A). As in prior tests, mature HEPC3 neutralized the majority of variants in the panel. HEPC3 L-RUA showed nearly identical neutralization results, indicating that somatic mutations in the light chain are not critical for neutralizing breadth. Neutralizing breadth of both HEPC3 H-RUA and H,L-RUA was greatly attenuated, indicating that somatic mutations in the heavy chain are critical for HEPC3 neutralizing breadth. Consistent with the neutralization data, mature HEPC3 bound all heterologous E1E2 variant proteins in an ELISA (FIG. 5B). There was little reduction in binding of HEPC3 L-RUA relative to mature HEPC3. Binding of HEPC3 H-RUA and H,L-RUA to all E1E2s was significantly reduced, confirming that somatic mutations in heavy chain CDR1, 2, and/or 3 are critical for binding affinity and breadth of HEPC3.
To identify individual somatic mutations that are important for breadth of HEPC3, the inventors also performed site-directed mutagenesis to revert each heavy chain somatic mutation individually to the germline-encoded amino acid, without altering the other 12 somatic mutations in the sequence. They expressed the mAbs, and measured binding to the panel of
heterologous E1E2 variants proteins (FIG. 5B). The inventors also measured the effect of simultaneous reversion of all somatic mutations in the sequence encoding HCDR1, HCDR2, or HCDR3. Reversion of all mutations in HCDR1 or HCDR3 significantly reduced binding across the E1E2 panel, suggesting that these somatic mutations are important for binding to most heterologous E1E2 variants. Reversion of all somatic mutations in HCDR2 reduced binding to a subset of E1E2 variants. On evaluation of individual somatic mutations, reversion of glutamic acid (E) 38 to alanine (A) in HCDR1 significantly decreased binding of HEPC3 across the genotype 1 E1E2 panel. Similarly, reversion of threonine (T) 65 to A in HCDR2 also significantly reduced binding across the panel, as did reversion of arginine (R) 112 to S in HCDR3. Interestingly, reversion of other individual somatic mutations had no detectable effect on binding to some E1E2 variants, but profoundly reduced binding to others. For example, as shown in FIG.6A, reversion of leucine (L) 30 to phenylalanine (F) in HCDR1 or re-insertion of the germline-encoded glycine (G) at the site of a deletion in HCDR2 (Del63G) had no effect on antibody binding to genotype 1a variants 1a09 or 1a157, but these reversions profoundly reduced binding to 1b variants 1b09 and 1b52. Overall, reversion of each somatic mutation reduced binding to one or more variants in the heterologous panel, and each single amino acid reversion, except framework mutation threonine (T) 87 to alanine (A), reduced median binding across the E1E2 panel relative to mature HEPC3. These results, together with the almost complete loss of binding of HEPC3 H-RUA to all E1E2 variants, suggests that most or all somatic mutations present in the heavy chain of HEPC3 contribute in combination to the breadth of E2 recognition by the bNAb.
The inventors also performed quantitative kinetic binding analysis with the panel of HEPC3 mAb variants and purified soluble J6 (genotype 2a) E2 protein (sE2) (FIG. 6B and FIG. 14). Individual reversion of 11 of 13 heavy chain somatic mutations slightly reduced HEPC3 binding affinity for E2, as did reversion of all mutations simultaneously in HCDR1, HCDR2, or HCDR3. Interestingly, the inventors observed large reductions in binding affinity with reversion of E38 to A and T66 to N, two reversions that also consistently reduced binding across the heterologous genotype 1 panel. Notably, they also observed a reduction in binding affinity after reversion of L30 to F in HCDR1 and Del63 to G in HCDR2, which supports the qualitatively similar effects of these reversions on antibody binding to genotype 1b variants 1b09 and 1b52 (FIG. 6A). Together, these data confirm that the majority of the heavy chain somatic mutations in HEPC3 are critical in combination for binding to heterologous E1E2 variants, and that L30 and Del63 somatic mutations are particularly important for binding to
subtype 1b and 2a strains that are highly divergent from the genotype 1a virus infecting the HEPC3 donor.
Longitudinal evolution of autologous virus. To define the autologous E1E2 antigenic variants that favored selection and maturation of HEPC3, and investigate molecular mechanisms of viral clearance, the inventors performed extensive longitudinal sequencing of the HCV quasispecies of viruses present in plasma samples collected over time from Subject 117. Plasma was isolated at seven longitudinal time points, the first when HCV viremia initially was detected approximately 17 days after infection, and the last immediately prior to HCV clearance. Plasma RNA was isolated and RT-PCR performed with single genome amplification of 16-41 E1E2-spanning amplicons per time point in order to define the viral diversity at each time point and the viral evolution over time. As shown in FIG. 7, the subject was infected initially by at least three different transmitted/founder (T/F) viruses that differed from each other by 0.42-1.23% in E1E2 nucleotide sequence and 0.72-1.99% in E1E2 amino acid sequence. This estimate of three T/F genomes responsible for productive clinical infection is a minimum estimate whose accuracy and precision are based on the numbers of sequences determined at the earliest sampling time points. In this subject, the inventors determined 65 sequences in the initial 46 days of infection; previously described statistical power calculations (35) indicate that this provides a >95% probability of detecting minor variant sequences present at a frequency of at least 5%. Two of these viral lineages, T/F#1 and T/F#2, persisted and diversified over the next two sampling time points before they were apparently extinguished. The T/F#3 lineage persisted and evolved throughout the course of infection but exhibited a series of stringent population bottlenecks such that only a single sublineage of day 194 sequences, exemplified by clone D194-FD13, gave rise to the last detectable virus population at day 388. Remarkably, day 388 sequences were comprised of a homogeneous expansion from a single genome present at day 285, again indicative of a stringent population bottleneck. This lineage, D388-5A12, was last detected at the final sampling time point when HCV viral load had already declined to 754 International Units (I/U)/mL just prior to its extinction. The ratio of non-synonymous to synonymous changes was high in genes encoding E1E2, suggesting positive selection (FIG. 15). The majority of non-synonymous changes occurred in the hypervariable region 1 (HVR1) of E2. Outside of HVR1, 6 amino acid changes in E2 became fixed in the viral quasispecies over time (FIG.16). Notably, 4 of these amino acid changes fell in a region of E2 spanned by the HEPC3 binding epitope, indicating selective pressure at this locus. E1E2 variants representative of all viral clades observed throughout the course of infection were cloned and expressed for binding studies.
Somatic mutations and recognition of autologous E1E2. The inventors measured binding with an ELISA of mature HEPC3, HEPC3 H-RUA, and HEPC3 H,L-RUA to each of the 21 longitudinal autologous E1E2 variants (FIG. 8). Remarkably, mature HEPC3 showed binding above background to all autologous variants, including the variants circulating immediately prior to viral clearance, suggesting that this mAb may have contributed to clearance of infection. HEPC3 H,L-RUA, with all somatic mutations in both heavy and light chain reverted to the germline-encoded sequence, lost detectable binding to 18 of 21 autologous variants, but retained binding to two of three T/F E1E2 variants and to a third variant also present at day 17 post-infection. HEPC3 H-RUA showed a very similar pattern of binding to HEPC3 H,L-RUA, consistent with testing against heterologous E1E2 showing that somatic mutations in the heavy chain are more important than light chain somatic mutations for the neutralizing breadth of this bNAb. Taken together, these data suggest that the HEPC3 lineage may have arisen through binding of the unmutated ancestor of HEPC3 to T/F virus present very early after infection, and B cell clones with somatic mutations necessary for neutralizing breadth were likely selected by more resistant E1E2 variants circulating later in infection. Example 3 - Discussion
These studies suggest that early emergence in diverse individuals of commonly occurring genetically-related B cell clones encoding HCV-specific bNAbs with sparse somatic mutations is associated with spontaneous viral clearance. The data suggest a rational epitope- based vaccine approach may be highly feasible for HCV. To study the immune mechanism associated with clearance, the inventors isolated and characterized bNAbs from subjects who spontaneously cleared HCV infection. They found that the intra- and cross-genotypic neutralizing breadth of these mAbs compares favorably with the most potent anti-HCV bNAbs described to date. They also found that the binding epitopes of three mAbs isolated from two different subjects were remarkably similar to each other and to the binding epitope of the well- characterized bNAb AR3C (from a third subject), suggesting that the VH1-69 antibody gene segment commonly encodes a public B cell clonotype that favors early recognition of this AR3C/HEPC3 epitope. Remarkably, the antibody genes encoding these bNAbs were not extensively somatically mutated, but the few somatic mutations present were critical in combination for facilitating the neutralizing breadth of one of the most potent bNAbs, HEPC3, as well as recognition of autologous viral variants circulating prior to viral clearance. Finally,
the inventors identified early T/F autologous envelopes that likely were responsible for selection of B cells expressing the HEPC3 unmutated ancestor antibody.
Multiple studies have now confirmed that several anti-HCV bNAbs are encoded by the VH1-69 antibody gene segment (Merat et al., 2016; Chan et al., 2001). This study shows for the first time that VH1-69 commonly encodes a public B cell clonotype that can lead to bNAb development after a relatively brief period of infection, producing an antibody with recognition of an entire autologous viral quasispecies, thus providing the first potential mechanistic link between this B cell clonotype and spontaneous clearance of HCV. These data suggest that antigens selecting B cells expressing VH1-69-encoded antibodies may be highly desirable for vaccine development.
It is noteworthy that these bNAbs achieved broad neutralizing activity without extensive somatic mutation and after only a year of persistent viral infection. This finding stands in contrast to the typical evolution of bNAbs against HIV, which tend to require extensive somatic mutation that develops after years of chronic infection (Bhiman et al., 2015; Bonsignori et al., 2016). These results may suggest that, despite the enormous genetic variation of HCV, some E1E2 epitopes are relatively conserved and accessible to antibody binding. The degree of somatic mutation necessary to generate HEPC3, HEPC43, or HEPC74 (which exhibit 92-95% identity to inferred germline genes) is generally achievable with traditional vaccination strategies (Scherer et al., 2014; Wang et al., 2015), whereas the more extensive level of somatic mutation found in anti-HIV bNAbs or even the anti-HCV mAb AR3C is less likely to be achievable.
Elegant studies of longitudinal viral evolution have been performed in HIV-infected subjects who developed bNAbs, with the goal of informing sequential vaccination strategies Bhiman et al., 2015; Bonsignori et al., 2016). The results of these studies have been sobering, as they showed extensive and complex viral evolution driving the late development of bNAbs against HIV. This study suggests that the antigens required for stimulation of bNAbs against HCV may be less complex. Excluding HVR1, which is not the target of the bNAbs isolated in this study, HCV E1E2 of the most divergent E1E2 variant isolated from Subject 117 differed by only 7 out of 546 amino acids (~1 percent) from the T/F viruses that initially infected Subject 117. It is remarkable that the epitopes presented by the initial T/F strains along with these few mutations in E1E2 were adequate to facilitate selection of both the bNAb unmutated ancestor and the mature antibody, which is capable of binding and neutralizing HCV variants from multiple genotypes, which differ at approximately 30% of their amino acids.
This study also suggests that subjects who spontaneously clear HCV infection have mAbs that are similar in potency, neutralizing breadth, and epitope recognition to mAbs developed later in infection by some subjects with persistent HCV infection. However, these mAbs developed early in those who cleared infection without requiring extensive somatic hypermutation, which may allow mAbs to contribute to clearance before viral diversity and antibody resistance becomes too extensive. Therefore, the timing of emergence of bNAbs may be a critical factor in their ability to contain infection and restrict the emergence of additional viral diversity. The concentration of HEPC3-like mAbs present in plasma of these subjects at the time of clearance is not known, so further studies are needed to confirm a direct contribution of these mAbs to clearance of infection. However, phylogenetic bottlenecks in the virus of subject 117, with selection of mutations in E1E2 conferring partial HEPC3 resistance, provides intriguing evidence that HEPC3-like mAbs were present at sufficient concentrations during infection to exert physiologically relevant pressure on the virus. The inventors observed some recognition of all autologous variants by HEPC3, but the other distinct bNAbs isolated from this donor likely also contributed to clearance. The mechanisms by which these bNAbs may contribute in combination to clearance of HCV infection warrants further investigation.
In summary, the inventors have isolated the first bNAbs from subjects with broadly neutralizing serum who spontaneously cleared HCV infection. Multiple bNAbs bind to the same epitope and use the same heavy chain V-gene allele, identifying a public B cell clonotype that favors early binding to a conserved neutralizing epitope. Remarkably, these bNAbs were encoded by antibody genes with few somatic mutations. These somatic mutations were critical for antibody neutralizing breadth and binding to autologous envelope variants circulating late in infection, but they were not required for binding of the HEPC3 unmutated ancestor to envelope proteins of early autologous T/F viruses. This study shows that anti-HCV bNAbs can achieve significant breadth with relatively few somatic mutations, and it identifies HCV envelope variants that were sufficient for selection and maturation of an anti-HCV bNAb in vivo. These data provide a roadmap to guide development of a vaccine capable of stimulating anti-HCV bNAbs with a physiologic number of somatic mutations characteristic of vaccine responses. The work also provides one of the first views of the molecular basis for antibody- mediated clearance of an antigenically diverse and evolving chronic viral infection in humans.
TABLE 1– NUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCES FOR ANTIBODY VARIABLE REGIONS
Clone Variable Sequence Region SEQ
ID NO: HEPC‐3 caggtgcagctggtgcagtctggggctgaggtgaagaagcctgggtcctcggtgaaggtctcctgcaa 1 heavy ggcttctggaggcaccttgaacagctatgaaatcacctgggtgcgacaggcccctggacaagggcttg
agtggatgggagggataacccctatctttgaaacaacctacgcccagaagttccagggcagagtcac gattaccgcggacgaatccacgagcacaacctacatggagctgagcagcctgagacctgaggacacg gccgtgtattactgtgcgagagatggggtcagatattgtggtggtggtaggtgctacaactggttcgac ccctggggccagggaaccctggtcaccgtctcctca
HEPC‐3 gacatccagatgacccagtctccatcctccctgtctgcatctgtaggagacagagtcaccatcacttgc 2 light cgggcaggtcagaacattaacaactatttaaattggtatcaacaaaaaccagggaaagcccctaagg
tcctgatctacgctgcatccaatttgcaaagtggggtcccatcaaggttcagtggcagtggatctggga cagatttcactctcaccatcagcagtctgcaacctgaagattttgcaacttactactgccaacagagtca cagtaccgtccggacgttcggccaagggaccaaggtggaaatcaaa
HEPC‐43 caggtgcagctggtgcagtctggggctgaggtgaagaagcctgggtcctcggtgaaggtctcctgcaa 3 heavy ggcttctggaggcaccttcagcagctttggtatcagctgggtgcgacaggcccctggacaagggcttga
gtggatgggagggatcatccctgtctttggtagagcaaaatacgcacagaagttccagggcagagtca ccattaccgcggacgaattcacgaccacagccgacatggaagtgaccagcctgagatttgaggacac ggccgtgtattactgtgcgataaaggtagtagcaccgcgagtgatcttttacggtatggacgtctgggg ccaagggaccctggtcaccgtctcctca
HEPC‐43 caggctgtggtgactcaggagccctcactgactgtgtccccaggagggacagtcactctcacctgtggc 4 light tccagcactggagctgtcaccagtggtcattatacatactggttccagcagaagtctggccaagccccc
aggacactgatttatgatacaagcaacaaacactcctggacccctgcccggttctcaggctccctcctt gggggcaaagctgccctgaccctttcgggtgcgcagcctgaggatgaggctgactattactgcttactc tcctatagtggtgctccgtcaggggtgttcggcggagggaccaaactgaccgtccta
HEPC‐46 caggttcagctggtgcagtctggagctgaggtgaagaagcctggggcctcagtgaaggtctcctgcaa 5 heavy ggcttctggttacatctttacgagccacggtatcagctgggtgcgacaggcccctggacaagggcttga
gtggatgggatggatcagcgtgtacaatggttacacaaactacgcacagaatctccagggcagagtc accatgaccacagacacatccacgagcacagcctacatggagctgaggagcctgagatctgacgaca cggccgtgtatttctgtgcgagggcatctcaaattcgaggtgttgactactggggccagggaaccctgg tcaccgtctcctca
HEPC‐46 cagtctgtgctgactcagccaccctcagcgtctgggacccccgggcagagggtcaccatctcttgttctg 6 light gaagcagctccaacatcggaagtaattatgtatactggtaccaacagttcccaggaacggcccccaag
ctcctcatctatggcaataatcagcggccctcaggggtccctgaccgattctctggctccaagtctggca cctcagcctccctggccatcagtgggctccggtccgaggatgaggctgattattactgtgcagcctggg atgacagcctgagtggtccttgggtgttcggcggagggacccaggtsaccgtccta
HEPC‐50 caaatgcagctggtgcagtctgggcctgaggtgaagaagcctgggacctcagtgaaggtctcctgcaa 7 heavy ggcttctggattcacctttcctagttctactatgcagtgggtgcgacaggctcgtggacaacgccttgac tggataggcaggatcgtcgttggcagtggtaacacaaactacgcacagaagtttcaggaaagagtca ccattaccagggacatgtccacaagcacagcctacatggagctgagcagcctgagatccgaggacac ggccgtgtattactgtgcggcagcggtttctgaactatggttcggggactctccctaccactactacggt ttggacgtctggggccaagggaccctggtcaccgtctcctca
HEPC‐50 gacattgtgatgactcagtctcctctctccctgcccgtcacccctggagagccggcctccatctcctgca 8 light ggtctagtcagagcctcctgcatagtaatggatacaactatttggattggtacctgcagaagccagggc agtctccacaggtcctgatctatttgggttctaatcgggcctccggggtccctgacaggttcagtggcag tggatcaggcacagattttacactgaaaatcagcagagtggaggctgaggatgttggggtttattactg catgcaagctctacaaactcctcatacttttggccaggggaccaagctggagatcaaa
HEPC‐74 caggtgcagctggtgcagtctggggctgaggtgaagaagcctgggtcctcggtaaaggtctcctgcac 9 heavy gacttctggaggcacctacatcaactatgctatcagctgggtgcgacaggcccctggacaagggcttg agtgggtgggagggatgagccctatctcaaatacaccgaagtatgcacagaagttccagggcagagt cacgattaccgcggacgagtccacaagcacaacctacatggaactgagcagcctgagacctgaggac acggccgtctattactgtgccagagacctgctgaaatattgtggtggtggtaactgccactctcttttagt cgacccctggggccagggaaccctggtcaccgtctcctca
HEPC‐74 gacatcgtgatgacccagtctccttccaccctgtctgcatctgtaggagacagagtcaccatctcttgcc 10 light gggccagtcagagcattagtagttggttggcctggtatcagcagaaaccagggagagcccctaaactc ctgatctataaggcgtctagtttagaaactggggtcccatcaaggttcagcggcagtggatctgggaca gaattcactctcaccatcagcagcctgcagcctgatgattttgcgacttattactgccaacattataata cttatttattcactttcggccctgggaccaaagtggatctcaaa
HEPC‐80 gaggtgcagctggtgcagtctgggggaggcttggtacagccagggcggtccctgagactctcctgtag 11 heavy agcttcaggatttacctttggtgaatatgctatgagctgggtccgccaggctccagggaagggactgga gtgggtaggtttcattagaagcaaaacttatggtgggacaacagattacgccgcgtctgtgacaggca gattcaccatctccagagatgattccaaaagcgtcgcctatctgcaaatgaacagcctgaaaaccgag gacacagccgtttattactgtactagagaggataatgattacatttgggggaccaatgcggcggacta ctggggccagggaaccctggtcaccgtctcctcc
HEPC‐80 gaaattgtgatgacccagtctccagccaccctgtctttgtctccaggggaaagagccaccctctcctgc 12 light agggccagtcagagtattagcagctacttagcctggtaccaacagaaacctggccaggctcccaggct cctcatctatgatgcatccaacagggccactggcatcccagccaggttcagtggcagtgggtctgggac agacttcactctcaccatcaccagcctagagcctgaagattttgcagtttattactgtcagcagcgtacc aactggcctccgggcactttcggcggagggaccacggtggagatcaaa
HEPC‐82 caggtgcagctgcaggagtcgggcccaggactggtgaagccttcacagaccctgtccctcacctgcac 13 heavy tgtctctggtggctccatcagcagtggtggttactactggagctggatccgccagcacccagggaatgc cctggagtggattgggtacatctattacagtgggaacacctactacaacccgtccctcaagagtcgagt taccatgtcagtagacacgtctaagaaccagttctccctgaaggtgagctccgtgactgccgcggaca cggccgtgtattactgtgcgagaggaggatactatgatagtagtggttatgccagcgactcctggggcc agggaaccctggtcaccgtctcctca
HEPC‐82 aattttatgctgactcagccccactctgtgtcggagtctccggggaagacggtaaccatctcctgcaccc 14 light gcagcagtggcagcattgccaccaactatgtgcattggtaccagcagcgcccgggcagttcccccacc actgtgatctgtgaggatgaccaaagaccctctggggtccctgatcggttctctggctccatcgacacct cctccaactctgcctccctcaccatctctggactgaggactgaggacgaggctgactactactgtcagt cttttgataacatcaatcactatgcgatattcggcggagggaccacgctgaccgtccta
HEPC‐84 gaggtgcagctggtgcagtctgggggaggcttggtacagccagggcggtccctgagactctcctgtac 15 heavy agcttctggattcaactttggtgattttgctatgaactgggtccgccaggctccagggagggggctgga gtgggtaggtatcattagaagcaatacttatggtggaacaacagaatacgccgcgtctgtaagaggca gattcagcctctcaagagaagatttcaaaagtatcgtccatctgcaaatgaacagcctgaataccgag gacacagccgtgtattactgtaccagagcgagggctccgattacaatgatatcagcggaactccagaa agcctacttctacaacggtttggacgtctggggccaagggaccctggtcaccgtctcctcc
HEPC‐84 gacatccagatgacccagtctccatcctccctgtctgcatctatgggagacagagtcaccatcacttgc 16 light cgggcaagtcagagcattgacagttacttaaattggtatcascagaaaccagggaaagcccctaaact cctgatctatgctgcatccaatttgcaaagtggggtcccatcaaggttcagtggcagtgattctgggac aactttcactctcaccatcatcagtctgcaacctgaagattttgcaacttattactgtcaacagacttaca ctaccccgctcacttttggcggagggaccaaagtggatatcaaa
HEPC‐85 caggtgcagctggtgcagtctgggggaggcgtagtccaccctgggagttccctgagactctcttgttca 17 heavy gcctctggattcaacttcagtgcctatggcatgcactgggtccgccaggctccaggcaaggggccgga gtgggtggcagctatttcatttgatggaagtcattacttctatgcagactccgtgaagggccgattcacc atctccagagacaattccaagaacaccttgtatttgctaacgaacagcgtgagaactgaggacacggc tctatatacatgtgcgaggcacactaattcttacagttggttcgacccctggggccagggaaccctggt caccgtctcctca
HEPC‐85 gatattgtgatgacccagactccactctctctgtccgtcacccctggacagccggcctccatctcttgca 18 light agtctagtcagagcctcctacatagtgatggaaagacgtatgtctattggtacctacagaagccaggc cagtttccacaactcctgatctatgaggtttccagccggttgtctggagtaccagctaggttcagtggca gcgggtcagggacagatttcacattgaaaatcagtcgggtggagactgaggatgttggggtttattact gcatgcaaggaatacaccttcccccgatcaccttcggccaagggacacgactggacattaaa
HEPC‐87 caggtgcagctgcaggagtcgggcccaggaatggtgaagccttcacagaccctgtccctcacctgcac 19 heavy tgtttctggtgcctccatcagccgcggtggttactactggacccggatccgccagcacccagggaaggg cctagagtggattgggtacatctattacaatgggcgcaccttatacaacccgtccctcaagagtcgagt taccatatcgtcagacacgtctgaggaccagttcttcctgaagctgacctctgtgactgccgcggacgc ggccgtgtattactgtgcgagaggacaaatgagcagcagctggtttgtggactactggggccagggaa ccctgggcaccgtctcctca
HEPC‐87 NOT AVAILABLE 20 light
HEPC‐90 caggtgcagctggtgcagtcggggggaggcgtagtccagcctgggaggtccctcagactctcctgtgc 21 heavy agcgtctggattcaccttcagtacctatggcatgcactgggtccgccaggctccaggcaaggggctgg agtgggtggcagtcatatggtatgatggatttgacaaatattatgcagagtccgtgaagggccgattca ccatctccagagacaattccaggaacttggtgtttctgcaaatgaacagcctgagagccgaggacacg gctgtgtattactgtgtgagagtccggtcggcaggtactatgatacgagcggaaagcgcgtcaaatgc ctttgatatctggggccaagggaccctggtcaccgtctcctca
HEPC‐90 gaaatagtgatgacgcagtctccagccaccctgtctgtgtctccaggggaaagagccaccctctcctgc 22 light agggccagtcagagtgttagcaacaacttagcctggtaccagcagagacctggccaggctcccaggc tcctcatctatgatgcatccaccagggccactgatatcccagccaggttcagtggcagtgggtctggga cagagttcactctcaccatcagcagcctgcagtctgaagattttgcagtttactactgtcagcaatataa taactggcccccgtggacgttcggccaagggaccaaggtggaaatcaaa
HEPC‐91 caggtgcagctggtgcagtctgggggaggcgtggtccagcctgggaggtccctgagactctcttgtgc 23 heavy aggctctggattcagctttggtgactttggcatccactgggtccgccaggctccaggcaaggggccgga atggctgtcaagtatttcaaatgatggcagtcatatattctatgcagactcagtggagggccgattcac cgtctccagagacaattccaagagtacggtctttctccagatggacaggctgatacctgacgactcggc tttttattactgtgcgagacacagtaacacttaccagtggttcgacccctggggccagggaaccctggt caccgtctcctca
HEPC‐91 gacattgtgatgacccagactccactctctctgtccgtcacacctgggcagccggcctccatctcatgca 24 light agtctagtcggagcctcctccacagtgatggaaagacctatgtgtactggtatttgcagaggccaggcc agttaccacagctcctcatctatgaagtttctagtcgactctctggagtgccagataggttcagtggcag cgggtcagggacagatttcacgctggaaatcagccgggtggaggctgaggatgttgggatttattact gcgtgcaaggtatacaccttcccccgatcaccttcggccaagggacacgactggatattaaa
HEPC‐96 caggtgcagctgcaggagtcgggcccaggactggtgaagccttcacagaccctgtccctcacctgcac 25 heavy tgtctctggtggctccatcagcagtggtgattactactggagttggatccgccagtccccagggaaggg cctggagtggattgggtacatccactccagtgggagcacctcctacaacccgtccctcaagagtccagt tattatattactagacacgtccaagaaccagctctccctggaactgagctctgtgactgccgcagacac ggccgtctattactgtgccaacttggactacagtgcctacgggtccccccgctggttcgactcctggggc cagggaaccctggtcaccgtctcctca
HEPC‐96 gaaattgtgttgacgcagtctccaggcaccctgtctttgtctccaggggaaagagccaccctctcctgc 26 light agggccagtcggagtgttggcagcaggtacttagcctggtaccagcagaaacctggccaggctccca ggctcctcatctatgatgcatcccgcagggccactggcatcccagacaggttcagtggcggtgggtctg ggacagacttcactctcaccgtcagcagactggagcctgaagattttgcagtgtattactgtcagcagt atggtagctcacctctcactttcggcggaggaacacgactggatattaaa
HEPC‐97 caggtgcagctacagcagtggggcgcaggtctgttgaagccttcggagaccctgtccctcacctgcgct 27 heavy gtctatggtgggtctctcagtggtcactactggagctggattcgccagtccccagggaaggggctggag tggattggagagatcaatcataatggaggcgccaattatggcccgtccctcaacagtcgagccaccat atcagttgacacgtctaagaatcagttcttcctgaacctgaggtctgtgaccgccgcggacacggctgt ctattactgtgctcgagccctacctccttatagctcctcgtcctggttcgacccctggggccagggaacc ctggtcaccgtctcctca
HEPC‐97 NOT AVAILABLE 28 light
HEPC‐98 caggtgcagctggtgcagtctggggctgaggtgaagaagcctgggtcctcggtgaaggtctcctgcaa 29 heavy ggcttctgaagggaccctcaacagttctgctgtcaactgggtgcgacaggcccctggacaagggcttg agtggattggaaggatcatccctatctttcgtgcaacaaactacgcacagaggttccaggacagagtc acaattaccgcggacgatttcacgaacacagcctacatggagatcaacagcctgagatctgaggaca cggccgtctattactgtgcgagaggaaccacggagatctggttcgactcttggggccagggaaccctg gtcaccgtctcctca
HEPC‐98 tcctatgagctgacacagccaccctcggtgtcagtgtccccaggacagacggccacgatcacttgctct 30 light ggagatgtattgccgcaacagtttacttattggtaccagcagaagtcaggccaggcccctgttttgctg atatatagagacattaagaggccgtcagggatcgctgagcgattctctgccttcacgtcagggacatc agtcaccttgatcatcagtggagtccaggcagaagatgaggctgactattactgtcaatcagcagaca tcagtggtactatggcggggttcggcggagggaccaagctgaccgtccta
TABLE 2– PROTEIN SEQUENCES FOR ANTIBODY VARIABLE REGIONS Clone Variable Sequence SEQ ID
NO: HEPC‐3 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTLNSYEITWVRQAPGQGLEWMGGITP 31 heavy IFETTYAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTTYMELSSLRPEDTAVYYCARDGVRYCGGGRCY
NWFDPWGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐3 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITCRAGQNINNYLNWYQQKPGKAPKVLIYAASNL 32 light QSGVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYCQQSHSTVRTFGQGTKVEIK
HEPC‐43 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGGTFSSFGISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGGIIP 33 heavy VFGRAKYAQKFQGRVTITADEFTTTADMEVTSLRFEDTAVYYCAIKVVAPRVIFYG
MDVWGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐43 QAVVTQEPSLTVSPGGTVTLTCGSSTGAVTSGHYTYWFQQKSGQAPRTLIYDTS 34 light NKHSWTPARFSGSLLGGKAALTLSGAQPEDEADYYCLLSYSGAPSGVFGGGTKLT
VL
HEPC‐46 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYIFTSHGISWVRQAPGQGLEWMGWISV 35 heavy YNGYTNYAQNLQGRVTMTTDTSTSTAYMELRSLRSDDTAVYFCARASQIRGVDY
WGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐46 QSVLTQPPSASGTPGQRVTISCSGSSSNIGSNYVYWYQQFPGTAPKLLIYGNNQR 36 light PSGVPDRFSGSKSGTSASLAISGLRSEDEADYYCAAWDDSLSGPWVFGGGTQVT
VL
HEPC‐50 QMQLVQSGPEVKKPGTSVKVSCKASGFTFPSSTMQWVRQARGQRLDWIGRIV 37 heavy VGSGNTNYAQKFQERVTITRDMSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAAAVSELWFG
DSPYHYYGLDVWGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐50 DIVMTQSPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSQSLLHSNGYNYLDWYLQKPGQSPQVLIYLG 38 light SNRASGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCMQALQTPHTFGQGTKLEI
K
HEPC‐74 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCTTSGGTYINYAISWVRQAPGQGLEWVGGMSP 39 heavy ISNTPKYAQKFQGRVTITADESTSTTYMELSSLRPEDTAVYYCARDLLKYCGGGNC
HSLLVDPWGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐74 DIVMTQSPSTLSASVGDRVTISCRASQSISSWLAWYQQKPGRAPKLLIYKASSLET 40 light GVPSRFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQPDDFATYYCQHYNTYLFTFGPGTKVDLK
HEPC‐80 EVQLVQSGGGLVQPGRSLRLSCRASGFTFGEYAMSWVRQAPGKGLEWVGFIRS 41 heavy KTYGGTTDYAASVTGRFTISRDDSKSVAYLQMNSLKTEDTAVYYCTREDNDYIWG
TNAADYWGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐80 EIVMTQSPATLSLSPGERATLSCRASQSISSYLAWYQQKPGQAPRLLIYDASNRAT 42 light GIPARFSGSGSGTDFTLTITSLEPEDFAVYYCQQRTNWPPGTFGGGTTVEIK
HEPC‐82 QVQLQESGPGLVKPSQTLSLTCTVSGGSISSGGYYWSWIRQHPGNALEWIGYIYY 43 heavy SGNTYYNPSLKSRVTMSVDTSKNQFSLKVSSVTAADTAVYYCARGGYYDSSGYAS
DSWGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐82 NFMLTQPHSVSESPGKTVTISCTRSSGSIATNYVHWYQQRPGSSPTTVICEDDQR 44 light PSGVPDRFSGSIDTSSNSASLTISGLRTEDEADYYCQSFDNINHYAIFGGGTTLTVL
HEPC‐84 EVQLVQSGGGLVQPGRSLRLSCTASGFNFGDFAMNWVRQAPGRGLEWVGIIRS 45 heavy NTYGGTTEYAASVRGRFSLSREDFKSIVHLQMNSLNTEDTAVYYCTRARAPITMIS
AELQKAYFYNGLDVWGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐84 DIQMTQSPSSLSASMGDRVTITCRASQSIDSYLNWYXQKPGKAPKLLIYAASNLQ 46 light SGVPSRFSGSDSGTTFTLTIISLQPEDFATYYCQQTYTTPLTFGGGTKVDIK
HEPC‐85 QVQLVQSGGGVVHPGSSLRLSCSASGFNFSAYGMHWVRQAPGKGPEWVAAIS 47 heavy FDGSHYFYADSVKGRFTISRDNSKNTLYLLTNSVRTEDTALYTCARHTNSYSWFDP
WGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐85 DIVMTQTPLSLSVTPGQPASISCKSSQSLLHSDGKTYVYWYLQKPGQFPQLLIYEV 48 light SSRLSGVPARFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVETEDVGVYYCMQGIHLPPITFGQGTRLDIK
HEPC‐87 QVQLQESGPGMVKPSQTLSLTCTVSGASISRGGYYWTRIRQHPGKGLEWIGYIYY 49 heavy NGRTLYNPSLKSRVTISSDTSEDQFFLKLTSVTAADAAVYYCARGQMSSSWFVDY
WGQGTLGTVSS
HEPC‐87 NOT AVAILBLE 50 light
HEPC‐90 QVQLVQSGGGVVQPGRSLRLSCAASGFTFSTYGMHWVRQAPGKGLEWVAVI 51 heavy WYDGFDKYYAESVKGRFTISRDNSRNLVFLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCVRVRSAGTM IRAESASNAFDIWGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐90 EIVMTQSPATLSVSPGERATLSCRASQSVSNNLAWYQQRPGQAPRLLIYDASTRA 52 light TDIPARFSGSGSGTEFTLTISSLQSEDFAVYYCQQYNNWPPWTFGQGTKVEIK
HEPC‐91 QVQLVQSGGGVVQPGRSLRLSCAGSGFSFGDFGIHWVRQAPGKGPEWLSSISN 53 heavy DGSHIFYADSVEGRFTVSRDNSKSTVFLQMDRLIPDDSAFYYCARHSNTYQWFDP
WGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐91 DIVMTQTPLSLSVTPGQPASISCKSSRSLLHSDGKTYVYWYLQRPGQLPQLLIYEVS 54 light SRLSGVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLEISRVEAEDVGIYYCVQGIHLPPITFGQGTRLDIK
HEPC‐96 QVQLQESGPGLVKPSQTLSLTCTVSGGSISSGDYYWSWIRQSPGKGLEWIGYIHS 55 heavy SGSTSYNPSLKSPVIILLDTSKNQLSLELSSVTAADTAVYYCANLDYSAYGSPRWFD
SWGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐96 EIVLTQSPGTLSLSPGERATLSCRASRSVGSRYLAWYQQKPGQAPRLLIYDASRRA 56 light TGIPDRFSGGGSGTDFTLTVSRLEPEDFAVYYCQQYGSSPLTFGGGTRLDIK
HEPC‐97 QVQLQQWGAGLLKPSETLSLTCAVYGGSLSGHYWSWIRQSPGKGLEWIGEINH 57 heavy NGGANYGPSLNSRATISVDTSKNQFFLNLRSVTAADTAVYYCARALPPYSSSSWF
DPWGQGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐97 NOT AVAILABLE 58 light
HEPC‐98 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASEGTLNSSAVNWVRQAPGQGLEWIGRIIPIF 59 heavy RATNYAQRFQDRVTITADDFTNTAYMEINSLRSEDTAVYYCARGTTEIWFDSWG
QGTLVTVSS
HEPC‐98 SYELTQPPSVSVSPGQTATITCSGDVLPQQFTYWYQQKSGQAPVLLIYRDIKRPSG 60 Light IAERFSAFTSGTSVTLIISGVQAEDEADYYCQSADISGTMAGFGGGTKLTVL
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * All of the compositions and methods disclosed and claimed herein can be made and executed without undue experimentation in light of the present disclosure. While the compositions and methods of this disclosure have been described in terms of preferred embodiments, it will be apparent to those of skill in the art that variations may be applied to the compositions and methods and in the steps or in the sequence of steps of the method described herein without departing from the concept, spirit and scope of the disclosure. More specifically, it will be apparent that certain agents which are both chemically and physiologically related may be substituted for the agents described herein while the same or similar results would be achieved. All such similar substitutes and modifications apparent to those skilled in the art are deemed to be within the spirit, scope and concept of the disclosure as defined by the appended claims.
VII. REFERENCES
The following references, to the extent that they provide exemplary procedural or other details supplementary to those set forth herein, are specifically incorporated herein by reference. U.S. Patent 3,817,837
U.S. Patent 3,850,752
U.S. Patent 3,939,350
U.S. Patent 3,996,345
U.S. Patent 4,196,265
U.S. Patent 4,275,149
U.S. Patent 4,277,437
U.S. Patent 4,366,241
U.S. Patent 4,472,509
U.S. Patent 4,554,101
U.S. Patent 4,680,338
U.S. Patent 4,816,567
U.S. Patent 4,867,973
U.S. Patent 4,938,948
U.S. Patent 5,021,236
U.S. Patent 5,141,648
U.S. Patent 5,196,066
U.S. Patent 5,563,250
U.S. Patent 5,565,332
U.S. Patent 5,856,456
U.S. Patent 5,880,270
U.S. Patent 6,485,982
“Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual,” Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1988.
Abbondanzo et al., Am. J. Pediatr. Hematol. Oncol., 12(4), 480-489, 1990.
Allred et al., Arch. Surg., 125(1), 107-113, 1990.
Atherton et al., Biol. of Reproduction, 32, 155-171, 1985.
Barzon et al., Euro Surveill.2016 Aug 11; 21(32).
Beltramello et al., Cell Host Microbe 8, 271-283, 2010.
Brown et al., J. Immunol. Meth., 12;130(1), :111-121, 1990.
Campbell, In: Monoclonal Antibody Technology, Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Vol. 13, Burden and Von Knippenberg, Eds. pp. 75-83, Amsterdam, Elsevier, 1984.
Capaldi et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm., 74(2):425-433, 1977.
De Jager et al., Semin. Nucl. Med.23(2), 165-179, 1993.
Dholakia et al., J. Biol. Chem., 264, 20638-20642, 1989.
Diamond et al., J Virol 77, 2578-2586, 2003.
Doolittle and Ben-Zeev, Methods Mol. Biol., 109, :215-237, 1999.
Duffy et al., N. Engl. J. Med.360, 2536–2543, 2009.
Elder et al. Infections, infertility and assisted reproduction. Part II: Infections in reproductive medicine & Part III: Infections and the assisted reproductive laboratory. Cambridge UK: Cambridge University Press; 2005.
Gefter et al., Somatic Cell Genet., 3:231-236, 1977.
Gornet et al., Semin Reprod Med.2016 Sep; 34(5):285-292. Epub 2016 Sep 14.
Gulbis and Galand, Hum. Pathol.24(12), 1271-1285, 1993.
Halfon et al., PLoS ONE 2010; 5 (5) e10569
Hessell et al., Nature 449, 101–4, 2007.
Khatoon et al., Ann. of Neurology, 26, 210-219, 1989.
King et al., J. Biol. Chem., 269, 10210-10218, 1989.
Kohler and Milstein, Eur. J. Immunol., 6, 511-519, 1976.
Kohler and Milstein, Nature, 256, 495-497, 1975.
Kyte and Doolittle, J. Mol. Biol., 157(1):105-132, 1982.
Mansuy et al., Lancet Infect Dis.2016 Oct; 16(10):1106-7.
Nakamura et al., In: Enzyme Immunoassays: Heterogeneous and Homogeneous Systems, Chapter 27, 1987.
O'Shannessy et al., J. Immun. Meth., 99, 153-161, 1987.
Persic et al., Gene 187:1, 1997
Potter and Haley, Meth. Enzymol., 91, 613-633, 1983.
Purpura et al., Lancet Infect Dis.2016 Oct; 16(10):1107-8. Epub 2016 Sep 19.
Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15th Ed., 3:624-652, 1990.
Tang et al., J. Biol. Chem., 271:28324-28330, 1996.
Wawrzynczak & Thorpe, In: Immunoconjugates, Antibody Conuugates In Radioimaging And Therapy Of Cancer, Vogel (Ed.), NY, Oxford University Press, 28, 1987.
Yu et al., J Immunol Methods 336, 142-151, doi:10.1016/j.jim.2008.04.008, 2008.
Mohd et al., Hepatology.2013;57(4):1333-42.
Cox AL, Science.2015;349(6250):790-1.
Zibbell et al., MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep.2015;64(17):453-8.
Conrad et al., MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep.2015;64(16):443-4.
Suryaprasad et al., Clin Infect Dis.2014;59(10):1411-9.
Hadlock et al., JVirol.2000;74:10407-16.
Keck et al., JVirol.2008;82:6067-72.
Keck et al., JVirol.2013;87:37-51.
Giang et al., ProcNatlAcadSciUSA.2012;109:6205-10.
Krey et al., PLoS Pathog.2013;9(5):e1003364.
Johansson et al., ProcNatlAcadSciUSA.2007;104:16269-74.
Merat et al., PLoS One.2016;11(10):e0165047.
Keck et al., PLoS Pathog.2012;8(4):e1002653.
Keck et al., JVirol.2011;85:10451-63.
Keck et al., JVirol.2009;83:6149-60.
Kong et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A.2012;109(24):9499-504.
Law et al., Nat Med.2008;14(1):25-7.
Morin et al., PLoSPathog.2012;8:e1002895.
de Jong et al., Sci Transl Med.2014;6(254):254ra129.
Burton and Mascola, Nat Immunol.2015;16(6):571-6.
Bhiman et al., Nat Med.2015;21(11):1332-6.
Bonsignori et al., Cell.2016;165(2):449-63.
Thomas et al., Nature.2009;461(7265):798-801.
Martell et al., J Virol.1992;66:3225-9.
Simmonds et al., J Gen Virol.1993;74:2391-9.
Pybus et al., Science.2001;292:2323-5.
Ray et al., Mandell, Douglas, and Bennett's Principles and Practice of Infectious Diseases.
Philadelphia: Chuchill Livingstone; 2010:2157-85.
Osburn et al., Hepatology.2014;59(6):2140-51.
Pestka et al., ProcNatlAcadSciUSA.2007;104:6025-30.
Bailey et al., J Clin Invest.2015;125(1):437-47.
Kong et al., Science.2013;342(6162):1090-4.
Owsianka et al., J Virol.2006;80(17):8695-704.
Georgiev et al., Science.2013;340(6133):751-6.
Chan et al., Blood.2001;97(4):1023-6.
Keele et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A.2008;105(21):7552-7.
Scherer et al., PLoS Pathog.2014;10(10):e1004461.
Wang et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A.2015;112(2):500-5.
Cox et al., ClinInfectDis.2005;40:951-8.
Flyak et al., Cell.2015;160(5):893-903.
Yu et al., JImmunolMethods.2008;336:142-51.
Hsu et al., ProcNatlAcadSciUSA.2003;100:7271-6.
Logvinoff et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A.2004;101:10149-54.
Dowd et al., Gastroenterology.2009;136:2377-86.
Gottwein et al., Hepatology.2009;49:364-77.
Scheel et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A.2008;105(3):997-1002.
Wasilewski et al., J Virol.2016;90(7):3773-82.
Paes et al., J Am Chem Soc.2009;131(20):6952-4.
Davidson and Doranz, Immunology.2014;143(1):13-20.
Suzuki et al., Bioinformatics.2006;22(12):1540-2.
Friendly M. The American Statistician.2002;56:316-24.
Brochet et al., Nucleic Acids Res.2008;36(Web Server issue):W503-8. Giudicelli et al., Cold Spring Harb Protoc.2011;2011(6):695-715. Li et al., PLoS Pathog.2012;8(8):e1002880.
Tamura and Kumar, Mol Biol Evol.2002;19(10):1727-36.
Li et al., J Virol.2016;90(1):152-66.
Claims
WHAT IS CLAIMED IS: 1. A method of detecting a Hepatitis C virus infection in a subject comprising: (a) contacting a sample from said subject with an antibody or antibody fragment having clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively; and
(b) detecting Hepatitis C virus in said sample by binding of said antibody or antibody fragment to a Hepatitis C virus antigen in said sample.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein said sample is a body fluid.
3. The method of claims 1-2, wherein said sample is blood, sputum, tears, saliva, mucous or serum, semen, cervical or vaginal secretions, amniotic fluid, placental tissues, urine, exudate, transudate, tissue scrapings or feces.
4. The method of claims 1-3, wherein detection comprises ELISA, RIA, lateral flow assay or Western blot.
5. The method of claims 1-4, further comprising performing steps (a) and (b) a second time and determining a change in Hepatitis C virus antigen levels as compared to the first assay.
6. The method of claims 1-5, wherein the antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1.
7. The method of claims 1-5, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone- paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1.
8. The method of claims 1-5, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences as set forth in Table 1.
9. The method of claims 1-5, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
10. The method of claims 1-5, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
11. The method of claims 1-5, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
12. The method of claims 1-11, wherein the antibody fragment is a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
13. A method of treating a subject infected with Hepatitis C virus, or reducing the likelihood of infection of a subject at risk of contracting Hepatitis C virus, comprising delivering to said subject an antibody or antibody fragment having clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively.
14. The method of claim 13, the antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by clone-paired light and heavy chain variable sequences as set forth in Table 1.
15. The method of claim 13-14, the antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by clone- paired light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identify to as set forth in Table 1.
16. The method of claim 13-14, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone- paired sequences from Table 1.
17. The method of claim 13, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
18. The method of claim 13, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
19. The method of claim 13, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
20. The method of claims 13-19, wherein the antibody fragment is a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
21. The method of claims 13-20, wherein said antibody is an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern.
22. The method of claims 13-19, wherein said antibody is a chimeric antibody or a bispecific antibody.
23. The method of claim 13-22, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is
administered prior to infection or after infection.
24. The method of claim 13-23, wherein said subject is a pregnant female, a sexually active female, or a female undergoing fertility treatments.
25. The method of claim 13-24, wherein delivering comprises antibody or antibody fragment administration, or genetic delivery with an RNA or DNA sequence or vector encoding the antibody or antibody fragment.
26. A monoclonal antibody, wherein the antibody or antibody fragment is characterized by clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively.
27. The monoclonal antibody of claim 26, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 1.
28. The monoclonal antibody of claim 26, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having at least 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 1.
29. The monoclonal antibody of claim 26, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having at least 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 1.
30. The monoclonal antibody of claim 26, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
31. The monoclonal antibody of claim 26, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
32. The monoclonal antibody of claims 26-31, wherein the antibody fragment is a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab’)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
33. The monoclonal antibody of claims 26-31, wherein said antibody is a chimeric antibody, or is bispecific antibody.
34. The monoclonal antibody of claim 26-33, wherein said antibody is an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or
glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern.
35. The monoclonal antibody of claim 26-34, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment further comprises a cell penetrating peptide and/or is an intrabody.
36. A hybridoma or engineered cell encoding an antibody or antibody fragment wherein the antibody or antibody fragment is characterized by clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively.
37. The hybridoma or engineered cell of claim 36, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone- paired sequences from Table 1.
38. The hybridoma or engineered cell of claim 36, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having at least 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences from Table 1.
39. The hybridoma or engineered cell of claim 36, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired variable sequences from Table 1.
40. The hybridoma or engineered cell of claim 36, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
41. The hybridoma or engineered cell of claim 36, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having at least 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences from Table 2.
42. The hybridoma or engineered cell of claim 36, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
43. The hybridoma or engineered cell of claims 36-42, wherein the antibody fragment is a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
44. The hybridoma or engineered cell of claim 36-43, wherein said antibody is a chimeric antibody or a bispecific antibody.
45. The hybridoma or engineered cell of claim 36-43, wherein said antibody is an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern.
46. The hybridoma or engineered cell of claim 36-45, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment further comprises a cell penetrating peptide and/or is an intrabody.
47. A vaccine formulation comprising one or more antibodies or antibody fragments characterized by clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively.
48. The vaccine formulation of claim 47, wherein at least one of said antibodies or antibody fragments is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone- paired sequences from Table 1.
49. The vaccine formulation of claim 47, wherein at least one of said antibodies or antibody fragments is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having at least 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 1.
50. The vaccine formulation of claim 47, wherein at least one of said antibodies or antibody fragments is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having at least 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 1.
51. The vaccine formulation of claim 47, wherein at least one of said antibodies or antibody fragments comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone- paired sequences from Table 2.
52. The vaccine formulation of claim 47, wherein at least one of said antibodies or antibody fragments comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
53. The vaccine formulation of claims 47-52, wherein at least one of said antibody fragments is a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
54. The vaccine formulation of claims 47-52, wherein at least one of said antibodies is a chimeric antibody, or is bispecific antibody.
55. The vaccine formulation of claims 47-54, wherein said antibody is an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern.
56. The vaccine formulation of claims 47-55, wherein at least one of said antibodies or antibody fragments further comprises a cell penetrating peptide and/or is an intrabody.
57. A vaccine formulation comprising one or more expression vectors encoding a first antibody or antibody fragment according to claims 26-34.
58. The vaccine formulation of claim 57, wherein said expression vector(s) is/are Sindbis virus or VEE vector(s).
59. The vaccine formulation of claims 57-58, formulated for delivery by needle injection, jet injection, or electroporation.
60. The vaccine formulation of claim 57, further comprising one or more expression vectors encoding for a second antibody or antibody fragment, such as a distinct antibody or antibody fragment of claims 26-34.
61. A method of protecting the health of a placenta and/or fetus of a pregnant a subject infected with or at risk of infection with Hepatitis C virus comprising delivering to said subject an antibody or antibody fragment having clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively.
62. The method of claim 61, the antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by clone-paired light and heavy chain variable sequences as set forth in Table 1.
63. The method of claim 61-62, the antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by clone- paired light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identify to as set forth in Table 1.
64. The method of claim 61-62, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone- paired sequences from Table 1.
65. The method of claim 61, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
66. The method of claim 61, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
67. The method of claim 61, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
68. The method of claims 61-67, wherein the antibody fragment is a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
69. The method of claims 61-68, wherein said antibody is an IgG, or a recombinant IgG antibody or antibody fragment comprising an Fc portion mutated to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions, to increase half-life and/or increase therapeutic efficacy, such as a LALA, N297, GASD/ALIE, YTE or LS mutation or glycan modified to alter (eliminate or enhance) FcR interactions such as enzymatic or chemical addition or removal of glycans or expression in a cell line engineered with a defined glycosylating pattern.
70. The method of claims 61-67 wherein said antibody is a chimeric antibody or a bispecific antibody.
71. The method of claim 61-70, wherein said antibody or antibody fragment is
administered prior to infection or after infection.
72. The method of claim 61-71, wherein said subject is a pregnant female, a sexually active female, or a female undergoing fertility treatments.
73. The method of claim 61-72, wherein delivering comprises antibody or antibody fragment administration, or genetic delivery with an RNA or DNA sequence or vector encoding the antibody or antibody fragment.
74. The method of claim 61, wherein the antibody or antibody fragment increases the size of the placenta as compared to an untreated control.
75. The method of claim 61, wherein the antibody or antibody fragment reduces viral load and/or pathology of the fetus as compared to an untreated control.
76. A method of determining the antigenic integrity, correct conformation and/or correct sequence of a Hepatitis C virus antigen comprising:
(a) contacting a sample comprising said antigen with a first antibody or antibody fragment having clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively; and
(b) determining antigenic integrity, correct conformation and/or correct sequence of said antigen by detectable binding of said first antibody or antibody fragment to said antigen.
77. The method of claim 76, wherein said sample comprises recombinantly produced antigen.
78. The method of claim 76, wherein said sample comprises a vaccine formulation or vaccine production batch.
79. The method of claims 76-78, wherein detection comprises ELISA, RIA, western blot, a biosensor using surface plasmon resonance or biolayer interferometry, or flow cytometric staining.
80. The method of claims 76-79, wherein the first antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1.
81. The method of claims 76-79, wherein said first antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1.
82. The method of claims 76-79 wherein said first antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone- paired sequences as set forth in Table 1.
83. The method of claims 76-79, wherein said first antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
84. The method of claims 76-79, wherein said first antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
85. The method of claims 76-79, wherein said first antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
86. The method of claims 76-85, wherein the first antibody fragment is a recombinant scFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
87. The method of claims 76-86, further comprising performing steps (a) and (b) a second time to determine the antigenic stability of the antigen over time.
88. The method of claims 76-87, further comprising: (c) contacting a sample comprising said antigen with a second antibody or antibody fragment having clone-paired heavy and light chain CDR sequences from Tables 3 and 4, respectively; and
(d) determining antigenic integrity of said antigen by detectable binding of said second antibody or antibody fragment to said antigen.
89. The method of claim 88, wherein the second antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1.
90. The method of claim 88, wherein said second antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80%, or 90% identity to clone-paired variable sequences as set forth in Table 1.
91. The method of claim 88, wherein said second antibody or antibody fragment is encoded by light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences as set forth in Table 1.
92. The method of claims 88, wherein said second antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences according to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
93. The method of claim 88, wherein said second antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 70%, 80% or 90% identity to clone- paired sequences from Table 2.
94. The method of claim 88, wherein said second antibody or antibody fragment comprises light and heavy chain variable sequences having 95% identity to clone-paired sequences from Table 2.
95. The method of claim 88, wherein the second antibody fragment is a recombinant ScFv (single chain fragment variable) antibody, Fab fragment, F(ab ^)2 fragment, or Fv fragment.
96. The method of claim 88, further comprising performing steps (c) and (d) a second time to determine the antigenic stability of the antigen over time.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201862663853P | 2018-04-27 | 2018-04-27 | |
US62/663,853 | 2018-04-27 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2019210144A1 true WO2019210144A1 (en) | 2019-10-31 |
Family
ID=68293670
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2019/029315 WO2019210144A1 (en) | 2018-04-27 | 2019-04-26 | Broadly neutralizing antibodies against hepatitis c virus |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2019210144A1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2023283576A1 (en) * | 2021-07-06 | 2023-01-12 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | P7 containing nucleoside-modified mrna-lipid nanoparticle lineage vaccine for hepatitis c virus |
WO2024025906A1 (en) * | 2022-07-25 | 2024-02-01 | The Johns Hopkins University | Hcv antigens and antibodies |
Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20080124345A1 (en) * | 2005-12-30 | 2008-05-29 | Mike Rothe | Antibodies directed to HER-3 and uses thereof |
US20100040635A1 (en) * | 2008-03-28 | 2010-02-18 | Sea Lane Biotechnologies | Neutralizing antibodies to influenza viruses |
US20100104555A1 (en) * | 2008-10-24 | 2010-04-29 | The Scripps Research Institute | HCV neutralizing epitopes |
WO2016073879A2 (en) * | 2014-11-06 | 2016-05-12 | Scholar Rock, Inc. | Transforming growth factor-related antibodies and uses thereof |
WO2016077720A1 (en) * | 2014-11-14 | 2016-05-19 | Protein One, Llc | Binding agents and uses thereof |
US20160289760A1 (en) * | 2013-11-21 | 2016-10-06 | Repertoire Genesis Incorporation | T cell receptor and b cell receptor repertoire analysis system, and use of same in treatment and diagnosis |
US20170096488A1 (en) * | 2012-08-22 | 2017-04-06 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Human antibodies to gfr alpha3 and methods of use thereof |
-
2019
- 2019-04-26 WO PCT/US2019/029315 patent/WO2019210144A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20080124345A1 (en) * | 2005-12-30 | 2008-05-29 | Mike Rothe | Antibodies directed to HER-3 and uses thereof |
US20100040635A1 (en) * | 2008-03-28 | 2010-02-18 | Sea Lane Biotechnologies | Neutralizing antibodies to influenza viruses |
US20100104555A1 (en) * | 2008-10-24 | 2010-04-29 | The Scripps Research Institute | HCV neutralizing epitopes |
US20170096488A1 (en) * | 2012-08-22 | 2017-04-06 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Human antibodies to gfr alpha3 and methods of use thereof |
US20160289760A1 (en) * | 2013-11-21 | 2016-10-06 | Repertoire Genesis Incorporation | T cell receptor and b cell receptor repertoire analysis system, and use of same in treatment and diagnosis |
WO2016073879A2 (en) * | 2014-11-06 | 2016-05-12 | Scholar Rock, Inc. | Transforming growth factor-related antibodies and uses thereof |
WO2016077720A1 (en) * | 2014-11-14 | 2016-05-19 | Protein One, Llc | Binding agents and uses thereof |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
DATABASE NUCLEOTIDE 26 July 2016 (2016-07-26), ANONYMOUS: "Human Ig rearranged H chain gene V-region (V-D-J) hybridoma L42, subgroup VHI", XP055646964, retrieved from NCBI Database accession no. M65104 * |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2023283576A1 (en) * | 2021-07-06 | 2023-01-12 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | P7 containing nucleoside-modified mrna-lipid nanoparticle lineage vaccine for hepatitis c virus |
WO2024025906A1 (en) * | 2022-07-25 | 2024-02-01 | The Johns Hopkins University | Hcv antigens and antibodies |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11345741B2 (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies to severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (SARS-CoV-2) | |
US20210277092A1 (en) | HUMAN MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES TO SEVERE ACUTE RESPIRATORY SYNDROME CORONAVIRUS 2 (SARS-CoV-2) | |
WO2021195326A1 (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies to severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (sars-cov-2) | |
US20230078330A1 (en) | Human anti-dengue antibodies and methods of use therefor | |
US20220289828A1 (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies to enterovirus d68 | |
US20210324050A1 (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies that neutralize pandemic gii.4 noroviruses | |
US20230065377A1 (en) | Human antibodies to alphaviruses | |
WO2019210144A1 (en) | Broadly neutralizing antibodies against hepatitis c virus | |
WO2020061159A1 (en) | Human antibodies to zika virus | |
US20220380442A1 (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies to hantavirus and methods of use therefore | |
US20230122364A1 (en) | HUMAN MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES TO SEVERE ACUTE RESPIRATORY SYNDROME CORONAVIRUS 2 (SARS-CoV-2) | |
US20230063625A1 (en) | Human antibodies to rift valley fever virus | |
WO2021195385A1 (en) | HUMAN MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES TO SEVERE ACUTE RESPIRATORY SYNDROME CORONAVIRUS 2 (SARS-GoV-2) | |
US20230181714A1 (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies to venezuelan equine encephalitis virus and uses therefor | |
US20230072640A1 (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies against yellow fever virus and uses therefor | |
US20230085393A1 (en) | Human antibodies that neutralize zika virus and methods of use therefor | |
US20230054956A1 (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies that neutralize pandemic gii.4 noroviruses | |
WO2024015760A2 (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies to omicron variant of severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2 (sars-cov- 2) | |
AU2020273365A1 (en) | Human antibodies to Ross River virus and methods of use therefor | |
WO2021142413A1 (en) | Human antibodies to crimean congo hemorrhagic fever virus | |
WO2023187407A1 (en) | Human monoclonal antibodies binding to sars-cov-2 and methods of use thereof | |
WO2023235666A2 (en) | Human antibodies to bordetella pertussis and uses therefor |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19791534 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 19791534 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |